Home

Agilent 89440A Vector Signal Analyser user manual

1. Bit Weights 0 CH1 Over Range I I f A 7 1 22 2 Lb A 2 4 CH1 Half Range CH2 Half Range 4 6 CH1 Input Trip 2 5 32 CH2 Input Trip x 6 64 Source Trip I 5 Bit 0 AE E m des s 9 512 A 40 1024 F 7 11 2048 12 4096 A 13 8192 A 14 16384 LL A Figure 9 The Questionable Voltage Register Set Bits in the Questionable Voltage condition register are set to 1 under the following conditions Channel 1 Over Range bit 0 is set to 1 when the channel 1 input signal exceeds the channel 1 input range setting Channel 2 Over Range bit 1 is set to 1 when the channel 2 input signal exceeds the channel 2 input range setting Channel 1 Half Range bit 2 is set to 1 when the channel 1 input signal is within approximately 6 dB of the channel 1 range setting Channel2 Half Range bit 3 is set to 1 when the channel 2 input signal is within approximately 6 dB of the channel 2 range setting Channel 1 Input Trip bit 4 is set to 1 when the channel 1 input protection relay trips opens Channel 2 Input Trip bit 5 is set to 1 when the channel 2 input protection relay trips opens Source Trip bit 6 is set to 1 when the source protection relay trips opens CH1 ADC Overload
2. T SAAS SSS Figure 7 The Device State Register Set Bits in the Device State condition register are set to 1 under the following conditions Autocal Off bit 0 is set to 1 when the analyzer s autocalibration function is disabled CAL AUTO OFF Hardware Failed bit 2 is set to 1 when the analyzer detects a failure in its own hardware Key Pressed bit 4 is set to 1 when one of the front panel keys is pressed This is an event The condition register always returns 0 for this bit Display Ready bit 5 is set to 1 when measurement results are available This is an event The condition register always returns 0 for this bit Figure 7 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Device State registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 13 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Questionable Status Register Set The Questionable Status register set monitors conditions that affect the quality of measurement data See figure 8 STATus QUE Stionable CONDition STATus QUE Stionable P TRansition STATus QUE Stionable NTRansition STATus QUE Stionable E VENE STATus QUE Stionable ENABle Bit Weights 0 1 Voltage 0 J 7 2212 2 y 2 f 8 3 4
3. ens SM ate 47 CALCulate ioo atado ber ah Bate up br oe 48 CALCulate ARM REGIORIC 49 CALCulate ARM SOURGE 2 84 50 CALCulate CALCulate CCDF COUNt 51 CAL CALCulateCCDEPOWer 52 CALCulate CALGUE DATAZ 5052 ue deme RIT uu 53 CALCulate CALCulate DATA HEADer POINts 54 CALCulate AL CUlate FEED dn tog tee ePi ROS qe 55 CALCulate CALCulate FORMat 1 e ese beer Re 57 CALCulate CALCulate GDAPertur APERture 59 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer BAND STARt 60 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer BAND STOP 61 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer COUPled STATe 62 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer FCOunt 63 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer FCOunt RESult 64 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion 2 65 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion DDEMod RESult 66 CALCulate CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion RESult 68 CALCulate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate Culate erFUNCtion STATistiCS 2 2 2 69 er FUNCtion STATistics PPCT 70 er FUNCtion STATistics RESult 71 er FUNCt
4. 441 7 449 TBACe XEDATATE dodo Fre e 450 m Yeo eee ee Cuv 451 TRiGger HOLDoff DElay 2 2 ee ee ee 452 TRIGgerHOLDoffSTATe 453 TRIGQ R LEVEL n Lean be ae tee bots 454 Command Listing TRIGger SLOPe TRIGger SOURce GPIB Programming with Agilent 89400 Series Analyzers Introduction to GPIB Programming Introduction to GPIB Programming For an introduction to GPIB programming read the GPIB Programmer s Guide It is provided to help those not familiar with GPIB programming or remote control of an instrument The book introduces the basic concepts of GPIB programming and describes the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments SCPI It also describes how to operate an instrument in an GPIB system and how to transfer data between an external controller and an instrument In This Book This is the GPIB Command Reference for the Agilent 89400 Series Vector Signal Analyzer It contains the command syntax structure and a detailed description of each GPIB command available for the Agilent 89400 Series analyzers Chapter 1 presents GPIB programming information specific to the analyzer How to connect the analyzer to an external controller and verify that it works A description of the analyzer s status registers Chapter 2 describes the SCPI instrument model Chapter
5. gt nga ng amp Pos transition set amp query 406 preset 398 Questionable Modulation register Condition read amp clear 407 description 17 Enable set amp query 408 Event read amp clear 409 Neg transition set amp query 410 Pos transition set amp query 411 Questionable Status register Condition read amp clear 399 description 14 Enable set amp query 400 Event read amp clear 401 Neg transition set amp query 412 Pos transition set amp query 413 preset 398 Questionable Voltage register Condition read amp clear 414 description 15 Enable set amp query 415 Event read amp clear 416 Neg transition set amp query 417 Pos transition set amp query 418 preset 398 queue size error 438 R raised cosine filter 291 raised cosine filter digital demod 293 RAM drive 236 range 371 ranging bit 19 time capture 365 acking ref level 166 units 370 ct co e ing 272 us time record length 359 lt marker Y axis value 99 offset marker X axis value 98 offset marker Y axis value 100 offset marker Z axis value 103 SFE query reading status 42 real constant 109 coordinates 57 real imaginary polar readout 85 recall SEF load receiver selection 260 rectangular filter digital demod 291 293 marker coordinates 85 window FFT 375 Index reducing measurement time 91 reference filter digital
6. 220 MMEMoOLy COPY ec atr Persad Pa iOS ont 221 MMEMory DATA 222 223 MMEMory FSYStem 224 225 MMEMory LOAD APPlication 227 MMEMory LOAD CONTinue 228 10 229 MMEMory LOAD PROGram 230 0 5 231 MMEMory LOAD TCAPture 232 MMEMory LOAD TRACe 2 2 2 ee 233 MMEMory LOAD TRACe BUFFer 234 Command Listing 235 5225 2 236 llle 237 MMEMory STORe CONTinue 239 MMEMory STORe MATH 240 MMEMory STORe PROGram 241 MMEMory STORe STATe 242 MMEMory STORe TCAPture 243 MMEMory STORe TRACe 244 MMEMory STORe TRACe BUFFer 245 OUTPutFILTerLLPASS ESTATe 246 OUTPut IMPedance 24 Bode ded was 248 PAUSE dus a teenie totus a gene n RR em 249 PROGram EXPLicit DEFine 2 2 ee ee 250 PROGramCSELected DEFine 251 PROGram SELected DELete
7. 9000 Series 340 computer GPIB cable Agilent 10833A B C or D m Agilent Technologies BASIC programming language Procedure 1 Turn off the analyzer and the HP 9000 Series 340 2 Connect them with the GPIB cable 3 Turn on the computer If necessary load BASIC Note that the following language extensions must be installed for the verification program to work m m HPIB IO m EDIT Programs that are more complex than the verification program may require more language extensions For a complete list of loaded language extensions execute the BASIC command LIST BIN 4 Turn on the analyzer When the startup processes are complete press the Local Setup hardkey 5 Verify that the analyzer s address is set to 19 The current address setting is displayed in the analyzer adrs softkey You can change the address by pressing the analyzer adrs softkey entering the number using the numeric keypad and then pressing the enter softkey Instructions in the verification procedure assume that the analyzer address is set to 19 6 Verify that the analyzer is set to the addressable only mode The softkey labels that appear when you press the Local Setup hardkey include system controller and addressable only Only one of these two softkeys can be selected at a time and the one that is selected is highlighted with yellow text If addressable only is not selected then press its softkey 7 Type REMOTE 719 onthe comp
8. 273 Command Reference SENSe CORRection 1 2 EXTernall STATe command query Enables or disables the use of user defined calibration coefficients Command Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 EXTernal STATe 0 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CORR EXT ON OUTPUT 719 sense corr external stat OFF Query Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 EXTernal STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description You can adjust the gain and delay calibration coefficients for each input channel By default the gain of an input channel is one the delay is zero seconds You can adjust these values using the sense correction loss magnitude and sense correction edelay commands The values that you specify are not used until you send sense correction external ON To return to the default gain and delay values send sense correction external OFF For additional details see online help for the System Utility more cal setup external calibration softkey 214 Command Reference SENSe CORRection 1 2I FILTer XTIMe STATe command query Enables or disables time domain corrections Command Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 FILTer XTIMe STATe 0 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Correction2 Filt Xtime Stat ON OUTPUT 719 CORR2 FILTER XTIM STATE OFF Query Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 FILTer
9. Measuring Query Syntax PROGram SELected STRing Return Format string Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command sets or queries the contents of a string variable in the active Instrument BASIC program Use the PROG NAME to designate the active program Use the PROG SEL NUMB command to load or query numeric variables 259 Command Reference ROUTe RECeiver command query Specifies receiver type Command Syntax ROUTe RECeiver INPut RF1 RF2 IF COMBine EXTernal Example Statements OUTPUT 719 rout receiver INPUT OUTPUT 719 rout receiver COMBINE OUTPUT 719 Route Rec EXT Query Syntax ROUTe RECeiver Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option see COMBine discussion Synchronization Required no Preset State 89410 INP 89441 RF2 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description INPut specifies the configuration in which the signal to be measured is connected to the front panel connector labeled Channel 1 This is the default selection for the 89410A It is valid only for the 89410A RF2 specifies the configuration in which the signal to be measured is connected to the input connector of the RF Section and the spectrum of interest is between 2 MHz and 2 650 GHz for the 89441A This is the default selection for the 894414 It is valid only for
10. STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition command query Sets bits in the Questionable Frequency Positive Transition register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition number number arealnumber NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat Questionable Freq Ptr 512 OUTPUT 719 STATUS QUES FREQUENCY PTR 677 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Frequency Positive Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 1 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Frequency Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of positive transition registers in register sets 406 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable MODulation CONDition query Reads and clears the Questionable Modulation Event register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation CONDition Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT QUESTION
11. When ROUT REC is not COMB full span is 10 MHz When ROUT REC is COMB full span is 20 MHz For the 89441A When ROUT REC is RF1 or IF full span is 10 MHz When ROUT REC is COMB full span is 20 MHz When ROUT REC is RF2 and instrument mode is vector or analog demodulation full span is 7 MHz If you have an Agilent 89441A with option AYH you can extend full span to 8 MHz see FREQ SPAN WIDE for details When ROUT REC is RF2 and instrument mode is scalar full span is 89441A 2 648 GHz 342 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency SPAN PCHirp command query Determines the period of the periodic chirp source type Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency SPAN PCHirp EXACt NEARest Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS FREQUENCY SPAN PCH NEAREST OUTPUT 719 frequency span pchirp NEAREST Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency SPAN PCHirp Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This feature is active only when the source type is periodic chirp RBW mode is arb and RBW coupling is auto See help text for further information 343 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency SPAN WIDE command query Applicable only to Agilent 89441A analyzers that have option AYH extends the maximum frequency span to 8 MHz Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency SPAN WIDE OFF O0 ON 1 Examp
12. 435 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive PARity TYPE command query Sets the parity type for the two serial interface ports Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive PARity TYPE lt param gt param EVENIODDIZEROIONEINONE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 syst communicate ser parity EVEN OUTPUT 719 Syst Comm Serial Rec Parity Type NONE Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive PARity TYPE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The 112 in the communicate node selects the particular serial port to be configured If no number is specified 1 is assumed Note The 89441A uses the SERIAL 2 port to control the downconverter portion of the analyzer While the analyzer is configured as an 89441A none of the serial communication parameters may be changed for the SERIAL 2 port 436 Command Reference SYSTem DATE command query Specify the year month day for the date stamp Command Syntax SYSTem DATE lt year gt lt month gt lt day gt year areal number NRf data limits 1991 2090 month areal number NRf data limits 1 12 day areal number NRf data limits 1 31 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Syst Date 1991 11 26 OUTPUT 719 SYST DATE 1993 4 1 Query Syntax SYSTem DATE Return Format Int
13. ARM REGion command query When ARM SOUR is EXT this command specifies whether arming occurs when the external arm signal is positive with respect to or negative with respect to the specified trigger level Command Syntax ARM REGion ABOVe BELow Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ARM REGION ABOVE OUTPUT 719 arm reg BELOW Query Syntax ARM REGion Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State ABOV SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If ARM SOUR is EXT the analyzer must be armed before triggering can occur ARM is either EXTernal or IMMediate external arm on off External arm is activated with the ARM SOUR EXT command See TRIG SOUR for more information This command has no effect if ARM SOUR is IMM external arm off 49 Command Reference ARM SOURce command query Selects either external arming or immediate continuous arming Command Syntax ARM SOURce IMMediate EXTernal Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Arm Sour IMMEDIATE OUTPUT 719 ARM SOUR IMMEDIATE Query Syntax ARM SOURce Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State IMM SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Immediate triggering corresponds to turning external arm off In this state the analyzer operates as usual it makes a measurement when the trigger conditions are met External triggering corresponds to turning external arm on In this state the ana
14. DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe INDicator SIZE command query Determines the size as a percentage of EVM of ideal states in vector diagrams Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe INDicator SIZE lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 1 50 unit PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp trace ind size 6 OUTPUT 719 Disp Wind Trace Ind Size 24 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe INDicator SIZE Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State 15 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 This command determines the size of the cross hairs or circles used to indicate ideal states in vector diagrams when Digital Demodulation is selected The size is specified as a percentage of Error Vector Magnitude EVM and determines the radius of the circle or cross hair For example if you specify a size of 15 the radius of the circle or cross hair represents and EVM of 1596 For additional details see online help for the state size softkey 149 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4J TRACe INFO command query Specifies user defined alphanumeric content for trace inform
15. Description DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe SYMBol DOTS BARS OFF 0 OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY TRAC SYMBOL OFF OUTPUT 719 disp wind trace symb DOTS DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe SYMBo1 CHAR Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 off SCPI Compliance instrument specific For more information on digital demodulation see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 155 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe SYMBol FORMat command query Determines the data format hexadecimal or binary for symbol tables Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe SYMBol FORMat BIN HEX Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Display Wind3 Trac Symbol Form HEX OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY TRAC S YMB FORMAT BIN Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe SYMBo1 FORMat Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State BINary SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 This command lets you choose the data format for symbol tables You can select between hexadecimal and binary data formats The default is binary 156 Command Reference DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 I TRACe X SCALe AUTO command query Controls automatic scaling of the X axis Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4
16. STATus DEVice ENABle command query Sets and queries bits in the Device State Enable register Command Syntax STATus DEVice ENABle lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT DEVICE ENAB 1024 OUTPUT 719 stat device enab 768 Query Syntax STATus DEVice ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description To set a single bit in the Device State Enable register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Device State Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of enable registers in register sets 389 Command Reference STATus DEVice EVENt query Reads and clears the Device State Event register Query Syntax STATus DEVice EVENt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 stat device OUTPUT 719 Stat Dev Event Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset
17. lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description S ENSe TCAPture 1 2 STOP param lt number gt unit l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits limits depend on configuration SIPOINTSIRECORDS n UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Sens Tcapture Stop 0 OUTPUT 719 TCAPTURE2 STOP 0 S Re Sy Pr SC ENSe TCAPture 1 2 STOP al nchronization Required no eset State 0 PI Compliance instrument specific After filling the time capture buffer this parameter is set to the end of the buffer Related Commands m To specify the start of the time capture data on which to performa analysis use TCAP STAR To begin filling the time capture buffer s use TCAP To specify the size of the time capture in points use TCAP LENG 367 Command Reference SENSe VOLTagel1 2 DC RANGe AUTO command query Turns autoranging on or off Command Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 DC RANGe AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 ONCE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 volt2 range auto OFF OUTPUT 719 Sense Volt Dc Range Auto OFF Query Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 DC RANGe AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Related commands To set the autorange direction
18. FAX 852 2506 9285
19. OUTPUT 719 Freq Step Auto ON Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency STEP AUTO Return Format Integer Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State ON SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When step size is automatic AUTO ON the step size is determined by the analyzer for center frequency start frequency stop frequency source sine frequency and manual sweep frequency Frequency span is always automatic See online Help for more information User defined step size is entered with the FREQ STEP INCR command Steps to increment or decrement a value are accomplished with the UP or DOWN parameters 346 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency STEP INCRement command query Specifies the step size to be used for changing frequency parameters Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency STEP INCRement lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see table in description lt unit gt HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 FREQUENCY STEP 0 OUTPUT 719 sens frequency step increment 0 Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency STEP INCRement Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s table SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Step size value used with UP DOWN is automatically cal
20. Query Syntax so Return Format In Attribute Summary Sy Pr SC Description URce RF teger nchronization Required no eset State ON PI Compliance instrument specific This command is available only for the 89441A and only if the optional RF source AY8 is installed and ROUT REC is RF2 ON specifies the RF source 2 2646 MHz for the 894414 OFF specifies the 0 10 MHz source 381 Command Reference SOURce USER REPeat command query Specifies whether the arbitrary and chirp source signals occur once data record played once or repeatedly Command Syntax SOURCe USER REPeat OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SOUR USER REP ON OUTPUT 719 source user rep ON Query Syntax SOURce USER REPeat Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This function repeating source is available only when the source type is periodic chirp or arbitrary the trigger type is not free run and the source is on See help text for information When repeat is on the analyzer outputs data to the source connector continuously without interruption When repeat is off the source behavior is affected by trigger mode In free run trigger source output is continuous just as it is with repeat on For any other trigger mode the source begins its output only when a trigger occurs and shuts off afte
21. SENSe BANDwidth RESolution command query Specifies the resolution bandwidth Command Syntax SENSe BANDwidth RESolution lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration lt unit gt HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS BANDWIDTH RES 300 KHZ OUTPUT 719 bandwidth 100 khz Query Syntax SENSe BANDwidth RESolution Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 89410 100 kHz 89441 300 kHz SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The resolution bandwidth value is limited by a number of factors In general the minimum bandwidth is limited by the maximum time record and the maximum bandwidth is limited by the minimum time record The time record length is a function of the amount of memory installed and allocated to measurement memory as opposed to memory used for IBASIC programming or used as a RAM disk 270 Command Reference SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO command query Specifies whether the resolution bandwidth tracks span Command Syntax SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS BAND RESOLUTION AUTO ON OUTPUT 719 bandwidth auto OFF Query Syntax SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no
22. See Questionable Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of positive transition registers in register sets 413 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable VOLTage CONDition query Reads and clears the Questionable Voltage Event register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable VOLTage CONDition Example Statements OUTPUT 719 stat questionable volt condition OUTPUT 719 Stat Ques Voltage Cond Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Note The Questionable Voltage Condition register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Questionable Voltage Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 414 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable VOLTage ENABle command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Voltage Enable register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable VOLTage ENABle number number a real number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat Questionable Volt Enable 5 OUTPUT 719 STAT QUES VOLTAGE ENAB 23 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable VOLTage ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Requ
23. 010 101 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe GRATicule COLor 192 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe GRATicule IMMediate 193 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe IMMediate 194 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe LTYPe 195 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe MARKer COLor 196 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe MARKer IMMediate 197 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe MARKer OFFSet IMMediate 198 10 109 HCOPy PAGE DiMensions USER LLEFt 200 HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER URIGht 201 HCOPy PLOT ADDRess 202 HCOPy PRINt ADDRess 203 NiTiate CONTinuous 204 NiTiater MMedate 205 NPutEOUPling ne er Oe a 206 NPutFLTerrLPASS ESTATe 207 NPutIMPedange 208 NPUtESTAT eR RR esee 209 NSTrument NSELect 210 NS Trument SEbact eer s tm LA Eee 211 MEMor DELeteENAME 212 MEMory MALLocate APPLication 213 MEMory MALLocate MEASurement DEFault 214 MEMory MALLocate MEASurement FPOints 215 MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MAXSpan 216 MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MSSRate 217 MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MTEMp 218 MEMory MALLocate MEASurementTPOints 2 219 MEMory MALLocate PROGram
24. Appendix A Error Messages SCPI Command Error Descriptions Numeric data error This error as well as errors 121 through 129 are generated when parsing a data element which apprears to be numeric including the nondecimal numeric types This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error Invalid character in number An invalid character for the data type being parsed was encountered for example an alpha a decimal numeric or a 9 in octal data Exponent too large The magnitude of the exponent was larger than 32000 see 488 2 7 7 2 4 1 Too many digits The mantissa of a decimal numeric data element contained more than 255 digits excluding leading zeros see EFE 488 2 7 7 2 4 1 Numeric data not allowed A legal numeric data element was received but the device does not accept one in this position for the header Suffix error This error as well as errors 131 through 139 are generated when parsing a suffix This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error Invalid suffix The suffix does not follow the syntax described in F 488 2 7 7 3 2 or the suffix is inappropriate for this device Suffix too long The suffix contained more than 12 characters see 488 2 7 7 3 4 Suffix not allowed A suffix was encountered after a numeric element which does not allow suffixes Character data error This error as well as errors 14
25. BRK KK KK RR kCKCkCK KCKCKCK KCKCKCKCKCK KCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCkCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCkCkCk Ck A k ck k ck k ckck ck ok ck gt Function openSocket SDescription open a TCP IP socket connection to the instrument SParameters const char hostname Network name of instrument This be in dotted decimal notation zi int portNumber The TCP IP port to talk to SReturn int ee ee A file descriptor similar to 1 5 SEBOS returns 1 if anything goes wrong Ck kk int openSocket const char hostname int portNumber struct hostent hostPtr struct sockaddr_in peeraddr_in int s memset amp 0 sizeof struct sockaddr in RRR KK KK KK OR ck ck ck ck I ke OK f map the desired host name to internal form KKK KK KK kCKCKCKCKCKCkCK kCK Ck Ck k ck k ck ck ck ck ck I ke OK f hostPtr gethostbyname hostname if hostPtr NULL fprintf stderr unable to resolve hostname s n hostname return 1 RRR KOR OK e ke ke X e X e x e x x create a socket BORK ROKR A ke ke X ke e e e e x e x A x S socket AF_INET SOCK STREAM 0 if s 1 fprintf stderr unable to create socket to s s n hostname strerror errno return 1 memcpy amp peeraddr in sin addr s addr h
26. SCPI Compliance instrument specific Units List dBampk2 Hz dBradrms2 Hz Hzpk2 radpk2 Vpk dBamrms2 dBV Hzpk2 Hz radpk2 Hz Vpk rtHz dBamrms2 Hz dBV rtHz Hzrms radrms Vpk2 dBHzpk2 dBVpk Hzrms rtHz radrms rtHz Vpk2 Hz dBHzpk2 Hz dBVpk rtHz Hzrms2 radrms2 Vrms dbHzrms2 dBVrms Hzrms2 Hz radrms2 Hz Vrms rtHz dBHzrms2 Hz dBVrms rtHz MHz 5 Vrms2 dBm deg pet unitless Vrms2 Hz dBm Hz Hz rad V W dBradpk2 Hz2 rad2 VirtHz W Hz dBradpk2 Hz Hzpk radpk V2 Wrms dBradrms2 Hzpk rtHz radpk rtHz V2 Hz Wrms Hz Units depend on the measurement data type Related Commands The measurement data type is specified with the CALC FEED command To turn on the offset marker use CALC MARK OFFS 1 To position the offset marker at the values of the main marker use CALC MARK OFFSET ZERO Toreadthe relative marker offset values use CALC MARK X REL and CALC MARK Y REL 81 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MARKer FFSet Z command query Specifies the Z value of the offset marker for waterfall and spectrogram displays Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet Z lt param gt param number unit lxstep l bound number a real number NRf data limits depends on configuration unit 5 lt step gt UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER OFFS Z 1 35 OUTPUT 719 calc mark offset z 2 S Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet 2 Return Format
27. The default disk selection MMEM MSIS External disk address External receiver address Contents of data registers Contents of math function and constant registers Contents of the RAM and NVRAM disks Calibration constants LAN configuration 40 Command Reference SRE command query Sets bits in the Service Request Enable register masks status byte Command Syntax SRE lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 255 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sre 0 OUTPUT 719 SRE 5 Query Syntax SRE Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State dependent on setting of PSC SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Use this command to set the Service Request Enable register to mask or select the events which cause a service request SRQ See the section Status Byte Register Set in Using Status Registers Assign a decimal weight to each bit you want set to 1 according to the following formula bit_ number 2 d Acceptable values for bit number are 0 through 7 Add the weights and then send the sum with this command Sending SRE 0 disables SRQ SRE 5 enables bits 0 and 2 User Status Summary and Device State Summary Note The analyzer ignores the setting specified for bit 6 of the Service Request Enable register The corresponding bit of the Status Byte register is always enabled The analyzer requests service from the active
28. Z zero input calibration 127 zoom on off 330 Need Assistance If you need assistance contact your nearest Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Office listed in the Agilent Catalog You can also find a list of local service representatives on the Web at http www agilent tech com services English index html or contact your nearest regional office listed below If you are contacting Agilent Technologies about a problem with your Agilent 89400A Vector Signal Analyzer please provide the following information Model number Agilent 89400A Serial number Options Date the problem was first encountered L Circumstances in which the problem was encountered L Can you reproduce the problem What effect does this problem have on you You may find the serial number and options from the front panel of your analyzer by executing the following Press System Utility more serial number Press System Utility options setup If you do not have access to the Internet one of these centers can direct you to your nearest representative United States Test and Measurement Call Center 800 452 4844 Toll free in US Canada 905 206 4725 Europe 31 20 547 9900 Japan Measurement Assistance Center 811426 56 7832 81 426 56 7840 FAX Latin America 305 267 4245 305 267 4288 FAX Australia New Zealand 1 800 629 485 Australia 0800 738 378 New Zealand Asia Pacific 852 2599 7777
29. limits 0 3 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Mmem Msis INT OUTPUT 719 MMEMORY MSIS RAM OUTPUT 719 mmem msis int data friday Query Syntax MMEMory MSIS Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State saved in non volatile memory SCPI Compliance confirmed Description lt device gt is the mass storage unit specifier usually a disk drive but also used to indicate RAM or NVRAM volumes which perform as very fast drives or any external mass storage device EXT For DOS file systems a directory may also be specified see third example The device types are NVRAM selects the non volatile RAM drive RAM selects the volatile RAM drive INT selects the internal drive EXT selects the external drive lt device_selector gt and lt unit_number gt specifiers are valid only with the EXT device specifier A device_selector is composed of the select_code usually 7 and the GPIB address 0 30 The unit number specifies the subunit within a volume as for a dual floppy drive If device_selector and unit_number are specified with this command they become the default for the external EXT specifier Related Commands To determine the type of file system for the default disk send the MMEM FSYStem query m To display the directory contents use SCR CONT MMEM Note When the control program instructs the analyzer to access the external mass storage device
30. lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSE DDEMod CLOCk lt number gt unit lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration n SYM UPIDOWN x MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 DDEMOD CLOC 0 OUTPUT 719 sense ddem cloc 0 SENSe DDEMod CLOCk Real Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific This commands corresponds to clock adjust as discussed in the online Help For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 282 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod CNVRg command query Specifies the convergence rate Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod CNVRg lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 1 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Ddem Cnvrg 0 OUTPUT 719 DDEM CNVR 0 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod CNVRg Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This commands specifies the rate at which t
31. lt unit gt S lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SWEEP2 TIME SWE2 TIME gate OUTPUT 719 sens sweep time span 4e 2 Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME SPAN Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 38 203125 us SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The numbers in the sweep node which normally specify an input channel for the command to affect has no channel specific affect for this command the step value is the same for all installed input channels Note Time operations do not function when the instrument mode is scalar When the measurement is zoomed a local oscillator signal is mixed with the measurement data and time data is not baseband Time gating is not available in digital demod Limits The size of the time record is a function of the number of points in the time record and the amount of time each point represents inverse of the effective sample rate The effective sample rate is a function of span The limits in terms of time vary with the span window type and number of frequency points Usually you will pick a span and then pick either record length or RBW Changing either parameter changes the other So the limits depend on the current span The maximum time record length occurs at maximum frequency points 3201 minimum span 1 Hz and minimum resolution bandwidth 700 Hz minimum RBW occurs in arbitrary RBW
32. lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer BAND STOP lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 3 40282347E 38 3 40282347E 38 HZISICODE UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Calculate3 Mark Band Start 1e6 Stop 2e6 OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER BAND START 10 us STOP 15 us CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer BAND STOP Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 5 5 Moz 12 09375 us SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command is used with CALC MARK BAND STARt to define the band in which power or signal to noise measurements are made Related Commands Tosetthe band function use CALC MARK FUNC To read the band marker data query with CALC MARK FUNC RES 61 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MARKer COUPled STATe command query Turns marker coupling on and off Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer COUPled STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calculate2 Mark Coup State OFF OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER COUP ON Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer COUPled STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Marker coupling ties the X values of the inactive traces to that of the active trace This command couples the
33. step UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 HCOPY PLOT ADDR 5 OUTPUT 719 hcopy plot address 9 Query Syntax HCOPy PLOT ADDRess Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This address is used for HPGL and PHPGL output formats and data output to the GPIB port The plotter address must be specified with this command before the HCOP IMM command is executed If a plotter device is not at the specified address the plot operation times out after about 20 seconds 202 Command Reference HCOPy PRINt ADDRess command query Specifies the GPIB address assigned to the print device Command Syntax HCOPy PRINt ADDRess lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 30 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcopy prin addr 3 OUTPUT 719 Hcopy Prin Address 1 Query Syntax HCOPy PRINt ADDRess Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This address is used for PCL and TIF output formats and data output to the GPIB port The printer address must be specified with this command before the HCOP IMM command is executed If a printer device is not at the specified address the print operation times o
34. 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 220 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 221 Appendix A Error Messages Error Message Value limited by Time Capture RAM set to limit For details see online help for the search length softkey Value out of range set to limit Maximum span limited by symbol rate and maximum span symbol rate ratio See System Utility memory usage to set the max span symR ratio Value out of range set to limit Minimum span limited by symbol rate Value out of range set to limit See System Utility memory usage to set the max time points limit and or max span symR ratio Value out of range set to limit See System Utility memory usage to set the max time points limit Value out of range set to limit See System Utility memory usage to set the maximum limit Value out of range set to limit Sync offset limited to maintain sync pattern length within search length Value out of range set to limit Warning Input Time exceeds max time points and will be truncated See System Utility memory usage to set the max time points limit Warning Insufficient memory Trace buffer truncated to d scans Warning Math data results truncated Parameter error s memory configuration cannot be changed unless the
35. ALL 252 PROGram SELected DELete SELected 253 PROGram SELected MALLocate 254 06 5 255 06 5 256 06 5 5 258 PROGram SELected STRing 259 ROW Te RECEIVER Rate des 260 SCReen CONTents 261 5 000 262 SENSe JAVERage COUNt INTermediate 263 5 5 5 264 SENSe JAVERage IRESult STATe 265 SENSe JAVERagel STATe 266 SENSe JAVERage TCONtrol 267 SENSe AVERage TYPE 268 SENSe BANDwidth MODE ARBitrary 269 SENSe JBANDwidth RESolution 270 SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO 271 SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO OFFSet 272 SENSe CORRection EDELay TIME 273 SENSe CORRection EXTernal STATe 274 SENSe CORRection FilTer XTIMe STATe 275 SENSe CORRection IMPedance INPut MAGNitude 276 SENSe CORRection LOSS INPut MAGNitude 271 5 0 5 278 SENSe IDATA uini cte 273 Command L
36. Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command determines the number of slots that the analyzer displays for W CDMA measurements You must enter an integer number of slots If you use units of seconds the analyzer rounds your entry up as necessary to obtain an integer number of slots 301 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod MSK FORMat command query Specifies the form of MSK minimum shift key modulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod MSK FORMat TYPel TYPe2 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Ddemod Msk Format TYPE1 OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEM MSK FORM TYPEI Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod MSK FORMat Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 302 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod NORMalize command query Turns digital demod normalization on off Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod NORMalize OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sense ddem norm OFF OUTPUT 719 Ddemod Nor
37. For example ANT matches all filenames just as would see following table Question mark wildcards may be used if the filename pattern to be matched has a fixed number of characters that vary Wildcards work differently for DOS than for LIF because DOS has two fields to use wildcards in the filename and the extension To match all files in a DOS system use in LIF just does it In DOS a single matches all filenames that have no extension To match all files Gn DOS with a particular extension use for the filename and the extension as in DAT Remember that in LIF the period character is just another ASCII character may be used more than once in a file and may be matched by a wildcard In DOS a period cannot be matched by a wildcard because it isn t part of the filename Wildcard Examples DOS File Matches LIF File Matchs Pattern all files all files all files without extensions all files E all files all files 2 files that have no extension all files B files beginning with B files beginning with B DAT files with the extension DAT all files 222 22 files with a 3 character name files with a 6 character name TUER and 2 char extension 4th character is 2222 files with 4 character name last files with 4 character name last did character is 2 character is 2 ur files with a 1 character extension all files 238 Command Reference MMEMory STORe CONTinue command
38. HCOPy DEVice LANGuage 181 HCOPy DEVice RESolution 182 HCOPy DEVice SPEed 183 HCOPy IMMediate 184 HCOPy ITEM ALL IMMediate 185 HCOPy ITEM ANNotation COLor 186 HCOPy ITEM FFEed STATe 187 HCOPy ITEM GRATicule MMediate 193 HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp FORMat 189 HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp STATe 190 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe COLor 191 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe GRATicule COLor 192 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACel IMMediate 194 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe LTYPe 195 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe MARKer COLor 196 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe MARKer IMMediate 197 HCOPy ITEM WINDow TRACe MARKer OFFSetl IMMediate 198 HCOPy PAGE DIMensions AUTO 199 HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER LLEFt 200 HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER URIGht 201 HCOPy PLOT ADDRess 202 HCOPy PRINt ADDRess 203 help by phone i help online 260 hidden lines waterfall 172 holdoff trigger delay 452 453 hostname LAN XWindows 430 HP GL output 181 hue display color 131 jQ 260 identification IDN 35 F trigger 456 imag constant 106 imaginary coordinates 57 immediate arm 50 trigger 456 impedance input 208 reference for dBm calculations 276 source 247 improving measurement speed 91 index online help 260 initialize disk 225 INITiate CONTinuous 204 INITiate IMMediate 205 input autozero 127 coupling 206 filters on off 207 impedance 208 impedance reference 276 on off 209 range 371 range units 370 resetting the protection
39. Other bits in the register are not affected Restarting a measurement INIT can cause the measuring bit to pulse low which causes an SRQ if the status register is configured to SRQ on end of measurement To avoid this 1 INIT CONT OFF 2 Set enable status registers 3 Restart measurement send INIT 10 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Register Summary The Agilent 89400 Series analyzers use eight register sets to keep track of instrument status Status Byte Device State Questionable Status Questionable Voltage Questionable Frequency Questionable Modulation Standard Event Operational Status User Status The reporting structure is summarized in figure 5 They are described in detail in the following sections Note Register bits not explicitly presented in the following sections are not used by the Agilent 89400A Series A query to one of these bits returns a value of 0 User Status Questionable Voltage Device State Questionable Frequenc y Status Status Byte Questionable Modulation 06553 Output Queue 1 Message Available f 5 Operational Status 4 Figure 5 Agilent 89400 Series Register Set Overview 11 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Status Byte Register Set The Status Byte register set summarizes the states of the other regis
40. Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance confirmed Description At preset and power on resolution bandwidth RBW tracks span changes to maintain an internally defined RBW span ratio The resulting RBW also depends on the state of BAND MODE ARB Related Commands BAND specifies a resolution bandwidth value It doesn t disable span tracking so if span changes so does the RBW It does change BAND AUTO to ON BAND AUTO controls span tracking on off It must be off if you want to specify an RBW that doesn t change BAND MODE ARB controls whether the rbw mode is arb on or 1 3 10 off BAND AUTO OFFS specifies whether the RBW span ratio tracked is user determined 271 Command Reference SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO OFFSet command query Specifies whether the RBW span ratio tracked when BAND AUTO is ON is user determined Command Syntax SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO OFFSet 0 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Band Auto Offs ON OUTPUT 719 SENSE BAND RES AUTO OFFS OFF Query Syntax SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO OFFSet Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 off SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description With BAND AUTO ON and BAND AUTO OFFS OFF the RBW tracks span changes to maintain an internally defined RBW span ratio The resulting RBW also depends on the state of BAND MODE ARB If BAND AUTO is ON BAND AUTO OF
41. SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FR SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe SENSe TI SENSe VO SENSe VO SENSe VO SENSe VO SENSe WI SENSe WI SENSe WI serial baud ra SENSe TCA SENSe TCA SENSe TCA SENSe TCA SENSe TCA SENSe TCA EQ SWEep OVERIap SWEep POINts 351 SWEep TIM JSWEep TIM SWEep TIM SWEep TIM SWEep TIM SWEep TIM SWEep TIME RESolution AUTO 358 SENSe SWEep TIME SPAN 359 TCAPture ABORt 360 Pture DIRection 361 Pture l Pture LENGth 363 Pture RANGe 365 Pture STARt 364 366 CAPture STOP 367 LTage LTage D n n n n oo D n en en en en en en u u u u u u EQuency MIRRor 339 u u u u u u lage lage Dow T N N N Dow cy EXTernal BANDwidth 333 cy EXTernal CENTer 334 cy EXTernal COMMunicate ADDRess 336 cy EXTernal COMMunicate 335 ency EXTernal MAXimum 337 cy EXTernal MINimum 338 cy SPAN 341 342 cy SPAN PCHirp 343 cy STARt 345 cy STEP AUTO 346 cy STEP INCRement 347 cy STOP 348 350 DELay 352 GATE DELay 353 GATE DELay STEP INCRement 354 GATE SPAN 355 GATE STATe 356 OVERlap 357 Mediate 362 DCE RANGe AUTO 368 DC RANGe AUTO DIRection 369 DC RANGe UNIT VOLTage 370 DC RANGe UPPer 371 GATE 373 Dow GATE COUPling 374 TYPE 375 e 434 handshake 435 interface handshake 433 interface hardware pacing 433 interface soft
42. is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WIND1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 152 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe LABel USER command query Specifies the alphanumeric content of a user defined display title Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe LABe1 USER STRING Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Disp Window2 Trac Lab User Phase Noise OUTPUT 719 DISP TRAC LAB USER Friday Data Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe LABel USER Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The alpha numeric string replaces the default titles above the trace when DISP ITRAC LAB AUTO is OFF Sending the user defined trace label command automatically turns DISP TRAC LAB AUTO OFF Maximum string length is 15 characters The query form returns the user defined trace title whether or not it is currently displayed Related Commands m To switch between the default trace title and a user defined trace title use DISP TRAC LAB AUTO To query the currently displayed trace title use DISP TRAC LAB The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Win
43. modulation Unit queries must be in the current family of units That is the CALC X UNIT TIME query should be used only when the default x axis units are known to be one of the units in the TIME units list The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALCI is assumed and the command affects trace A The SLOT unit is only allowed in the W CDMA instrument mode 125 Command Reference CALibration AUTO command query Enable or disable the analyzer s autocalibration function or perform a single calibration Command Syntax CALibration AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 ONCE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calibration Auto OFF OUTPUT 719 CALIBRATION AUTO OFF Query Syntax CALibration AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When calibration occurs all amplitude ranges and all frequencies are calibrated regardless of instrument setup The current value is stored in non volatile RAM and is not affected by preset When autocal is enabled the analyzer automatically calibrates several times during the first two hours of operation After that it automatically calibrates at intervals of 2 hours 20 minutes When autocal is disabled the analyzer calibrates only when CAL AUTO ONCE is used If calibra
44. no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Note This command is available only if the Instrument BASIC option 1C2 is installed To determine whether or not the option is installed use the OPT query RAM may be used for measurements data registers math registers and RAM disk as well as for Instrument BASIC programs The limits specified in the command syntax define what numbers are syntactically correct The real limits are defined by how much memory is installed and how much is presently unallocated If you need more memory than is available consider reducing the Max frequency points value the number of data registers the number of math temporary registers or reducing the size of the RAM disk The standard amount of RAM is supplemented with a 20 MB RAM board listed under the options as option UTH The 20 MB RAM board includes additional I O another GPIB connector and a LAN interface Related Commands To specify the Max number of frequency points use MEM MALL MEAS FPO To specify the Max number of time points use MEM MALL MEAS TPO To specify the number of data registers use MEM MALL MEAS REG To specify the number of math temporary registers use MEM MALL MEAS MTEM To specify the RAM disk size use MMEM INIT To remove the RAM disk use MEM DEL RDIS 220 Command Reference MMEMory COPY command Copies the contents of one disk to another or one file to anothe
45. real number NRf data limits 0 41 94 S in 2 5 us steps sms UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 ARM DEL 2 OUTPUT 719 arm delay 220E 3 ARM DI Real ELay Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 seconds SCPI Compliance confirmed If ARM SOUR is EXT the analyzer must be armed before triggering can occur ARM is either EXTernal or IMMediate external arm on off External arm is activated with the ARM SOUR EXT command See TRIG SOUR for more information This command has no effect if ARM SOUR is IMM external arm off 47 Command Reference ARM LEVel command query Specifies the threshold value for external arm Command Syntax lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description ARM LEVel lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 11 11 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Arm Level 3 OUTPUT 719 ARM LEV 4V ARM LEVel Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 0V SCPI Compliance confirmed If ARM SOUR is EXT the analyzer must be armed before triggering can occur ARM is either EXTernal or IMMediate external arm on off External arm is activated with the ARM SOUR EXT command See TRIG SOUR for more information This command has no effect if ARM SOUR is IMM external arm off 48 Command Reference
46. 0 Hz SCPI Compliance confirmed Description In RF operation when ROUT REC is RF2 the source center frequency tracks the receiver frequency during the sweep The offset frequency allows the source to track the receiver sweep with a constant frequency difference This command is not available for the 89410A For the 894414 this command is available only when ROUT REC is RF2 377 Command Reference SOURce FUNCtion SHAPe command query Selects the source output signal type Command Syntax SOURce FUNCtion SHAPe SINusoid USER RANDom PCHirp Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SOUR FUNCTION USER OUTPUT 719 sour function shap SINUSOID Query Syntax SOURce FUNCtion SHAPe Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State SIN SCPI Compliance confirmed Description After preset and when power is first turned on the source is off The OUTP 1 command may be used to turn it on The amplitude value is specified with the SOUR VOLT command Arguments used with the SOUR FUNC command are as follows SIN selects fixed sine as the source output type The signal is a continuous sine wave output at the center frequency of the current measurement or sub measurement The frequency of this signal is specified with the SOUR FREQ command RAND selects random noise with a Gaussian distribution as the source output type This source type s peak to rms ratio is not as low as the chirp signal b
47. 1 2 TIME OVERlap Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 98 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The amount of overlap can be used to control the amount of information displayed in a waterfall or spectrogram display It can also be used to control the time capture playback speed This command specifies the maximum possible overlap It corresponds to overlap averaging off The numbers in the sweep node which normally specify an input channel for the command to affect has no channel specific affect for this command the specified overlap is the same for all installed input channels Related Commands To specify amount of overlap processing used when averaging is on use SENS SWE OVER 357 Command Reference SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME RESolution AUTO command query Automatically reduces span as time record length is increased past the point where the existing span accommodates the requested time record length Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME RESolution AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sens sweep time res auto OFF OUTPUT 719 Swe Time Res Auto OFF Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME RESolution AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The numbers in the sweep node which normally specify an inp
48. 16 4 f ZA 51 32 Frequency 5 x ae Modulati a 52 Bit 3 7 128 odulation 7 f p og 8 256 Calibration 8 p gt Status Byte 9 52 s 1 A 10 1024 101 ZA 11 2048 A 12 4096 12 ZA 73 8192 A 1 A 14 16384 A E A x 52 5 2 Figure 8 The Questionable Status Register Set Bits in the Questionable Status condition register are set to 1 under the following conditions m Voltage bit 0 is set to 1 when one or more enabled bits in the Questionable Voltage Event register are set to 1 Frequency bit is set to 1 when one or more enabled bits in the Questionable Frequency Event register are set to 1 Modulation bit 7 is set to 1 when or more enabled bits in the Questionable Modulation Event Register are set to 1 Calibration bit 8 is set to 1 when the self calibration fails Figure 8 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Questionable Status registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 14 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Questionable Voltage Register Set The Questionable Voltage register set monitors conditions that affect the amplitude accuracy of measurement data See figure 9 STATus QUEStionable VOL Tage CONDition STATus QUEStionable VOL Tage P TRansition STATus QUEStionable VOL Tage NTRansition STATus QUEStionable VOL Tage E VENT STATus QUEStionable VOL Tage ENABIe
49. 266 SENSe BANDwidth AUTO 271 SENSe BANDwidth MODE ARBitrary 269 SENSe BANDwidth RESolution 270 SENSe BANDwidth RESolution AUTO OFFSet 272 SENSe CORRection FILTer XTIMe STATe 275 SENSe DATA 279 SENSe DATA HEADer POINts 280 SENSe DDEMod ADAPt 281 SENSe DDEMod CLOCk 282 SENSe DDEMod EQUAlize 289 SENSe DDEMod FILTer ALPHa 290 SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement 291 SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement USER FEED 292 SENSe DDEMod FiLTer REFerence 293 SENSe DDEMod FlLTer REFerence USER FEED 294 SENSe DDEMod FORMat 295 SENSe DDEMod FSK NSTAte 297 SENSe DDEMod MSK FORMat 302 SENSe DDEMod NORMalize 303 SENSe DDEMod PRATe 304 SENSe DDEMod PRESet 305 SENSe DDEMod PSK NSTate 306 SENSe DDEMod DVBQAM NSTate 285 307 322 SENSe DDEMod QOPSK FORMat 308 SENSe DDEMod SEARCh PULSe STATe 309 SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC OFFSet 310 SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC PATTern 311 SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC STATe 312 SENSe DDEMod SEARch TIME 313 SENSe DDEMod SRATe 315 SENSe DDEMod TIME 316 SENSe DEMod 324 SENSe DEMod CARRier AUTO 325 SENSe DEMod CARRier AUTO PM 326 SENSe DEMod CARRier FREO 327 SENSe DETector FUNCtion 328 SENSe FEED 329 SENSe FREQuency BASeband 330 SENSe FREQuency CENTer 331 SENSe FREQuency CENTer TRACK 332 SENSe F ZO ZU ZB ZU ZU ZU ZU ZU SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FRE SENSe FRE
50. 3 is the command reference It contains a detailed description of each GPIB command The commands are organized alphabetically Appendix A discusses SCPI error messaging and lists error messages reported by this instrument Appendix B is an example program listing which demonstrates the sockets feature of option UFG Also a card containing a command quick reference is included Note Most front panel key presses that change the configuration or initiate an action correspond to one SCPI command but some require more than one see SENSe AVERage TYPE To display the SCPI command strings that correspond to front panel keys activate the SCPI command echo by pressing Local Setup SCPI cmd echo on or sending SYST GPIB ECHO 1 Subsequent SCPI command strings are displayed in the upper lefthand corner of the display GPIB Setup and Verification GPIB Setup and Verification This section contains a procedure for configuring the Agilent 89400 Series Vector Signal Analyzer and an external controller in a simple GPIB system Although an HP 9000 Series 340 computer is used in this procedure example other computers that support an GPIB interface can be used If you are using a computer other than the Series 340 the configuration procedure should be used as a general guide Consult your computer s documentation for more complete information Equipment and Software Required Agilent 89400 Series Vector Signal Analyzer
51. 3200 4096 448 3648 447 Command Reference Related Commands To store a trace to a file use MMEM STOR TRAC To copy trace data between data registers or between a data register and a trace register use TRACE COPY To get X axis trace data use TRAC X DATA To get coordinate transformed data from a trace use CALC DATA To specify whether the data transformed is in ASCII or REAL use FORM DATA Notes Sending block data to a data register is valid only if the data register contains data That is you can only replace existing data in the data register You cannot transfer block data to an empty data register For more information about transferring block data see the GPIB Programmer s Guide Block Parameters It is not possible to query Y axis units they depend on what measurement was saved in the data register In general they are Vpk for spectrums and time traces Vpk Hz for PSD and Vk for correlation Trace data may be transferred directly to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UGT Data transferred with FTP is in Standard Data Format SDF 448 Command Reference TRACe DATA HEADer POINts query Returns the number of points for the specified data register Query Syntax TRACe DATA HEADer POINts D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 trace head points D5 OUTPUT 719 Trac Data Header Poin D6 Return Format Integer
52. 60 band stop 61 coupling on off 62 digital demod data 66 find max 73 find minimum 78 find next peak 75 find next peak left 74 find next peak right 76 noise power 65 offset on off 79 fset position 80 82 on off 91 peak tracking 77 pencolor 196 polar readout 85 position 93 95 96 power units 84 print plot 197 print plot offset 198 search target 90 arget search left 87 arget search right 89 o minimum 78 o next peak 75 o next peak left 74 o next peak right 76 o offset marker 88 peak 73 units 84 Y axis value query 99 zero offset 83 marker offse on off 79 position 80 82 X axis value query 98 Y axis value query 100 Z axis value query 103 mask LAN subnet mask 428 Standard Event register 33 status byte 41 Mass MEMory description 28 mass storage is 236 master summary status 9 math constant 105 109 function 111 function display 112 function display off 135 on off 113 math registers loading from disk 229 storing to disk 240 MAV bit 12 measurement filter digital demod 291 292 pause continue 128 249 restart abort 46 o Index speed 114 measurement data measuring bit 19 measurement state display 261 memory BASIC programming 220 254 default settings 214 FSK MaxSpan SymbolRate ratio 216 217 LAN use 429 math temp registers 218 max number of frequency points 215 max number of time points 219 program 220 memory configuration SEE Help Text Memory EMory de
53. ANN COLOR 15 Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM ANNotation COLor Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 4 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The annotation pen is used to plot the following Instrument state Disk catalog State information Time stamp Status or error messages Nothing is plotted for items with pen values of 0 or for which the pen value exceeds the limits of the plotter in use All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed This information is not used for PCL language output 186 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM FFEed STATe command query Specifies a plotter eject or printer form feed after the operation is complete Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM FFEed STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcopy item ffeed stat OFF OUTPUT 719 Hcop Item Ffe State ON Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM FFEed STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Enables or disables the plotter page eject feature or a printer form feed feature The specified state is used for all plotting and printing operations initiated by the analyzer Check the output device s documentation to be sure that it supports the requested the page eject state 187 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp CFORmat command que
54. Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE STATe 0 0 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE SWE2 TIME GATE STAT OFF OUTPUT 719 sweep2 time gate stat ON Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When the gate is ON frequency analysis is performed on the gate time record The numbers in the sweep node which normally specify an input channel for the command to affect has no channel specific affect for this command the gate state is the same for all installed input channels Note Time operations do not function when the instrument mode is scalar When the measurement is zoomed a local oscillator signal is mixed with the measurement data and time data is not baseband Time gating is not available in digital demod 356 Command Reference SENSe SWEepI1 2 TIME OVERIap command query Specifies how much consecutive time blocks are allowed to overlap when averaging is off Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME OVERlap lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 99 99 lt unit gt PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Swe2 Time Over 40 2607 OUTPUT 719 SENSE SWE TIME OVERLAP 90 4304 Query Syntax SENSe SWEep
55. DDEMod FilTer REFerence USER FEED 294 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MAXimum 2 337 SENSe DDEMod FORMat 295 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MINimum 338 SENSe DDEMod FREQuency MIRRor 296 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MIRRor 339 8 5 297 SENSe FREQuency MANual 2 340 5 5 810006 2 298 5 5 341 8 5 1 00 6 00 299 5 5 342 5 5 4 100 300 SENSe FREQuency SPAN PCHirp 2 343 SENSe JDDEMod MLENgth 301 SENSe FREQuency SPAN WIDE 344 SENSe DDEMod MSK FORMat 302 SENSe FREQuency STARt 345 SENSe DDEMod NORMalze 303 5 5 10 346 SENSe DDEMod PRATe 304 SENSe FREQuency STEP INCRement 347 SENSe JDDEMod PRESet 305 5 5 0 348 5 5 5 5 308 SENSe SWEepMODE 349 SENSe DDEMod OAM NSTate 307 SENSe amp SWEep O
56. DDEMod TIME GATE SPAN command query Sets the gate length span when time gating is on for Wideband CDMA measurements Command Syntax lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE SPAN lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt a real number NRf data limits 1 16 slots SISLOT UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 ddemod time gate 1 OUTPUT 719 Sens Ddem Time Gate Span 4 SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE SPAN Real Option B73 Wideband CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command sets the gate length in whole slots when time gating is used in the Wideband CDMA instrument mode For details about time gating see SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE STATe 320 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE STATe command query Turns time gating on or off for Wideband CDMA measurements Command Syntax SENSe TIME GATE STATe 0 0 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEM TIME GATE STATE OFF OUTPUT 719 ddem time gate stat ON Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option B73 Wideband CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applic
57. EXT the controller must temporarily pass control of the bus to the analyzer After the command has been executed the analyzer must pass control back See GPIB Programmer s Guide for more on passing control 236 Command Reference MMEMory NAME command query Specifies the filename for printing or plotting to a file Command Syntax MMEMory NAME device filename device RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT lt select_code gt lt unit_number gt select code areal number NRf data limits 700 730 unit number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 filename ASCII characters see description for filename conventions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Mmemory Name plotl hpg OUTPUT 719 MMEM NAME INT 3RD IF_PCL Query Syntax MMEMory NAME Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State plotfile SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command is used to specify a filename when printing or plotting to a file Specifying FILE as the output destination is done with the HCOP DEST FILE command If no mass storage unit specifier msus is given the device specified with the last MSIS mass storage is command is used If MSIS has not been used since the last preset then msus NVRAM non volatile RAM If EXT is specified control of the bus must be passed to the analyzer Filename and Wildcard Conventions DOS filenames are lim
58. For real indefinite length blocks ASSIGN GDev TO 719 OUTPUT Dev FORM REAL ASSIGN Dev FORMAT OFF OUTPUT Dev PROG NUMB A 0 12 345 END ASSIGN Dev FORMAT ON For real definite length blocks ASSIGN Dev TO 719 OUTPUT Dev FORM REAL ASSIGN Dev FORMAT OFF OUTPUT Dev PROG NUMB A 18 12 345 ASSIGN Dev FORMAT ON Query Syntax PROGram SELected NUMBer Return Format definite length block Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Set or query the value of numeric variables from the currently selected IBASIC program These variables can be either arrays or single values If the specified variable is not defined in the current program the error Illegal variable name 283 is generated The second parameter in a 256 Command Reference set command is a list of values for the variable or array to be assigned This list may either be ASCII numbers separated by commas or a definite or indefinite block The response is generated in the current format specified by the FORMat DATA command When an array is loaded with this command values in the lt block gt parameter are loaded into the through n elements of the array where 7 is number of values in the block Related Commands specify the active program use PROG NAME To load string variables
59. Instrument from SCPI Command Reference 175 Command Reference HCOPy ABORt Aborts a plot or print operation Command Syntax HCOPy ABORt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcopy Abor OUTPUT 719 HCOP ABORT Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed command 176 Command Reference HCOPy DATA Queries the plot data which is returned in an indefinite length data block Query Syntax HCOPy DATA Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcop data OUTPUT 719 Hcop Data Return Format DEF_USER Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific query 177 Command Reference HCOPy DESTination command query Selects the I O port for hard copy output Command Syntax HCOPy DESTination lt CMDSTR gt CMDSTR SYST COMM GPIB SYST COMM SERT SYST COMM SER2 SYST COMM CENT Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcop destination syst comm gpib OUTPUT 719 Hcop Dest syst comm cent Query Syntax HCOPy DESTination Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description GPIB is the GPIB connector for which an address must be supplied If you choose the GPIB port control of the bus must be passed to the analyzer so that it can perfor
60. Ist value last value Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific query 4 This query returns the values along the X axis for any display The values identify each bin in the trace This is the companion command for TRACE DATA which returns alias protected data from the data registers Related Commands m To determine the units for the X axis send TRAC X UNIT 450 Command Reference TRACe X UNIT query Returns the x axis units for trace displays Query Syntax TRACe X UNIT D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 TRACe1 TRACe2 TRACe3 TRACe4 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Trace X Unit D1 OUTPUT 719 TRACE X UNIT D3 Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The unit for the X axis is dependent upon the type of measurement data selected Related Commands To query the values along the X axis use TRAC X DATA To query the Y axis trace data use TRAC DATA 451 Command Reference TRIGger HOLDoff DELay Specifies the delay after IF trig occurs before next trigger accepted Command Syntax number unit step bound Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description TRIGger HOLDoff D command query ELay lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound g
61. NRf data limits depends on configuration n HZ UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 sens freq ext max 15 GHZ OUTPUT 719 Frequency Ext Max 1 5E10 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MAXimum Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 2 2E 10 SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command is effective only when ROUTe RECeiver is EXT as when using a downconverter such as the Agilent 89411A See Help Text under the Help hardkey for more information 397 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MINimum command query Specifies the the minimum frequency to which an external receiver can be tuned Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MINimum lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt l lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration n HZ UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 sens freq ext min 100 KHZ OUTPUT 719 Frequency Ext Min 1E6 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MINimum Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command is effective only when ROUTe RECeiver is EXT as when using a downconverter such as the Agilent 89411A See Help Text under the Help hardkey for more informatio
62. OUTPUT 719 sens aver state ON Query Syntax SENSe AVERage STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description When averaging is off each trace represents the results of a single measurement When averaging is on each trace represents the combined results of several measurements AVER TYPE specifies how results are combined AVER TCON terminal control specifies how the averaging process terminates AVER COUN specifies the number of measurements to be averaged together for normal averaging or a weighting factor for exponential averaging AVER IRES turns fast averaging on and off AVER IRES RATE specifies the fast averaging update rate To determine when averaged measurement data is available use OPC operation complete as described in chapter 3 of the GPIB Programmer s Guide under Synchronization When averaging is off the NPO flag No Pending Operation is set when the current measurement scan is complete When averaging is on the NPO flag is set when the number of averages requested has been completed Even when the type is exponential and the number of averages is used as a weighting factor the averaging process never stops the NPO flag does eventually get set If the measurement is restarted with the ABOR command the NPO flag is not set until the requested number of averages is taken Note Trigger conditions mus
63. POIN TCAP2 OUTPUT 719 data head poin TCAPI Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This query is used to determine the number of data points in the specified time capture buffer This information may be required to transfer the contents of the buffer from the analyzer to the controller Related Commands m Totransfer time capture data use SENSe DATA 280 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod ADAPt command query Enables adaptive equalization on off Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod ADAPt OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sense ddem adapt ON OUTPUT 719 Ddem Adap OFF Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod ADAPt Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description ON The equaliztion filter coefficients are updated with each measurement OFF The equalization filter coefficients do not change For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 281 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod CLOCk command query Specifies the clock offset in symbols Command Syntax lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt
64. Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This information affects the filename times in the disk directory operations The time information is saved with a trace and may be examined with the SDF standard data format utilities Also time information is part of a plot or print time stamp All numbers are rounded to the nearest integer except for second which is rounded to the resolution of the system clock Hours are specified and queried in the 24 hour format 444 Command Reference TRACe BUFFer COPY command Copies the specified waterfall spectrogram trace buffer into a data register Command Syntax lt labell gt lt label2 gt Example Statements Attribute Summary Description TRACE BUFFer COPY lt labell gt lt label2 gt DIID2ID3IDAIDSID6 TRACelIITRACe2ITRACe3ITRACe4ICALI1ICAL2 OUTPUT 719 trac buff copy D1 trac4 OUTPUT 719 Trac Buff Copy D2 TRACe1 OUTPUT 719 Trac Buff Copy D4 CAL1 Option AYB waterfall spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific CALIICAL2 represent trace information consisting of calibration data for input channels 1 and 2 respectively Related Commands To display the contents of a data register as a trace use CALC FEED To store the contents of a data register to disk use TRACE DATA To move waterfall spectrogram data between the trace buffers and mass
65. Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The analyzer plots the CCDF Complementary Cumulative Density Function using units of percent 96 for the y axis using a logarithmic scale and power dB for the x axis Power on the x axis is relative to the signal average power in units of dBm This command returns the signal average power when CCDF measurement data is in the active trace For details about CCDF measurements see the Operator s Guide and see online help for the CCDF softkey 52 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 DATA query Returns trace data that s transformed to current coordinate system CALC FORM Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 DATA Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc Data OUTPUT 719 CALC DATA Return Format DEF_USER Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns a block of coordinate transformed trace data for the trace specified with a number 1 through 4 The block is returned as a series of Y axis values The units for these values is determined with the CALC UNIT lt unit gt queries Units are the same as the reference level units The X axis value for a given point is implied by the order of the points For more information on definite length blocks DEF_BLOCK see Block Parameters in chapter 4 of the Programmer s Guide or refer to the e
66. Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe AUTO OFF 0 ONCE OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY TRAC Y AUTO OFF OUTPUT 719 disp window3 trac y scal auto OFF DISPlay WINDow 1 2 31 4 TRACe Y SCALe AUTO Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance confirmed The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WINDI is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A Executing this command changes the Y scale to fixed range tracking is turned off 163 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision command query Specifies the vertical scale value per division for the specified trace Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision lt param gt param lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 40282347E 38 unit see listing below lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Display Wind3 Trace Y Scal Pdivision 0 OUTPUT 719 DISP TRACE Y PDIV 0 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synch
67. RLEV AUTO frange tracking is on and autoranging is on then the reference level tracks the range and the range may change automatically depending on the magnitude of the signal being measured To control autoranging use SENS VOLT RANG AUTO Changing the reference level doesn t affect the per division setting To specify the vertical scale per division use DISP WIND TRAC Y PDIV To autoscale the display use DISP WIND TRAC Y AUTO 165 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl 1 2 3 4 l TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel AUTO command query Controls whether the reference level tracks the input range value Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 display trac y rlev auto OFF OUTPUT 719 Display Wind Trace Y Scal Rlevel Auto OFF Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WIND 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A When range tracking is on the reference level changes when the range setting changes Immediately af
68. Real Attribute Summary Option AYB Waterfall and Spectrogram Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command sets the offset marker s z axis position when the selected trace is a waterfall or spectrogram display Each trace in a waterfall or spectrogram display has a time stamp You specify the z axis position of the offset marker by a trace s time stamp in seconds The time stamp is the traces s z axis value in seconds and is the time that elapsed from when the measurement began sending the ABORt command to when the trace was acquired The analyzer automatically selects the closest valid time stamp the closest valid z axis position 82 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet ZERO command Changes the offset marker s X and Y values to those of the marker Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet ZERO Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calculate4 mark offs zero OUTPUT 719 Calc Marker Offs Zero Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command moves the offset marker to the same position as the relative marker setting the offset value to zero If either the main or offset markers are turned off this command turns them on Therefore it is not necessary to turn them on prior to zeroing If no number is given i
69. SOUR VOLT command Note It is good practice to specify the source level before the source is turned on When the source is turned on the output voltage level is whatever value was active when it was turned off At turn on and preset the level is 10 dBm 100 mV The active value may be large enough to damage sensitive devices 248 Command Reference PAUSe command Pause the measurement in progress Command Syntax PAUSe Example Statements OUTPUT 719 pause OUTPUT 719 Paus Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Characteristics Pauses a measurement process In Vector or Demod modes current average is completed before pause occurs In Scalar mode analyzer may pause in the middle of a sweep even if averaging is on Data is not affected by PAUSE It is valid and may be manipulated with CALC FORM CALC FEED or CALC MATH CONT restarts a paused measurement without affecting data ABORT ABORT INIT and RST destroy existing data and restart a paused measurement A paused measurement does not respond to INIT IMM 249 Command Reference PROGram EXPLicit DEFine command query Loads an Instrument BASIC program into a program buffer from an external controller Command Syntax PROGram EXPLicit DEFine lt prog_list gt lt program gt lt prog_list gt PROGraml program lt block gt Example St
70. Specifies whether a trigger occurs when the selected trigger source signal is positive with respect to or negative with respect to the specified trigger level Command Syntax TRIGger SLOPe POSitive NEGative Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Trigger Slop POSITIVE OUTPUT 719 TRIGGER SLOP POSITIVE Query Syntax TRIGger SLOPe Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State POS SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Slope does not apply to free run source or GPIB trigger types These trigger types operate independently of the slope setting Trigger delay may also be specified with the SWE TIM DEL command Trigger type is specified with the TRIG SOUR command Trigger level is specified with the TRIG LEV command The analyzer must be armed before triggering can start a measurement See ARM SOUR for more information 455 Command Reference TRIGger SOURce command query Specifies the source or type of triggering used to start measurements Command Syntax TRIGger SOURce lt param gt lt param gt IMMediatelINTIIINT2IIFIIIF2IOUTPutIBUSIEXTernal Example Statements OUTPUT 719 trigger source INT1 OUTPUT 719 Trig Source OUTP Query Syntax TRIGger SOURce Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State IMM SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The analyzer must be armed before triggering can occur See ARM SOUR IMM immediate or free run s
71. Status Register Set 19 User Status Register Set 21 Agilent 89400 Series Register Set Summary 22 2 The SCPI Instrument Model 23 Introduction 24 ROUTe 24 INPut 25 SENSe 25 iti CALCulate 25 OUTPut 25 SOURce 25 TRIGger 25 ARM TRIGger Model 26 Model Layers 26 MEMory 28 FORMat 28 Hard COPy 28 DISPlay 28 Mass MEMory 28 3 Command Reference 29 A Error Messages 457 SYSTem ERRor 458 The Error Event Queue 458 Error numbers 459 No Error 459 Command Error 460 Execution Error 463 Device Specific Error 466 Query Error 467 Instrument Specific Error Messages 468 B Sockets Example Program 475 iv COMMAND LISTING SCA heaps ITF 31 CAL ALS durare Nu xu 32 PEGE P rM 33 CAL PRESB ee eere dern ee oe t 34 CAL onu ue Tae dey Rb 35 CAL POMC a evo fre ortu rcu 36 CAL Sec bite ob ASA cA sii es 37 CAL PUB ape due EE nnd 38 CAL heehee Mana EE EE 39 BST ease cw sas t bae das t 40 CAL 41 CALCulate eta tact 42 CALCulate a al E e RR PA IRR deserun on 43 CAL BUSA Maar eaten ro rc Me ahah hace 44 CALCulate 45 CALCulate Oh cc or 46 CALCulate ARM DELIV
72. T 5 indicates when ARM SOURce EXT Sore 9 gj fo send INIT TRIG SOURce EXT 224 u Z for next sweep Measuring _ 5 Sweeping A Averaging _ M Waiting for ARM Waiting for TRIG E Timing diagram for single sweep exp averaged externally armed triggered measurement Notice that the averaging bit follows the measurement bit after the specified number of averages have been acquired Figure 12 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Operational Status registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 20 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets User Status Register Set The User Status register set detects STATus USER PULSe commands See figure 14 STATus USER PULSe bits 0 14 always set to 1 bits 0 14 always set to 0 STATus USER EVENt STATus USER ENABle Bit Weights 0 o 112 IN LI 250 21 A 8 51 11 A 6 Hr A 5 32 I5 xi 6 64 6 _ 52 Bit z 20 H 5 gt Status Byte 9 512 EM F Z 10 1024 10 Rf A 11 2048 11 A 12 4096 12 A 13 8192 13 A 14 16384 114 P ED A x L4 2 a Condit Positive Negative Transition Transition Figure 14 The User Status Register Set The User Status register se
73. TRACe INDicator SIZE 149 CALCulate MATH CONStant MAG 107 5 0 150 CALCulate MATH CONStant PHASe 108 5 7 151 CALCulate MATH CONStantREAL 109 DISPlay WINDow TRACe LABel AUTO 152 CALCulate MATH CONStantSTEP 110 DISPlay WINDowE TRACe LABeEUSER 153 CALCulatMATHEEXPRession 111 DISPlay WINDow TRACe STATe 154 CALCulate MATH SELect 112 DISPlay WINDow TRACe SYMBol 155 113 DISPlay WINDow TRACe SYMBol FORMat 156 CALGilate mte eot Mette 114 DISPlay WINDow TRACe X SCALe AUTO 157 CALCulate UNITAM 115 DISPlayEWINDow TRACe XESCALeELEFT 158 CALCulate UNIFANGle 118 DISPlayl WINDow TRACe X SCALe RIGHt 159 CALCulate UNIT FREQuency 117 DISPlay WINDow TRACe X SCALe RLEVel 160 CALCulate UNIT POWer 118 DISPlayEWINDow TRACe XESCALeE SPACing 161 CALCulate UNITTIME 119 DISPlay WINDowETRACe Y RUNe 162 CALCulate UPHase CREFerence 120 DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y SCALe
74. TRACe X SCALe AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 ONCE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp trace x auto OFF OUTPUT 719 Display Wind2 Trace X Scal Auto ONCE Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance confirmed Description X axis autoscaling is similar to Y axis scaling if you understand that the conventional method of displaying measurement information maps the first measurement data to the left most X axis value and the last measurement data to the right most X axis value This corresponds to X axis autoscaling being ON When it is OFF other time or frequency values may be mapped to these X axis points as defined by DISP WIND TRAC X LEFT and RIGHt respectively ON changes the X scale to be the full range of the current data Sending ON corresponds to pressing the softkey X full scale under Ref Lvl Scale X scale markers keys When the trace displays frequency information for example this corresponds to the start and stop frequencies being mapped to the left most and right most values on the X axis This is the conventional method of displaying frequency domain data OFF corresponds to pressing the softkey hold scale under Ref Lvl Scale X scale markers keys This allows the display settings given by the DISP WIND TRAC X LEFT and RIGHt commands to be the left most and right most values on the X axis When this is the ac
75. The analyzer allocates enough memory to accomodate the frequency span set by this command Reducing the amount of memory allocated for W CDMA measurments frees memory for other purposes For best performance set the maximum W CDMA span to the smallest frequency span that you will measure The maximum W CDMA span may limit the maximum chip rate If you cannot set the chip rate to its maximum value increase the maximum W CDMA span 216 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MSSRate command query Specifies the ratio MaxSpan SymbolRate which affects memory allocation Command Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MSSRate lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 16 0 100 0 step i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mem mallocate meas mssr 16 0 OUTPUT 719 Memory Mall Measurement Mssr 50 8 Query Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MSSRate Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description All digital demodulation types have span limitations defined by a ratio of the maximum span per symbol rate For a given symbol rate this ratio limits the maximum span to conserve memory usage All digital demodulation types except FSK have a fixed MSSR ratio of 15 625 Only the MSSR for FSK can be user defined Increasing the rati
76. This command specifies the value of the last most right X axis point on the display This combined with the LEFT command is equivalent to the X Scale Markers feature in front panel operation under the Ref Lvl Scale hardkey which allows you to expand or magnify a narrow region of data No new data is taken existing data is displayed differently The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WINDI is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 159 Command Reference DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe RLEVel Specifies the reference level value for the X axis or returns current setting command query Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe RLEVel lt param gt param number unit lxstep l bound number areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration unit see listing below lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary OUTPUT 719 DISP WINDOW3 TRAC X SCALE RLEV 0 OUTPUT 719 display trac x rlevel 0 DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe RLEVel Real Option AYA vector analysis digital demod Synchronization Required no Preset S
77. To rename a file use the MMEM MOVE command To specify the default device use MMEM MSIS mass storage is To display directory listings use SCR CONT MMEM Notes When the control program instructs the analyzer to access the external mass storage device EXT the controller must temporarily pass control of the bus to the analyzer After the command has been executed the analyzer passes control back See GPIB Programmer s Guide for more on passing control Be aware of the filename and data format differences when copying between LIF and DOS file systems The copy is performed but no conversions occur 221 Command Reference MMEMory DATA command query Transfer a file between a disk and the GPIB port Command Syntax MMEMory DATA lt device gt lt filename gt device NVRAM IRAM IINT filename ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename conventions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem data FILENAME OUTPUT 719 Mmem Data INT FILENAME Query Syntax MMEMory DATA lt device gt lt filename gt Return Format DEF USER Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Use this command to transfer a file from a disk to the GPIB port or from the GPIB port to a disk Use MMEM DATA to send a file to the GPIB port use MMEM DATA to read a file from the GPIB port The file is
78. a significant part of the average for large values of n new data has much less weight in the calculated average For exponential averaging the averaging process does not stop after n measurements The NPO flag is set to 1 after measurements 262 Command Reference SENSe AVERage COUNt INTermediate query Returns the current average count Query Syntax SENSe AVERage COUNt INTermediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Aver Count Int OUTPUT 719 SENSE AVER COUN INTERMEDIATE Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command returns the number of averages that have been completed The number of averages that the analyz er performs is determined by SENSE AVERage COUNt 263 Command Reference SENSe AVERage IRESult RATE command query Sets the value of the display update rate for fast averaging Command Syntax SENSe AVERage IRESult RATE lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number an integer NRf data limits 1 99999 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 AVERAGE IRES RATE 100 OUTPUT 719 sense aver iresult rate 300 Query Syntax SENSe AVERage IRESult RATE Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 10 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Descript
79. address must be set to the address of the external analyzer with FREQ EXT COMM ADDR 335 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate ADDRess command query Specifies the address of the external analyzer used as a downconverter Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description S ENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate ADDress lt param gt lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt areal number data limits 0 30 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 FREQ EXT COMMUNICATE ADDR 8 OUTPUT 719 sense freq ext communicate addr 15 In Sy Pr SC ENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate ADDRess teger nchronization Required no eset State not affected by Preset PI Compliance instrument specific This command is useful only when ROUT REC is EXT and FREQ EXT COMM is ON 336 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MAXimum command query Specifies the the maximum frequency to which an external receiver can be tuned Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MAXimum lt param gt number unit l step l bound a real number
80. and stop frequency values change Center Frequency Limits and Preset Values 89410 or 89441 IF 89441 RF value limits 0 10 MHz 2 MHz 2 650 GHz preset values 5 MHz 1 328 GHz IF indicates ROUT REC IF or RF1 is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is active Step size value used with UP DOWN is automatically calculated when FREQ STEP AUTO is ON and is user defined when AUTO is OFF User definable step size values are specified with FREQ STEP Refer to online Help for more information Display scaling lin log does not affect this command Center frequency cannot be set when ROUT REC is COMB I jQ 331 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency CENTer TRACk command query Activates signal tracking for either input channel or turns it off Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency CENTer TRACk INP1 INP2 OFF 0 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Freq Cent Track INP1 OUTPUT 719 FREQ CENTER TRAC OFF Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency CENTer TRACk Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When signal tracking is enabled the analyzer adjusts the value of the center frequency to keep the largest signal centered in the current frequency span Selecting either or INP2 turns on signal tracking INPI turns on signal tracking and uses channel 1 input signal to determine center frequency INP2 turns on signal t
81. axis point on the display This combined with the RIGHT command is equivalent to the X Scale Markers feature in front panel operation under the Ref Lvl Scale hardkey which allows you to expand or magnify a narrow region of data No new data is taken existing data is displayed differently The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WIND 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A Related Commands To reset the X axis scale to full scale use DISP WIND TRAC X SCALE AUTO ONCE 158 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 JJ TRACe X SCALe RIGHt command query Specifies the last X axis value on the display Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe RIGHt param lt number gt lt unit gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 40282347E 38 3 40282347E 38 unit HzlslCode bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISP WIND4 TRACE X LEFT 10us RIGH 15us OUTPUT 719 disp trace x scale left 2 5025 MHz right 2 5026 MHz Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe RIGHt Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 75 of full scale SCPI Compliance confirmed Description
82. channel is installed press the Measurement Data hardkey and see if the softkeys have chl ch2 designations 369 Command Reference SENSe VOLTagel1 2 DC RANGe UNIT VOLTage command query Sets or queries the input range unit Command Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 DC RANGe UNIT VOLTage lt param gt lt param gt dBmldBVIdBVrmsldB VpkIVIVpkIVrmsIWIWrms Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Voltage Rang Unit Voltage W OUTPUT 719 SENS VOLTAGE DC RANG UNIT VOLT dBVpk Query Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 DC RANGe UNIT VOLTage Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State DBM SCPI Compliance confirmed 370 Command Reference SENSe VOLTagel1 2 DC RANGe UPPer command query Specifies the upper limit of the analyzer input s sensitivity range Command Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 DC RANGe UPPer lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number a real number NRf data limits see table unit dBmldBVldBVrmsldBVpkIVIVpkIVrmsIWIWrms lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sense volt dc range upp 0 OUTPUT 719 Voltage Rang 0 Query Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 0 RANGe UPPer Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 dBm SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The range setting det
83. condition register are set to 1 under the following conditions Sync Not Found bit 0 is set to 1 when the sync pattern cannot be found during a digital demodulation measurement in which sync search is enabled Pulse Not Found bit 1 is set to 1 when a pulse an off on off transition cannot be found within the specified search length during a digital demodulation measurement in which pulse search is enabled Carrier Unlock bit 3 is set to 1 if you use the VSB demodulation format and the analyzer cannot obtain carrier lock VSB demodulation is only available with option AYH Digital Video Modulation Analysis For details about carrier lock with VSB measurements see the Video Demodulation Concepts chapter in the Operator s Guide Figure 11 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Questionable Modulation registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 17 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Standard Event Register Set The Standard Event register set monitors GPIB errors and synchronization conditions See figure 12 xESR xESE Bit Weights 0 1 Operation Complete ZA 112 Request Control 2 2 4 Query Error 14 3 8 Device Dependent Error 31 Bit 5 4 16 Execution Error 4 Status Byte 5132 Command Error 91 X 7 128 A Event Enable Figure 12 The Standard Event Register Set The
84. controller when one of the following occurs Abitin the Status Byte register changes from 0 to 1 while the corresponding bit of the Service Request Enable register is set to 1 Abitin the Service Request Enable register changes from 0 to 1 while the corresponding bit of the Status Byte register is set to 1 The setting last specified with SRE is saved in nonvolatile memory It can be recalled at power up depending on the setting of the Power on Status Clear flag set with PSC When the flag is 0 at power up all bits in the Service Request Enable register are set according to the saved SRE value When the flag is 1 at power up all bits in the Service Request Enable register are initialized to 0 The query returns the current state of the Service Request Enable register The state is returned as asum of the decimal weights of all set bits 41 Command Reference STB query Reads the Status Byte register Query Syntax STB Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stb OUTPUT 719 STB Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance IEEE 488 2 Description This command allows you to read the Status Byte register The state is returned as a sum of the decimal weights of all set bits The decimal weight for each bit is assigned according to the following formula obit number Acceptable values for bit number are 0 through 7 The re
85. definition of math error is device specific Macro error Indicates that a macro related execution error occurred This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 271 through 279 464 Error Number 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 Appendix A Error Messages SCPI Execution Error Descriptions Macro syntax error Indicates that that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence according to 488 2 10 7 2 could not be executed due to a syntax error within the macro definition see 488 2 10 7 6 3 Macro execution error Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence could not be executed due to some error in the macro definition see EFF 488 2 10 7 6 3 Illegal macro label Indicates that the macro label defined in the DMC command was a legal string syntax but could not be accepted by the device see EFF 488 2 10 7 3 and 10 7 6 2 for example the label was too long the same as a common command header or contained invalid header syntax Macro parameter error Indicates that the macro definition improperly used a macro parameter placeholder see 488 2 10 7 3 Macro definition too long Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence could not be executed because the string or block contents were too long for the device to han
86. demod 293 294 impedance 276 level range tracking 166 level setting querying 160 165 line on off 162 line position 167 register set Device State 13 Operation Status 19 Questionable Frequency 16 Questionable Modulation 17 Questionable Status 14 Questionable Voltage 15 Standard Event 18 Status Byte 12 summary 11 22 User Status 21 relative markers SFE offset marker remove file 223 rename file 235 repeat arb source 382 averaging 267 request service 9 reset instrument RST 40 resolution bandwidth 270 printer 182 restart measurement 46 result length digital demod 316 rf source control 381 RMS averaging 268 root raised cosine filter 291 293 ROUTe description 24 ROUTe RECeiver 260 ROS bit 9 10 run program 258 5 saturation display color 131 saving SEE storing scalar mode selecting 211 scale units am modulation index 115 angle 116 frequency 117 power 118 time 119 scale per division 164 scaling time capture data 279 SCPI instrument model 23 screen blanking 133 SCReen CONTents 261 Index search length 17 next highest peak 75 null 78 peak 73 peak let peak ri g 74 ht 76 pulse digital demod 309 sync dig time digital demod 313 select code 225 236 default mass storage 236 instrument mode 210 211 ital demod 312 program 255 race waterfall spectrogram 101 self test 44 SENSe description 25 SENSe JAVERAGEL STATe
87. down arrow gt 171 View State 23 e decimal point 48 Save Recall 24 49 1 Add 128 to base values of shifted keys to get shifted values Select multiple active traces usually selecting a trace deactivates all others Previous page for editing BASIC programs 4 Next page for editing BASIC programs 441 Command Reference SYSTem KLOCk command query Keyboard lockout disables the keyboard Command Syntax SYSTem KLOCk OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 syst klock OFF OUTPUT 719 Syst Klock OFF Query Syntax SYSTem KLOCk Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command allows your controller to disable the keyboard This affects the front panel keys as well as the DIN QWERTY remote keyboard and provides local lockout capability during the running of Instrument BASIC programs The query returns 1 if the keyboard is disabled Note At RST the value is 0 OFF 442 Command Reference SYSTem PRESet command Sets most of the analyzer parameters to their default power on state Command Syntax SYSTem PRESet Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYST PRES OUTPUT 719 system pres Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The default value for each parameter is listed in the Attribute Summary section of t
88. for trigger must be set 43 Command Reference TST query Tests the analyzer hardware and returns the result Query Syntax TST Example Statements OUTPUT 719 TST OUTPUT 719 tst Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance IEEE 488 2 Description The analyzer s self test performs a full calibration and then compares the calibration results to specified limits If the results are within specified limits the analyzer returns 0 If the results exceed the specified limits the analyzer returns 1 44 Command Reference WAI command Holds off processing of subsequent commands until all preceding commands have been processed Command Syntax WAL Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Wai OUTPUT 719 WAI Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Use WAI to hold off the processing of subsequent commands until all pending overlapped commands have been completed See also OPC Some commands are processed sequentially by the analyzer A sequential command holds off the processing of any subsequent commands until it has been completely processed However some commands do not hold off the processing of subsequent commands they are referred to as overlapped commands WAI ensures that overlapped commands are completely processed before subsequ
89. if the marker is not on an active channel 1 if the marker is on an active channel 97 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X RELative query Returns the X axis offset marker value relative to the offset marker position Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X RELative Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc3 marker x relative OUTPUT 719 Calc Mark X Rel Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Related Commands To return the absolute marker value use CALC MARK Y To determine the X axis units use TRAC X UNIT 98 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MARKer Y query Reads the Y axis value of the main marker Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Y Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE2 MARK Y OUTPUT 719 calculate2 mark y Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command is used to read the Y axis value of the main marker It reads out the absolute value regardless of the offset marker state Related Commands To determine the Y axis units use CALC UNIT lt unit gt To read the X axis value use CALC MARK X To determine the X axis units use TRAC X UNIT To move the main marker use CALC MARK X To turn the marker on off use CALC MARK ST
90. in that the constellation diagram shows information only at specified time intervals the symbol clock times CONS specifies a constellation polar vector diagram This is a time domain diagram It displays information only at symbol clock times detection decision points and the displayed points are called symbols IEYE specifies the in phase eye diagram QEYE specifies the quadrature phase eye diagram TEYE specifies the trellis eye diagram For more information on these display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 58 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 GDAPerture APERture command query Specifies the group delay aperture Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 GDAPerture APERture lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt areal number data limits 0 0625 16 PCT UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Calc3 Gdapterture Aper 16PCT OUTPUT 719 CALC GDAP APER 0625 CALCulate 1 2 31 4 Real GDAPerture APERture Synchronization Required no Preset State 5 E 1 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Values are rounded to the nearest acceptable values which are 0625 125 25 5 1 2 4 896 or 1696 of span The numbers 1
91. instrument specific Description ADR is the amplitude droop in dB symbol DEV is the FSK deviation in Hz EVRM is error vector magnitude in rms units EVNF is the error vector magnitude EVM below which 9596 of the individual EVM s occur option B7A EVPA is the mean average of the peak error vector magnitudes one per measurment option B7A EVPK is the peak largest error vector magnitude in pk units option EVPS is the symbol number at which the peak largest error vector magnitude occurred FERR is the frequency error carrier frequency offset in Hz FSPK is the peak FSK error in pk units FSPS is the symbol number at which the peak FSK error occured FSRM is the FSK error in rms units IQOF is the IQ offset in dB LCOD is a Wideband CDMA parameter that shows the scrambling code also called long code used to despread the signal MERM is the magnitude error in rms units 66 Command Reference MEPK is the peak largest magnitude error in pk units MEPS is the symbol number at which the peak largest magnitude error occurred PBIT is the number of pilot bits detected in the DCPH for the selected channel and code layer Option 080 PERM is phase error in degrees rms units PEPK is the peak largest phase error in degrees pk PEPS is the symbol number at which the peak largest phase error occurred PLEV is the VSB pilot level RHO is the modulation accuracy RHOE is a Wideband CD
92. lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 16 64 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE DDEM DVBQ NST 16 OUTPUT 719 ddem dvbq nst 32 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod DVBQam NSTate Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA and AYH Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Use this command to specify the number of states for the DVBQAM video modulation format Valid numbers 16 32 or 64 For example sense ddem dvbq nst16 selects 16 DVBQAM To select the DVBQAM video modulation format use DDEM FORMAT DVBQAM For additional information see the Option AYH chapter in the Operator s Guide 285 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod EDGE command query Selects the EDGE Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution demodulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod EDGE NOFL Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE DDEM EDGE NOFL OUTPUT 719 ddem edge Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod EDGE Return Format Real Attribute Summary Options AYA Vector modulation Analysis and Adaptive Equaliza tion and B7A Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution EDGE Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This commands selects the EDGE demodulation format You
93. m To enable disable remote control of an external analyzer use SENS FREQ EXT COMM 423 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN EADDress query Queries the instrument ethernet address Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN EADDress Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Syst Comm2 Lan Eadd OUTPUT 719 SYSTEM COMM LAN EADDRESS Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This parameter represents the Ethernet Station Address assigned to the particular network interface being used in the instrument Note This number is unique for each hardware interface and is assigned by the factory This value can only be set by qualified factory personnel The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 424 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN IPADdress command query Sets the device Internet Protocol address Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN IPADdress lt param gt param dotted decimal IP address in STRING format Example Statements OUTPUT 719 System Comm Lan Ipaddress 15 1 221 235 Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN IPADdress Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This parameter determines the device Internet Protocol address use
94. marker on and off Command Syntax Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet STATe 0 1 OUTPUT 719 Calculate2 Mark Offset OFF OUTPUT 719 CALC3 MARK OFFSET STAT OFF CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet STATe Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed Absolute marker values may be read without turning the offset marker off with CALC MARK Y Related Commands m To set the offset marker s X and Y values use CALC MARK OFFS X and CALC MARK OFFS Y To read out the offset values use CALC MARK OFFS X and CALC MARK OFFS Y To change the offset marker s X and Y values to those of the current marker values use CALC MARK OFFS ZERO 79 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet X command query Specifies the X value of the offset marker Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet X lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 3 40282e 38 3 40282e 38 x HZISICODE UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 calc marker offs x 2 MHZ OUTPUT 719 Calculat
95. markers no matter which trace is specified No trace number is needed as in CALC MARK COUP 1 Marker coupling is applicable only between traces that have the same x axis coordinates For example marker coupling is meaningless if one trace has x axis units of Hertz and another trace has x axis units of seconds When coupling is on changing the position of one marker causes the marker s on other traces of the same type frequency or time to move to the same position Related Commands m To place a marker at a particular position on the X axis use CALC MARK X display four traces use DISP FORM FOUR 62 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FCOunt command query Turns the marker frequency counter on off Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FCOunt OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc4 marker fco OFF OUTPUT 719 Calculate3 Mark Fco OFF Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FCOunt Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description For a description of this function see Help Text under the Help hardkey 63 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FCOunt RESult query Query results of the marker frequency counter measurement Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FCOunt RESult Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MARK FCOUNT RES OUTPUT 719 calc marker fco r
96. mode The time record length at these settings is 3 2 ks The minimum time record length occurs at the maximum span 10 MHz and maximum RBW 3 MHz The time record length at these settings is 351 5625 ns for the uniform window and 1 2890625 us for flattop window The number of frequency points is not a consideration for the minimum time record length because of a limit on the maximum RBW span ratio If SWE TIME AUTO is ON increasing the time record length decreases the span automatically when span becomes the limiting factor The preset value is OFF 359 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 ABORt command Stops a time capture that is in progress Command Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 ABORt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 TCAPTURE2 ABOR OUTPUT 719 sense tcap abor Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command aborts filling the time capture buffer for both channel inputs regardless of the channel specified in the TCAP node If the FEED is not TCAP this command has no effect 360 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 DIRection command query Specifies the time capture playback direction Command Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 DIRection FORWard REVerse Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Tcap Direction REVERSE OUTPUT 719 TCAP DIR REVERSE Query Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 DIRection Ret
97. must set the instrument mode to digital demodulation send INST DDEM before selecting the EDGE demodulation format The only EDGE demodulation format that you can select is NOFL Tip Selecting the EDGE demodulation format does not automatically set the appropriate filters or symbol rate Make sure you set the IQ measured filter to EDGE winRC DDEM FILT MEAS EDGM the IQ reference filter to EDGE DDEM FILT REF EDGE and the symbol rate to 270 833kHz DDEM SRAT 270833 33 HZ To quickly set these and other EDGE demodulation parameters send DDEM PRES EDGE 286 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod EQFLen command query Changes the length of the analyzer s adaptive equalization filter Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod EQFLen lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 99 odd values only unit SYM UPIDOWN MAXIMIN step bound Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE DDEM EQFLEN 0 OUTPUT 719 ddem eqfl 0 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod EQFLen Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This commands changes the overall length of the adaptive equalization filter The length of the filter is entered in symbols The length of the filter in taps is the number of sy
98. number larger causes the register configuration to use more memory The standard amount of RAM is supplemented with a 20 MB RAM board option UTH which includes additional I O another GPIB connector and a LAN interface Related Commands To allocate memory for IBASIC programs use MEM MALL PROG To specify the Max number of time points use MEM MALL MEAS TPO To specify the number of data registers use MEM MALL MEAS REG To specify the number of math temporary registers use MEM MALL MEAS MTEM To specify the RAM disk size use MMEM INIT To remove the RAM disk use MEM DEL RDIS To specify the number of frequency points in a trace use SWE POIN 215 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MAXSpan command query Sets the maximum frequency span for W CDMA measurements Command Syntax MALLocate MEASurement MAXSpan lt number gt lt unit lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 5000000 20000000 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mem mallocate meas maxs 5000000 OUTPUT 719 Memory Mall Measurement Maxspan 10000000 Query Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MAXSpan Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option B73 Wideband CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description W CDMA measurements require large amounts of memory
99. of the trace use CALC MARK MIN To continually move the marker to the maximum value of the trace as it is updated use CALC MARK MAX TRAC To find other peaks in the trace use CALC MARK MAX NEXT CALC MARK MAX LEFT and CALC MARK MAX RIGH m search for a specific value use the CALC MARK SEAR commands 73 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum LEFT command Moves the marker left to the next local maximum in the trace Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum LEFT Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc marker max left OUTPUT 719 Calculate Mark Maximum Left Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the marker is OFF when this command is issued the marker is turned ON Therefore it is not necessary to check the marker state before using this command If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed See Marker Search in Help Text for hints on peak searching Related Commands To read marker position use CALC MARK X and CALC MARK Y To find the maximum value of the trace use CALC MARK MAX To find the minimum value of the trace use CALC MARK MIN To continually move the marker to the maximum value of the trace as it is updated use CALC MARK MAX TRAC To find other peaks in the trace use CALC MARK MAX RIGH and CALC MARK MAX NEXT m To search for a specific value use the CALC MAR
100. pixels between traces vertically in the waterfall dislay Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall ELEVation lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 see discussion unit PIXEL lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 display wind3 wat elevation 0 OUTPUT 719 Disp Waterfall Elev 0 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall ELEVation Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The waterfall display draws a new trace at the top of the screen as older traces move toward the bottom The height of a grid is determined by the number of vertically stacked grids When the number of grids is single the vertical height is approximately 300 pixels When two grids are displayed vertical height is approximately 140 pixels Limits The maximum number of pixels accepted for this command is the number defined under DISP FORM SING which is about 300 This is true regardless of the active display format number of grids The above discussion is a description of practical limits setting the elevation and trace height to values that add to more than what is available just means part of the trace is not displayed To set th
101. possible in the Scalar mode Gated time is available in the Vector mode VDEM selects Video Demodulation Measurements as the instrument mode This mode exists only in analyzers that have both options AYA and AYH WCDMa selects Wideband CDMA Measurements as the instrument mode This mode exists only in analyzers that have option B73 Note The instrument mode may also be specified using integer numbers with the INST NSEL command 211 Command Reference MEMory DELete NAME Purges the memory allocated for a specific item Command Syntax MEMory D ELete NAM E command RDISk D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 DR Example Statements OUTPUT 719 MEM DEL RDIS OUTPUT 719 mem delete name rdisk Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State SCPI Compliance Description not applicable confirmed EG MSCan This command deletes an item from existence freeing the memory allotted to it for reuse RDISK identifies the nonvolatile RAM disk DI1ID2IDS3IDAIDSIDG identifies one of the six data registers DREG identifies all data registers 212 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate APPLication command query Specifies amount of memory to allocate for downloadable programs Command Syntax MEMory MALLocate APPLication lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 40282347E438 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example S
102. prog list PROGraml Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Program Name PROGI OUTPUT 719 PROGRAM SEL NAME PROGram1 Query Syntax PROGram SELected NAME Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Use this command to designate an Instrument BASIC program buffer as the active program buffer For example use this command to select a program buffer when you load an Instrument BASIC program into the analyzer with the PROG DEF command 255 Command Reference PROGram SELected NUMBer command query Loads a new value for the specified numeric variable in the active Instrument BASIC program Command Syntax PROGram SELected NUMBer variable block variable name of a numeric variable When data is ASCII encoded FORM ASC block lt number gt lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 9 9 37 9 9 37 When data is binary encoded FORM REAL block lt byte gt lt length gt lt number gt lt number gt lt byte gt number of length bytes to follow ASCII encoded length number of data bytes to follow ASCII encoded number arealnumber or 64 bit binary floating point Example Statements For ASCII blocks OUTPUT 719 FORM ASC OUTPUT 719 PROG NUMB A 12 345
103. programming or a RAM disk volume specify the RAM disk size use MMEM INIT 214 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate MEASurement FPOints command query Specifies the maximum number of frequency points Command Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement FPOints number step bound number areal number NRf data limits 51 3201 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 MEM MALL MEAS FPO 801 OUTPUT 719 memory mall meas fpoints 201 Query Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement FPOints Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Valid values for this parameter are 51 101 201 401 801 1601 or 3201 The current value is stored in non volatile RAM and is not affected by preset The factory default is 1601 The value specified with this command must be equal to or greater than The number of frequency points for the trace The number of points in any stored trace that you wish to recall Note The number of frequency points used is different from the maximum number of frequency points in that the latter is used to define the amount of memory allocated to the math and data registers as well as setting a limit on the number of frequency points currently selected Each register is configured to accept the maximum number of frequency points so making this
104. query Allows a large time capture file to be split over multiple disks Command Syntax MMEMory STORe CONTinue Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmemory stor continue OUTPUT 719 Mmem Stor Continue Query Syntax MMEMory STORe CONTinue Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the amount of time capture data to be stored is more than the available space on the destination disk the error message full File too large is generated This error message is generated before the store operation begins Send the MMEM STOR CONT message to begin the store operation MMEM STOR CONT adds a numeric specifier to the filename Split files appear as filename 1 filename 2 etc in the disk catalog see DISP CONT MMEM MMEM STOR CONT returns a 1 when queried before the transfer is complete Insert another disk and send MMEM STOR CONT to continue the store operation The query returns a 0 when the entire file has been stored When a trace buffer or time capture file is split you are prompted to change media at the end of each file Pressing the Local Setup key or any key on the front panel in Local mode causes the file splitting operation to terminate SCPI commands however sent between operations do not terminate the file operation Large files may also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the
105. query Turns postprocessing calculations on and off Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 STATe 0 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC STATE ON OUTPUT 719 calc state ON Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State ON all traces SCPI Compliance confirmed Description When calculation is off data postprocessing is not computed or displayed for the trace This improves measurement speed When calculation is on data postprocessing is performed Data postprocessing is the computation of measurement data it s coordinate transformation and display When CALC STATE is OFF data for the specified trace is invalid for GPIB commands that try to access it such as CALC DATA and TRAC DATA All other CALC commands are received and processed but no data is computed unless CALC STAT is ON The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 114 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J UNIT AM command query Specifies the default y axis units for amplitude modulated measurements Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT AM unit unit see units list below Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc Unit Am dBamrms2 OUTPUT 719 CALC UNIT AM amrms2 Hz Query Syntax CALCula
106. read with STB The Service Request Process When a register set causes its summary bit in the Status Byte to change from 0 to 1 the analyzer can initiate the service request SRQ process However the process is only initiated if both of the following conditions are true The corresponding bit of the Service Request Enable register is also set to 1 The analyzer does not have a service request pending A service request is considered to be pending between the time the analyzer s SRQ process is initiated and the time the controller reads the Status Byte register with a serial poll The SRQ process sets the GPIB s SRQ line true It also sets the Status Byte s request service RQS bit to 1 Both actions are necessary to inform the controller the analyzer requires service Setting the SRQ line only informs the controller that some device on the bus requires service Setting the RQS bit allows the controller to determine that the Agilent 89400 series analyzer in particular requires service If your program enables the controller to detect and respond to service requests it should instruct the controller to perform a serial poll when the GPIB s SRQ line is set true Each device on the bus returns the contents of its Status Byte register in response to this poll The device whose RQS bit is set to 1 is the device that requested service Notes When you read the analyzer s Status Byte with a serial poll the RQS bit is reset to 0
107. register must be enabled This is only possible if the PSC flag is reset to 0 The query returns the current state of the PSC flag 011 39 Command Reference RST command Executes a device reset Command Syntax RST Example Statements OUTPUT 719 RST OUTPUT 719 rst Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command returns the analyzer to a reset state In addition RST cancels any pending OPC commands or query If a file named AUTO_ST containing an instrument state exists on any drive that state is loaded and becomes active at power on The reset state is similar to the preset state The preset state of each command is listed in the Attribute Summary for that command In some cases a command s reset state differs from its preset state SYST PRES These commands and their reset states are m CALibration AUTO is set to 0 off INIT CONT is set to OFF Note This command is not equivalent to a front panel preset SYST PRES The following are not affected by the RST command or SYST PRES The state of the Power on Status Clear flag The state of all enabled and transition registers The GPIB input and output queues The time and date SYST TIME and SYST DATE The GPIB address settings SYST COMM GPIB ADDR HCOP PLOT ADDR HCOP PRIN ADDR The memory configuration The GPIB controller capability setting
108. relay 372 trigger 456 trip clearing 372 zero calibration 127 INPut description 25 installed options 37 instrument address 423 mode selection 211 model 23 reset 40 instrument mode selection 210 instrument state display 261 loading 231 power on 40 443 storing 242 INSTrument NSELect 210 INSTrument SELect 211 interface capabilities 4 interleave factor 225 internal drive 236 IP address LAN 425 IQ offset 66 K keyboard lockout 442 keypresses simulating querying 440 L LAN ethernet address 424 gateway address 427 IP address 425 on off 429 sockets example program 475 subnet mask 428 type BNC AUI 426 vs memory use 429 X11 Window hostname address 430 X11 Window on off 432 X11 Window update rate 431 large files loading 228 storing 239 LIF filename conventions 237 line type 195 linear magnitude display 57 linear x axis 161 loading instrument state 231 large files 228 math registers 229 programs 230 string values 259 time capture buffers 232 traces 233 waterfall spectrogram buffer 234 ocal oscillator frequency 349 ockout keyboard 442 og magnitude display 57 og x axis 161 ow pass filter digital demod 291 owering the noise floor SFE time averaging uminosity display color 131 M magnitude constant 107 magnitude error 66 magnitude phase polar readout 85 main time length 359 manual sweep frequency 340 on ott 349 manufacturer name 35 marker band power 65 Index band start
109. requires option AYA QAM selects quadrature amplitude modulation requires option AYA MSK selects minimum shift keying requires option AYA FSK selects frequency shift keying requires option AYA DVBQ selects digital video broadcast QAM requires options AYA and AYH VSB selects vestidual side band requires options AYA and AYH EDGE selects Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution requires option B7A Command Combinations To specify normal or pi 4 DQPSK use DDEM QPSK FORM DIFF or DPIA To specify BPSK or 8 PSK use DDEM FORM PSK PSK NST 218 To specify different Digital Demod 16182 QAM formats use DDEM QAM NST 16 32 To specify MSK type 1 or type 2 use DDEM MSK FORM or TYP2 To specify FSK 2 or FSK 4 use DDEM FSK NST 2 4 To specify 8116 VSB use DDEM VSG NST 81 16 To specify DVB QAM 16132164 use DDEM DVBQ NST 161321 64 To specify different Video Demod 161321641256 QAM formats use DDEM QAM NST 161921641256 You can also specify the EDGE format with DDEM EDGE FORM NOFL For more information on digital demodulation and on video demodulation see the Operator s Guide See also DDEM QPSK FORM DDEM PSK NSTate DDEM QAM NSTate DDEM FSK NSTate DDEM DVBQ NSTate DDEM EDGE FORM and DDEM VSB NSTate 295 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod FREQuency MIRRor command query Turns frequency mirroring on or off Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod FREQuency MIRRor OFF 0 ON 1 Example St
110. state of the Power on Status Clear flag Command Syntax PSC lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 32767 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 psc 0 OUTPUT 719 PSC 1 Query Syntax PSC Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command lets you specify whether or not the Service Request Enable register and the Event Status Enable register should be cleared all bits reset to 0 at power up Sending PSC 0 sets the power on status clear flag false which allows instruments to assert SRQ after power on Use of any value other than 0 sets the power on status clear flag to true which Enables the power on clear status and disallows any SRQ assertion after power on The settings of the Service Request Enable register and the Event Status Enable register are saved in nonvolatile memory when you turn the analyzer off These settings can be restored when you turn the analyzer on but only if the Power on Status Clear PSC flag is set to 0 When the PSC flag is set to 1 the two enable registers are cleared at power up The number last specified with PSC is saved in nonvolatile memory so it is unaffected when you turn the analyzer off and back on It is also unaffected by the RST command If you want to generate a service request at power up bit 7 of the Event Status Enable and bit 5 of the Status Byte
111. states 285 E EDGE Enhanced Data rages for GSM Evol 293 EDGE standard setup standard configurations 305 eject page 187 enable display 133 equalize digital demod 281 289 equation SEE math function error messages 468 numbers 459 query message 438 queue size 438 error vector magnitude 66 error event queue 458 ESE enable std events 33 ESR enable std event query 34 ethernet address 424 event status enable 39 example sockets program 475 execution error 463 exponential averaging 267 expression math 111 external arm 50 drives 236 trigger 456 eye count digital demod 146 diagrams 57 F ast averaging on off 265 update rate 264 ast measurements 114 aster measurements 91 eed command 329 FFT window types 375 ile copy 221 delete 223 move 235 remove 223 rename 235 file system type query 224 filename conventions 237 filter alpha Nyquist 290 Gaussian 290 Gaussian digital demod 291 293 input on off 207 low pass digital demod 291 raised cosine digital demod 291 293 rectangular digital demod 291 293 root raised cosine filter 291 293 source on off 246 type digital demod 291 293 user defined digital demod 291 294 find minimum 78 next peak 75 next peak left 74 next peak right 76 Index peak 73 firmware version 35 fixed bandwidth 271 flattop window FFT 375 flip spectrum SFE mirror spectrum form feed 187 format disk 225 interleave fact
112. the Status Byte register It does so by emptying the error queue and clearing setting to 0 all bits in the event registers of the following register sets m User Status Device State Questionable Voltage Questionable Frequency Limit Fail Questionable Status Operation Status In addition CLS cancels any preceding OPC command or query This ensures that bit 0 of the Standard Event register is not set to 1 and that a response is not placed in the analyzer s output queue when pending overlapped commands are completed CLS does not change the current state of enable registers or transition filters Note To guarantee that the Status Byte s Message Available and Master Summary Status bits are cleared send CLS immediately following a Program Message Terminator 32 Command Reference ESE command query Sets bits in the Standard Event Enable register Command Syntax ESE lt number gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 255 bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ese 0 OUTPUT 719 Ese 30 Query Syntax ESE Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State dependent on setting of PSC SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command allows you to set bits in the Standard Event Enable register Assign a decimal weight to each bit you want set to 1 according to the following formula 204 number Acc
113. through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 59 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer BAND STARt command query Specifies the start left band marker position Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer BAND STARt lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 3 40282347E 38 3 40282347E 38 x HZISICODE UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Calculate3 Mark Band Start 1e6 Stop 2e6 OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER BAND START 10 us STOP 15 us CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer BAND STARt Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 4 5 MHz 10 09375 us SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command is used with CALC MARK BAND STOP to define the band in which power or signal to noise measurements are made Related Commands Tosetthe band function use CALC MARK FUNC To read the band marker data query with CALC MARK FUNC RES 60 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer BAND STOP command query Specifies the stop right band marker position Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt
114. use SENS VOLT RANG AUTO DIR To execute one autorange send SENS VOLT RANG AUTO ONCE The analyzer then samples the input signal value and selects a fixed range setting autoranging is turned off The voltage node numbers 112 specify which input receiver channel is affected by the command In single channel 894414 the channel specifier does nothing If no number is specified the command is applied to channel 1 Note that channel 2 is optional AY7 and may not be installed in the analyzer To determine whether the second channel is installed press the Measurement Data hardkey and see if the softkeys have chl ch2 designations Note When the analyzer is configured such that it measures signals from a downconverter like the RF section or the Agilent 89411A when ROUTe RECeiver is RF1 RF2 or EXT autoranging is not available It is available when the measured signal is connected directly to the IF input 368 Command Reference SENSe VOLTage 1 2 DC RANGe AUTO DIRection command query Sets the direction in which the range setting may be changed when autoranging is active Command Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 DC RANGe AUTO DIRection UP EITHer Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE VOLT DC RANGE AUTO DIRECTION EITHER OUTPUT 719 volt2 rang auto dir EITHER Query Syntax SENSe 112 DC RANGe AUTO DIRection Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset S
115. which is capable of describing very complex device trigger systems It also makes provision through the ARM TRIGger model for simple descriptions of less complicated trigger systems These two models are consistent and compatible with each other The ARM TRIGger model represents a subset of the capability available in the expanded capability model Special terms in the following discussion are defined as follows A box in a flow chart diagram identifies a state of a transition diagram and is referred to as a layer A sequence is a set of vertically connected layers A solid line defines flow of control between states and a dashed line defines signals used as semaphores 25 ARM TRIGger Model The ARM TRIGger model represents a level of capability that is often found in a device and is shown in the following figure This model has two independent levels of event detection one in each of the ARM and TRIGger layers ABORt xRST pon IDLE trigger system no longer initiated initiated v initiated completed of still initiated ARM loops v wait for ARM ARM conditions completed of satisfied 4 TRIGger loops wait for TRIG TRIGger conditions rigger action satisfied complete v sequence operation signal to signal from device action device action v device action s Model Layers The following figures detail each of the various t
116. 0 600 see listing below x UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Calculate1 Mark Search Targ 3 dBm OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER SEAR TARGET 180 DEG CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch TARGet Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 3 units depend on data and format SCPI Compliance instrument specific Units List dBampk2 Hz dBradrms2 Hz Hzpk2 radpk2 Vpk dBamrms2 dBV Hzpk2 Hz radpk2 Hz Vpk rtHz dBamrms2 Hz dBV rtHz Hzrms radrms Vpk2 dBHzpk2 dBVpk Hzrms rtHz radrms rtHz Vpk2 Hz dBHzpk2 Hz dBVpk rtHz Hzrms2 radrms2 Vrms dbHzrms2 dBVrms Hzrms2 Hz radrms2 Hz Vrms rtHz dBHzrms2 Hz dBVrms rtHz MHz 5 Vrms2 dBm deg pet unitless Vrms2 Hz dBm Hz Hz rad V W dBradpk2 Hz2 rad2 VirtHz W Hz dBradpk2 Hz Hzpk radpk V2 Wrms dBradrms2 Hzpk rtHz radpk rtHz V2 Hz Wrms Hz When the offset marker is on this value is relative to the offset or reference Y axis position Otherwise it represents the absolute values A query returns a real value in the current Y axis units regardless of which units were used to specify the target Related Commands To determine the current Y axis units use the CALC UNIT commands To search for the target value use CALC MARK SEAR LEFT and CALC MARK SEAR RIGH To move the marker to the largest value on the trace use CALC MARK MAX To turn on the offset marker and place it on the main marker use CALC MARK OFFS ZERO To read marker position X and Y axis values use CALC MARK X CALC MARK Y 90 Comman
117. 00 OUTPUT 719 frequency star 2e 4 Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency STARt Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s table in description SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Start frequency SENS FREQ STAR and stop frequency SENS FREQ STOP work together to define the band of frequencies the instrument analyzes SENS FREQ STAR defines the band s lower limit SENS FREQ STOP defines its upper limit Start Frequency Limits and Preset Values 89410 or 89441 RF 89441 IF Scalar Vector value limits 5 MHz 10 MHz 1 324 GHz 2 65 GHz 1 5 MHz 2 65 GHz preset values 0 Hz 2 MHz 1 328 GHz IF indicates ROUT REC IF or RF1 is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is active If ROUT REC is not COMB start and stop values are independent except STARt 1 0 HZ x STOP When ROUT REC is COMB only span and stop may be specified and START STOP The stop range is 1 Hz 10 MHz and the preset value is 10 MHz Step size value used with UP DOWN is automatically calculated when FREQ STEP AUTO is ON and is user defined when AUTO is OFF User definable step size values are specified with FREQ STEP Refer to online Help for more information 345 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency STEP AUTO command query Specifies whether step size is automatic or not Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency STEP AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sense freq step auto ON
118. 1 through 149 are generated when parsing a character data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error Invalid character data Either the character data element contains an invalid character or the particular element received is not valid for the header Character data too long The character data element contains more than twelve characters see EFE 488 2 7 7 1 4 Character data not allowed A legal character data element was encountered where prohibited by the device String data error This error as well as errors 151 through 159 are generated when parsing a string data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error Invalid string data A string data element was expected but was invalid for some reason see 488 2 7 7 5 2 for example an END message was received before the terminal quote character String data not allowed A string data element was encountered but was not allowed by the device at this point in parsing Block data error This error as well as errors 161 through 169 are generated when parsing a block data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error Invalid block data A block data element was expected but was invalid for some reason see FEF 488 2 7 7 6 2 for example an END message was received before the length was satisfied Block data not
119. 19 MMEM STORE TRACE BUFF TRACE3 SPECTROI Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The first parameter specifies which trace buffer is stored The second parameter specifies the mass storage unit disk and filename If the filename matches the name of another file on the disk this command overwrites the existing file If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS This command differs from the TRAC BUF COPY command in that MMEM STOR TRAC BUF stores data to a file and TRAC BUF COPY stores trace data to one of the data registers The waterfall spectrogram data can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 Note If you plan to transfer this file to a PC refer to the Standard Data Format Utilities Users Guide for information on format conversion 245 Command Reference OUTPut FILTer LPASs STATe command query Turns the source output lowpass filter on and off Command Syntax OUTPut FILTer LPASs STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 OUTP FILTER LPAS STAT OFF OUTPUT 719 output filt OFF Query Syntax OUTPut FILTer LPASs STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization R
120. 270 336 16 DOS DSDD 512 9 80 737 280 0 256 32 77 1 261 568 1 256 32 77 1 261 568 2 2 MByte 512 18 77 1 419 264 3 1 024 10 77 1 576 960 4 256 32 77 1 261 568 16 DOS HD 512 18 80 1 474 560 Same as Option 0 default when using 1 MByte media t Not supported in internal disk drive INT t Same as Option 0 default when using 2 MByte media Note Don t confuse the colons used in SCPI syntax with those of the device names SCPI uses colons to separate command branches while the device names use a colon to separate the device name from the path name and or file name Related Commands Use MMEM FSYS to query the existing file systems type You may change the current default device with the MMEM MSIS command and then initialize without specifying a device m See the MEMory commands 226 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD APPLication command Loads the specified application Command Syntax MMEMory LOAD APPLication lt msus gt lt filespec gt lt msus gt INT EXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem load application int hp89450a app OUTPUT 719 MMEM LOAD APPL HP89450A APP Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command loads an application such as the Agilent 89450A Radio T
121. 4 WATerfall AZIMuth command query Specifies the Z axis skew for all active waterfall traces Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall AZIMuth lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 99 99 unit PIXEL lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY WIND2 WAT AZIMUTH 16 OUTPUT 719 disp waterfall azim 39 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall AZIMuth Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The waterfall display draws a new trace at the top of the screen as older traces move toward the bottom The azimuth value specifies how many pixels each successively lower trace is shifted sideways The top trace is not shifted by the azimuth value If the azimuth is 0 the waterfall traces do not shift sideways as they move down the trace box Positive azimuth values shift the traces to the right as they move toward the bottom of the trace box Negative azimuth values shift the traces to the left as they move toward the bottom of the trace box Related Commands To turn waterfall displays on off use DISP WAT To set the elevation use DISP WAT ELEV To set the trace height use DISP WAT HEIG To set the threshold u
122. 54 CALCulate DATA 53 CALCulate FEED 55 CALCulate FORMat 57 CALCulate GDAPerture APERture 59 CALCulate MARKer BAND STARt 60 CALCulate MARKer BAND STOP 61 CALCulate MARKer COUPled STATe 62 CALCulate MARKer FCOunt 63 CALCulate MARKer FCOunt RESult 64 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion 85 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion DDEMod RESult 66 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion RESult 68 CALCulate MARKer MAXimum 73 CALCulate MARKer MAXimum LEFT 74 CALCulate MARKer MAXimum NEXT 75 m m CALCulate MARKer MAXimum RIGHt 76 CALCulate CALCulate CALCulate CALCulate CALCulate RKer MAXimu RKer MINimum GLOBal 78 RKer OFFSet X 80 RKer OFFSet Y 81 RKer OFFSet Z 82 CALCulate MARKer OFFSet ZERO 83 CALCulate MARKer OFFSet STATe 79 A A A A A A A A A A A A TRACK 77 A A A A A A CALCulate MARKer POLar UNIT POWer 84 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A CALCulate MARKer READout 85 CALCulate MARKer SEARch LEFT 87 CALCulate MARKer SEARch OFFSet 88 CALCulate MARKer SEARch RIGHt 89 CALCulate MARKer SEARch TARGet 90 CALCulate MARKer X RELative 98 CALCulate MARKer X ABSolute 93 95 96 CALCulate MARKer Y RELative 100 CALCulate MARKer Y 99 CALCulate MARKer Z ABSolute 101 CALCulate MARKer Z RELative 103 CALCulate MARKer STATe 91 CALCulate CALCulate CALCulate CALCulate CALCulate TH CONStant 105 TH CONStant IMAG 106 TH CONStant MAG 107 TH CONStant P
123. 5708 9913 HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER LLEFt Integer Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 250 596 SCPI Compliance instrument specific All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed This information is not used for PCL language output 200 Command Reference HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER URIGht command query Sets or queries the x y position of the upper right corner of the plotter page P2 Command Syntax HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER URIGht lt param gt lt param gt param lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 32767 32767 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 HCOP PAGE DIM USER URIGHT 11675 5060 OUTPUT 719 hcop page dim user uright 14868 28532 Query Syntax HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER URIGht Return Format Integer Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 10250 7796 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed This information is not used for PCL language output 201 Command Reference HCOPy PLOT ADDRess command query Specifies the GPIB address assigned to the plot device Command Syntax HCOPy PLOT ADDRess lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 30
124. 719 sense volt prot clear Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The input protection relay is tripped opened when the signal at the input connector is significantly above the maximum input range Bits 4 and 5 of the Questionable Voltage condition register indicate a tripped condition for input channels 1 and 2 respectively If the analyzer has two channels this command resets both 372 Command Reference SENSe WINDow GATE command query Selects the FFT window type for gated data Command Syntax SENSe WINDow GATE UNIForm FLATtop HANNing GTOP Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Window Gate FLATTOP OUTPUT 719 WIND GATE UNIFORM Query Syntax SENSe WINDow GATE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State FLAT SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description UNIF specifies the uniform window for the active input channels The window s rectangular shape does not attenuate any portion of the time record The uniform window is generally used with self windowing functions such as burst and periodic chirps FLAT specifies the flat top window for the active input channels The flat top window offers greater amplitude accuracy but lower frequency resolution than the Hanning window It is generally used when a component s amplitude must be measured accurately such as when using a f
125. 8 and 16 To select the VSB modulation format use DDEM FORMAT VSB For additional information on video demodulation see the Operator s Guide 322 Command Reference SENSe IDDEMod WCDMa FILTer ALPHa command query Sets the alpha of the root cosine filter used in W CDMA measurements Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod WCDMa FILTer ALPHa lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 05 100 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Ddemod Wcdm Filt Alpha 0 OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEMOD WCDM FILT ALPHA 0 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod WCDMa FILTer ALPHa Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command sets the alpha of the raised root cosine filter used in W CDMA measurements For details see the Wideband CDMA Concepts chapter in the Operator s Guide 323 Command Reference SENSe DEMod 1 2 command query Selects the demodulation result Command Syntax SENSe DEMod 1 2 OFF 0 AM PM FM BASeband Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sens demod2 BASEBAND OUTPUT 719 Dem AM Query Syntax SENSe 1 12 Return Format CHAR Attribute
126. 91 device status pos transition 392 file system type 224 installed options 37 instrument identification 35 keypress 440 marker Y axis value query 99 offset marker X axis value 98 offset marker Y axis value 100 offset marker Z axis value 103 op status condition 393 op status enable 394 op status event 395 status neg transition 396 status pos transition 397 operation complete 36 uestionable freq condition 402 uestionable freq enable 403 uestionable freq event 404 uestionable freq neg transition 405 uestionable freq pos transition 406 uestionable mod condition 407 uestionable mod event 409 uestionable mod neg transition 410 uestionable mod pos transition 411 uestionable modulation enable 408 uestionable status condition 399 uestionable status event 400 401 uestionable status neg transition 412 uestionable status pos transition 413 uestionable voltage condition 414 uestionable voltage enable 415 uestionable voltage event 416 uestionable voltage neg transition 417 uestionable voltage pos transition 418 self test results 44 SRO enabled 39 SRO mask 41 standard event mask 33 Status Byte 42 trace data upload 53 upload number of data points 54 user status enable 419 user status event 420 Questionable Frequency register Condition read amp clear 402 description 16 Enable set amp query 403 Event read amp clear 404 Neg transition set amp query 405 u u u u
127. 93 95 96 postprocessing on off 114 power average 69 marker meas 65 235353 T Index marker units 84 peak 69 peak to average 69 power on state 40 status clear 39 power on state 443 preset 443 digital demod configurations 305 abort 176 graticule 193 hardcopy in progress status bit 19 arker 197 rker offset 198 start 184 185 printer address GPIB 203 form feed 187 language 181 output port 178 resolution 182 program display 136 example LAN sockets 475 load program 250 251 load string value 259 load variable value 256 loading 230 memory 220 storing 241 PROGram EXPLicit DEFine 250 PROGram SELected DEFine 251 PROGram SELected DELete ALL 252 PROGram SELected DELete SELected 253 PROGram SELected MALLocate 254 G G G e PROGram SELected NAME 255 PROGram SELected NUMBer 256 PROGram SELected STATe 258 PROGram SELected STRing 259 protection input clear 372 source clear 387 PSC power on status clear 39 PSD display 55 PSK number of states 306 modulation format 295 pulse definition 17 pulse search on off 309 0 OAM number of states 307 QAM modulation format 295 QPSK modulation format 295 308 quadrature phase shift keyed 308 phase shift keyed modulation 295 query error 467 query bus only calibration results 31 device status condition 388 device status enable 389 device status event 390 device status neg transition 3
128. ABLE MOD CONDITION OUTPUT 719 stat ques modulation cond Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Note The Questionable Modulation Condition register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Questionable Modulation Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 407 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable MODulation ENABle command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Modulation Enable register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation ENABle number number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat Ques Modulation Enab 1 OUTPUT 719 STATUS QUES MOD ENABLE 3 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Modulation Enable register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the curre
129. ALCulatel 1 2 3 J MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 MAG command query Defines the magnitude value of a complex math constant Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 MAG lt param gt lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 0 0 3 40282e 38 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MATH CONSTANT2 MAG 256 OUTPUT 719 calc math cons mag 7 53334e6 CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 11 2 3 4 5 MAG Real Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Complex constants may be defined with either real imaginary or magnitude and phase values The numbers in the calculate node have no effect on this command 107 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 command query Defines the phase value of a complex math constant Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 PHASe lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 40282 38 3 40282 38 unit DEGIRAD lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MATH CONSTANT2 PHASE 2 56e3 OUTPUT 719 calc m
130. AP COLor HSL 1 2 256 hue sat lum hue lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt sat numberslstep l bound lum lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 0 1 0 lt step gt UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp cmap coll hsl 0 0 0 OUTPUT 719 Disp Cmap Col3 hsl 25 85 4 Query Syntax DISPlay CMAP COLor 1 2 256 HSL Return Format Real Real Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not documented SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The CMAP subsystem controls the physical color associated with each logical color number in the color map of the display The numbers 1 through 256 correspond to various display elements as described in Help Text The HSL command sets the instrument s color map based on the Hue Saturation Luminance levels color model for the user defined color maps Before issuing color changes with this command select one of the two user defined color maps with the DISP WIND SPEC MAP command Hue ranges from zero to one circularly with a value of zero resulting in the same hue as a value of one The approximate color progression is starting at zero red orange yellow green cyan blue magenta and back to red Saturation is the amount of pure color versus white The saturation value ranges from zero to one with zero specifying no color all white or g
131. AR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State MPH SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description MPHase specifies magnitude phase coordinates RIMaginary specifies real imaginary coordinates The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALCI is assumed and the command affects trace A 85 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch BUFFer STATe command query Controls buffer search for waterfall and spectrogram displays Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch BUFFer STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc4 marker sear buff OFF OUTPUT 719 Calculate3 Mark Search Buff Stat ON Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch BUFFer STATe Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYB Waterfall and Spectrogram Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command controls the analyzer s buffer search feature When this feature is on marker to peak next peak and marker to minimum search operations are performed over all traces in waterfall and spectrogram displays When this feature is off these search operations are only performed on the selected trace the trace selected by CALC MARK Z Related Commands m To search for the highest peak use CALC M
132. AR SYNC PATT To specify the sync offset use DDEM SEAR SYNC OFFS 312 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod SEARch TIME command query Specifies the amount of data that is demodulated Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARCh TIME lt param gt param lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration unit SISYM lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sens ddem search time 6 70781893E 3S OUTPUT 719 Ddem Sear Time 150sym Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARch TIME Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Determines the amount of data that is demodulated when pulse search or sync search is on You can specify search length in number of symbols or units of time The amount of data displayed is specified with DDEM TIME result length DDEM SEAR TIME corresponds to search length as discussed in the online help 313 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod SELect command query Selects base station W CDMA measurements when the instrument mode is Wideband CDMA Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod SELect BASE A1For TFOR SOR Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Ddemod Sel TFOR OUTPUT 719 S
133. ARK MAX search for the next highest peak use CALC MARK MAX NEXT search for the smallest peak use CALC MARK MIN 86 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch LEFT command Moves the marker left from its present location to the first occurrence of the Y axis target value Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch LEFT Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE3 MARK SEARCH LEFT OUTPUT 719 calc marker sear left Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Related Commands To specify the target value use CALC MARK SEAR TARG To move the marker to the largest value on the trace use CALC MARK MAX To turn on the offset marker and place it on the main marker use CALC MARK OFFS ZERO To read marker position X and Y axis values use CALC MARK X CALC MARK Y 87 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch OFFSet command Moves the regular marker to the position of the reference or offset marker Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch 0OFFSet Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc2 Mark Search Offs OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE2 MARK SEAR OFFSET Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Related Commands move the offset marker to the current position of t
134. ARKER MAX RIGH Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the marker is OFF when this command is issued the marker is turned ON Therefore it is not necessary to check the marker state before using this command If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed See Marker Search in Help Text for hints on peak searching Related Commands To read marker position use CALC MARK X and CALC MARK Y To find the maximum value of the trace use CALC MARK MAX To find the minimum value of the trace use CALC MARK MIN To continually move the marker to the maximum value of the trace as it is updated use CALC MARK MAX TRAC To find other peaks in the trace use CALC MARK MAX LEFT and CALC MARK MAX NEXT m To search for a specific value use the CALC MARK SEAR commands 76 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum TRACk command query Turns peak tracking on and off Command Syntax Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum TRACk OFF 0 ON 1 OUTPUT 719 calculate3 mark maximum trac ON OUTPUT 719 Calc4 Marker Max Track ON CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum TRACk Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific When peak tracking is on the analyzer continuously moves
135. ATA Return Format DEF USER Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description In the example statements USER2 is a definite length data block as defined in Chapter 4 of the GPIB Programmer s User Guide The TCAPI parameter designates the channel 1 time capture buffer and TCAP2 designates the channel 2 time capture buffer The analyzer can t load indefinite length blocks the data must be definite length blocks or ASCII data The data is stored internally in 32 bit integers but the data transferred with this command is floating point The floating point numbers are scaled and converted to integers with the time capture range value specified with the SENSE TCAP 112 RANG values Using the time capture range to scale the data yields the best dynamic range The query form of this command requires the use of a parameter 2 as in DATA TCAP1 Related Commands To query the number of measurement points in the time capture buffer use SENSe DATA HEAD POINts Time capture data may also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 279 Command Reference SENSe DATA HEADe r POINts query Returns the number of points for the time capture buffer specified Query Syntax SENSe DATA HEADer POINts TCAP1 TCAP2 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS DATA HEADER
136. ATE 99 Command Reference CALCulatel 1 2 3 4 MARKer Y RELative query Returns the Y axis offset marker value relative to the reference marker position Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Y RELative Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc Mark Y Rel OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MARK Y RELATIVE Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Related Commands To return the absolute marker value use CALC MARK Y To determine the X axis units use TRAC X UNIT 100 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z ABSolute command query Specifies which trace in a waterfall or spectrogram display is being measured with the marker s Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z ABSolute lt param gt param lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 1 see discussion lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calculate2 mark z absolute 23 OUTPUT 719 Calc2 Marker Z 99 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z ABSolute Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State s discussion SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command is useful when a waterfall or spectrogram measurement has been made an
137. ATe 248 overlap processing 350 357 overlapped command processing 36 45 P 4 P2 settings 199 201 pace serial interface hardware DTR CTS 433 software XON XOFF 435 page dimensions 199 201 eject 187 PAgilent configuration 305 parity 436 pass control back 38 pass fail analyzer test 44 pattern match digital demod 311 PAUSe 249 pause program 258 pass control back 38 PCLoutput 181 PDC configuration 305 peak hold 268 search 73 75 search left 74 search right 76 Index tracking 77 pen selection annotation 186 default assignments 179 graticule grid 192 markers 196 trace 191 speed 183 per division 164 percent overlap 350 357 period chirp 343 phase constant 108 coordinates 57 display 57 error 66 offset 121 reference 120 unwrapped coordinates 57 phone assistance i pi 4 modulation format 308 playback direction time capture 361 plot abort 176 colors 179 aticule 193 ardcopy in progress bit 19 arker 197 arker offset 198 data 177 start 184 185 time date stamp format 189 trace 194 plotte address GPIB 202 annotation color 186 graticule color 192 language 181 line type 195 marker color 196 tput port 178 page eject 187 page reference points 200 201 pen assignments 179 pen speed 183 time date stamp 190 trace color 191 points displayed 351 points symbol 304 polar IQ coordinates 57 marker coordinates 85 marker readout 85 marker units 84 position marker
138. AUTO 163 0 5 121 DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision 2 2 164 CALCulate X UNIT CODE 122 DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel 2 165 CALCulate X UNIT FREQuency 123 DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel AUTO 2 2 166 CALCulate X UNIT POW 2 124 DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y SCALe RPOSition 167 CALCulate X UNIT TIME 125 DISPlay WINDow WATerfall AZIMuth 2 2 168 C Alibration AU TUE E fox zem oe 126 DISPlay WINDow WATerfall BLINe STATe 169 7 0 127 DISPlay WINDow WATerfall ELEVation 170 CONTINU anaga Sane ee Soe ed 128 DISPlay WINDow WATerfall HEIGht 171 DiSPlay ANNotation ALL 128 DISPlay WINDow WATerfal HLINeLSTATe 172 5 55 130 DISPlay WINDow WATerfall STATe 173 DISPlay CMAP COLorHSL 131 DISPlay WINDow WATerfall THReshold 174 DiSPlay CMAP DEFault 132 175 DISPlay ENABle i ioo cep rhe epic 133 HCOPVAB RU tpe EX CE um es 176 DISPla FORMat 134 HEOPY DATAR i rannta dye wo
139. AZIM To set the trace height use DISP WAT HEIG For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 174 Command Reference FORMat DATA command query Specifies the format ASCii or REAL for block data transferred across the GPIB Command Syntax FORMat DATA ASCii REAL lt number gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits ASCii 3 15 REAL 32164 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 FORMAT ASC 8 OUTPUT 719 form data REAL 64 OUTPUT 719 Form asc Query Syntax FORMat DATA Return Format CHAR Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State ASC 15 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description FORMat DATA affects data transfers initiated with the following commands CALC DATA PROG SEL NUMB TRACe DATA TRACe X DATA The FORMat block of the Instrument Model converts between data representations especially on the data that is transferred over the external interface If REAL is chosen 32 bit or 64 bit numbers may be specified If ASCII is chosen the number specified is the number of significant digits Real data is IEEE 754 format MSB first Signal Measurement gt FORmat alg Routing side ae TRIGger EMory v data Signal 4 Signal E Routing Generation ORMat Ere Model of a Programmahle
140. Agilent Technologies 89400 Series GPIB Command Reference EE Agilent Technologies Agilent Technologies Part Number 89400 90039 For instruments with firmware version A 08 00 Printed in U S A Print Date May 2000 O Agilent Technologies Inc 1992 1994 1995 1996 1998 1999 2000 All rights reserved 8600 Soper Hill Road Everett Washington 98205 1209 U S A TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 GPIB Programming with Agilent 89400 Series Analyzers 1 Introduction to GPIB Programming 2 In This Book 2 GPIB Setup and Verification 3 Equipment and Software Required 3 Procedure 3 GPIB Interface Capabilities 4 General Status Register Model 5 Overview 5 Condition Register 6 Transition Registers 6 Event Register 6 Enable Register 7 An Example Sequence 7 How to Use Registers 8 The Service Request Process 9 Generating a Service Request 9 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets 11 Register Summary 11 Status Byte Register Set 12 Device State Register Set 13 Questionable Status Register Set 14 Questionable Voltage Register Set 15 Questionable Frequency Register Set 16 Questionable Modulation Register Set 17 Standard Event Register Set 18 Operational
141. Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This query is used to determine the number of data points in the specified data register This information may be required to transfer the contents of the register from the analyzer to the controller data points may be complex or real If it is complex then TRAC DATA outputs 2 numbers per point corresponding to the real and imaginary parts of the data point Related Commands m transfer trace data to data register use TRACe COPY Totransfer the contents of the data register to or from the controller use TRACe DATA trace directly to disk use MMEM STOR TRAC 449 Command Reference TRACe X DATA Returns the X axis data for trace displays Query Syntax Example Statements Return Format DATA DEF BLOCK byte length bytes NL DATA Attribute Summary Description TRACe X DATA D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 TRACel TRACe2 TRACe3 TRAC OUTPUT 719 TRACE X DATA D2 OUTPUT 719 trace x D6 If FORMat DATA REAL DEF BLOCK lt byte gt lt length_bytes gt lt 1st_value gt last value NL one byte specifying the number of length bytes to follow ASCII encoded number of data bytes to follow ASCII encoded newline linefeed character If FORMat DATA ASCii n o
142. CALC4 X UNIT CODE Code OUTPUT 719 calculate4 x unit code Code Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT CODE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option B73 Wideband CDMA Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State CODE SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query The only units you can specify are units of CODE which is the default 122 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J X UNIT FREQuency command query Specifies the default x axis units when the x axis is the frequency domain Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT FREQuency HZ Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc4 X Unit Freq Hz OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE X UNIT FREQ Hz Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT FREQuency Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State HZ SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query Unit queries must be in the current family of units That is the CALC X UNIT FREQ query should be used only when the default x axis units are known to be one of the units in the FREQ units list The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command lin
143. CDMA Analysis B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 Wideband CDMA Analysis B7A Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution EDGE For the 89410A AY5 Precision frequency reference oven For the 89441A The query returns a null string AY8 Internal RF source AY4 Reported if crystal oven is absent from down converter section lower cabinet coonn if special options are not installed in the analyzer 37 Command Reference PCB command Sets the pass control back address Command Syntax PCB lt number gt lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 30 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 PCB 19 OUTPUT 719 pcb 19 1 Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Use this command to specify the address of your controller before you pass control of the GPIB to the analyzer When the analyzer completes the operation that required it to have control of the bus it automatically passes control back to the controller at the specified address The optional second number is only used for controllers that support extended addressing It is interpreted as the secondary address of the controller The address last specified with this command is saved in nonvolatile memory so it is unaffected when you turn the analyzer off and on It is also unaffected by the RST command 38 Command Reference PSC command query Sets the
144. CPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the step size is zero 0 the UPIDOWN argument changes the value by incrementing decrementing the third most significant digit For example a value of 6027 would be incremented to 6037 or decremented to 6017 a value of 53 would be incremented to 53 1 or decremented to 52 9 If you increment decrement the value of the step size it changes in the same manner Complex constants may be defined with either real imaginary or magnitude and phase values The numbers in the calculate and constant nodes have no effect on this command 110 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MATH EXPRession 1 2 6 command query Defines math functions Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH EXPRession 1 2 6 lt EXPR gt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MATH EXPR2 SPEC2 D2 OUTPUT 719 calc4 math expr ACORRI K1 OUTPUT 719 calc math expr3 XC Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH EXPRession 1 2 6 Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The numbers in the calculate node have no effect on this command If no number is used in the expression node 1 is assumed Math expressions may be formed with the following Measurement Data for channel 1 or 2 or SPEC2 spectrums PSDI or PSD2 po
145. CR CONT MMEM Note When the control program instructs the analyzer to access the external mass storage device EXT the controller must temporarily pass control of the bus tothe analyzer After the command has been executed the analyzer must pass control back See GPIB Programmer s Guide for more on passing control 223 Command Reference MMEMory FSYStem query Returns the type of file system for the default disk Query Syntax MMEMory FSYStem Example Statements OUTPUT 719 MMEMORY FSYS OUTPUT 719 mmem fsystem Return Format CHAR CHAR LIFIDOS Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This query returns the type of file system on the default disk Related Commands To specify the default disk use the MMEMory MSIS command To display the directory contents use SCR CONT MMEM 224 Command Reference MMEMory NiTialize command Formats a mass storage unit Command Syntax MMEMory INITialize lt device gt LIF DOS lt format gt lt i gt device NVRAM IRAM IINT IEXT lt device_selector gt lt unit_number gt device selector areal number NRf data limits 700 730 unit number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 format areal number NRf data limits 0 see discussion on lt format gt lt i gt areal number NRf data limits 0 256 Exa
146. Dow 1 2 3 14 TRAce Y SCALe RLI n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 3 40282347E 38 3 40282347E 38 see listing below UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 display wind2 trac y scal rlevel 0 dBm OUTPUT 719 Disp Wind Trace Y Rlevel 5E 003 VRMS DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 14 TRACe Y SCALe RLI Real Synchronization Required no command query EVel lt param gt EVel Description am am2 ampk ampk rtHz ampk2 ampk2 Hz amrms amrms rtHz amrms2 amrms2 Hz dB dBampk2 Preset State 0 dBm SCPI Compliance confirmed Units List dBampk2 Hz dBradrms2 Hz Hzpk2 radpk2 dBamrms2 dBV Hzpk2 Hz radpk2 Hz dBamrms2 Hz dBV rtHz Hzrms radrms dBHzpk2 dBVpk Hzrms rtHz radrms rtHz dBHzpk2 Hz dBVpk rtHz Hzrms2 radrms2 dbHzrms2 dBVrms Hzrms2 Hz radrms2 Hz dBHzrms2 Hz dBVrms rtHz MHz 5 dBm deg pet unitless dBm Hz Hz rad V dBradpk2 Hz2 rad2 VirtHz dBradpk2 Hz Hzpk radpk V2 dBradrms2 Hzpk rtHz radpk rtHz V2 Hz Vpk Vpk rtHz Vpk2 Vpk2 Hz Vrms Vrms rtHz Vrms2 Vrms2 Hz W WIHz Wrms Wrms Hz Sending units with this command does not change the Y axis units displayed To change the Y axis units displayed use the CALC UNIT commands To display the reference line default off use DISP WIND TRAC Y RLIN If range tracking is on active then changing the range setting changes the reference level To change the range tracking status use DISP WIND TRAC Y
147. ENS DDEMOD SEL TFOR Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod SELect Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Selects the type of base station measurement used for W CDMA measurements TFOR and BASE configure the analyzer to measure W CDMA signals that conform to the Japanese Experimental System also called trial 1998 forward link BASE is provided for backward compatibility Requires option B73 AI1FOR configures the analyzer to measure W CDMA signals that conform to the ARIB 1 0 1 2 standard Requires option B79 G3FOR configures the analyzer to measure W CDMA signals that conform to the 3GPP standard Requires option 080 314 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod SRATe command query Specifies the digital modulation symbol rate Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod SRATe lt param gt param number unit step bound number a real number NRf data limits depends on configuration unit HZ step UP DOWN bound MAX MIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ddem srate 2 43e4 OUTPUT 719 Sens Ddem Srate 270833 HZ Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod SRATe Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis S
148. FS is automatically turned on when you enter an RBW value with BAND Subsequent changes in span will cause the RBW to track it such that it maintains the new RBW span ratio The BAND AUTO OFFS command has no effect if BAND AUTO is OFF 272 Command Reference SENSe CORRection 1 2 EDELay TIME command query Adjusts the delay in small increments for the specified input channel Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe CORRection 1 2 EDELay TIME lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt 100 nanoseconds to 100 nanoseconds n 8 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 sense corr edel time 0 OUTPUT 719 Corr2 Edelay 0 SENSe CORRection 1 2 EDELay TIME Real Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed By default the delay for an input channel is zero Use this command to adjust an input channel s delay to compensate for external devices such as cables or attenuators CORRI selects input channel 1 CORR2 selects input channel 2 The delay that you specify is not used until you send sense correction 112 external state ON For additional details see online help for the System Utility more cal setup external calibration softkey
149. Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description For a description of this function see Help Text under the Help hardkey 145 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe EYE COUNt Specifies the length of the eye and trellis diagrams Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe number areal number NRf data limits 0 1 40 step UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp wind4 trace eye count 35 command query OUTPUT 719 Disp Trac Eye Coun 30 EYE COUNt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe EYE COUNt Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State 2 SCPI Compliance Description instrument specific For more information on digital demodulation see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 146 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule GRID STATe command query Turns the trace grids on or off Command Syntax Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule GRID STATe OFF 0 ON 1 OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY TRAC GRAT GRID OFF OUTPUT 719 disp window3 trac grat grid st
150. GE TX transmit filter When the measurement filter is set to EDGE winRC it is the convolution of the EDGE TX and measurement filters This selection requires Option B7A USER specifies the use of a user defined filter These are defined solely by data in the data registers alpha and BT have no effect Data is loaded into the data registers with the MMEM LOAD TRAC command The data register used for the filter is specified with the DDEM FILT REF USER FEED command The measurement filter type is specified with the DDEM FILT MEAS command For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 293 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence USER FEED command query Specifies which data register is used as the user defined digital demod reference filter Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence USER FEED D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE DDEM FILTER REF USER FEED D2 OUTPUT 719 ddem filter ref user feed D5 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence USER FEED Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Before the data register is se
151. HASe 108 TH CONStant REAL 109 CALCulate MATH CONStant STEP 110 CALCulate MATH EXPRession 111 CALCulate MATH STATe 113 CALCulate STATe 114 CA CA CA CA CA CA CA CA CA CA calibration ulate UNIT AM 115 ulate UNIT ANGLe 116 ulate UNIT FREQuency 117 ulate UNIT POWer 118 ulate UNIT TIME 119 ulate UPHase CREFerence 120 ulate UPHase OFFSet 121 ulate X UNIT FREQuency 123 ulate X UNIT POW 124 ulate X UNIT TIME 125 LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC to on off once 126 bit 19 CAL 31 SEE ALSO corrections results 31 status bit 14 test 44 zero on off once 127 co CALIbration AUTO 126 CALibration ZERO AUTO 127 capture SFE time capture carrier auto demod 325 326 compensation on off 325 compensation type 326 demodulate 145 frequency 327 carrier to noise 65 catalog display 261 CDPD configuration 305 center frequency 331 center frequency tracking 332 Ch1 j Ch2 operation 260 ch ch ch ch ch anging directory DOS 236 anne state on off 209 trigger 456 ip rate setting 284 irp period 343 oose instrument mode 210 211 clear input trip 372 clock marks digital demod 155 offset digital demod 282 setting time 444 CLS clear status byte 32 code units 124 coherence display 55 color annotation 186 disk catalog border 192 display 131 graticule 192 map 141 marker pens 196 on off TIFF 180
152. IBASIC memory size is 0 IBASIC can be redefined after the s configuration is complete Capture functionality is not available in Scalar instrument mode Duplicate state detected in s definition Feature is disabled until the instrument is powered up with LAN active Invalid domain for marker operation Invalid program state change requested Marker is not on Multiple overlaid waterfall spectrograms not allowed Offset marker is not on Peak hold averaging valid only for spectrum PSD and time measurement data Register data not compatible with user defined filtering Request not supported with selected device Resolution bandwidth limited by maximum time record length Resolution bandwidth limited by minimum time record length Scalar instrument mode is not available when capture is on 471 Appendix A Error Messages Error Number 221 221 221 221 921 222 224 224 230 240 240 240 240 240 240 241 241 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Error Message Scalar instrument mode is not available when receiver mode is IF section ch1 j ch2 Select DC coupling on both input channels to avoid IQ offset errors Source Level is 0 Volts Measurement aborted The LAN port cannot be changed while the X11 display is on Type of unit setting does not match th
153. IM VOLT CORR CROS 2 1 XTIM AM CORR CROS 2 1 5 symbol table err sum XTIM DDEM SYMB capture buffer TCAP 1 TCAP 1 TCAP 1 capture buffer TCAP 1 data register D1to D6 D1 to D6 D1 to D6 data register D1 to D6 instant spectrum XFR POW INST 1 XFR POW INST 1 XFR AM INST 1 chan freq response XFR DDEM RAT CCDF XPOW CCDF 1 equalizer imp response XTIM DDEM IMP code domain composite XCOD DDEM COMP code domain single XCOD DDEM CLAYER lt layer time domain composite XTIM DDEM COMP If SWE TIME GATE STAT is OFF data is same as main time Available only with second input channel installed and both channels ON 4 For demod formats other than AM replace AM with either FM or PM in the string Use POW or VOLT if demod type is OFF 5 In a 2 channel measurement the measurement type used in the string is the same as that of channel 2 55 Command Reference Use POW or VOLT instead of AM FM or PM if demod is OFF 6 Called carrier error magnitude and phase for FSK demodulation 7 Called FSK error for FSK demodulation 56 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 FORMat command query Specifies the coordinates of the indicated trace Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 FORMat lt param gt param MLINIMLOGIPHASelUPHIREALIIMAGIGDELaylICOMPICONSIIEYEIQEYEITEYE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC4 FORM UPHASE OUTPUT 719 calculate form QEYE Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 FORMat Return Format CHAR A
154. IME GATE SPAN Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 12 734375 us SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The numbers in the sweep node which normally specify an input channel for the command to affect has no channel specific affect for this command the gate length is the same for all installed input channels Note Time operations do not function when the instrument mode is scalar When the measurement is zoomed a local oscillator signal is mixed with the measurement data and time data is not baseband Time gating is not available in digital demod The preset value depends on the number of frequency points in use If the maximum number of frequency points is set below 401 the preset value for gate length may be smaller than 3 828125 us the preset value for 1 MHz RBW with the default window type flattop Limits The lower limit depends on window type and whether the measurement is zoomed as shown in the following table value differences are due to finer time resolution in baseband The upper limit is the current main time record length Gate length lower limits Window Type Baseband Zoom uniform 351 5625 ns 390 625 n Hanning 507 8125 ns 546 875 ns gaussian top 742 1875 ns 781 250 ns flat top 1 2890625 us 1 328125 us 355 Command Reference SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE STATe command query Turns time gating on or off
155. ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe MARKer IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcop item wind trac marker imm OUTPUT 719 Hcopy Item Trac Marker Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command plots all trace markers currently displayed If the current language is PCL this command returns an error Whole screen graphics files may also be created in any of the supported graphics output formats languages and moved to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 197 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 JJ TRACe MARKer OFFSet IMMediate command Plots or prints the specified offset marker only Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe MARKer OFFSet IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM TRAC MARK OFFSET OUTPUT 719 hcop item wind trac marker offs immediate Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command plots all offset markers currently displayed If the current language is PCL this command returns an error Whole screen graphics files may also be created in any of the supported graphics output formats languages and moved to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 198 Command Reference HCOPy PAGE DIMensions AUTO com
156. K SEAR commands 74 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum NEXT command Moves the marker to the next highest peak in the active trace Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum NEXT Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER MAX NEXT OUTPUT 719 calc4 mark maximum next Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the marker is OFF when this command is issued the marker is turned ON Therefore it is not necessary to check the marker state before using this command If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed See Marker Search in Help Text for hints on peak searching Related Commands To read marker position use CALC MARK X and CALC MARK Y To find the maximum value of the trace use CALC MARK MAX To find the minimum value of the trace use CALC MARK MIN To continually move the marker to the maximum value of the trace as it is updated use CALC MARK MAX TRAC To find other peaks in the trace use CALC MARK MAX LEFT and CALC MARK MAX RIGH m To search for a specific value use the CALC MARK SEAR commands 75 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum RIGHt command Moves the marker right to the next local maximum in the trace Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum RIGHt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calculate Mark Max Right OUTPUT 719 CALC M
157. LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 239 Command Reference MMEMory STORe MATH command Saves a complete set of math definitions to the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax MMEMory STORe MATH lt msus gt lt filespec gt msus RAM INVRAM INT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Mmem Store Math EXT math OUTPUT 719 MMEMORY STOR MATH RAM math1 Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description A complete set of math definitions includes the current values in all of the function registers F1 through F6 and all of the constant registers K1 through k5 If the filename you specify with this command matches the name of another file on the mass storage unit specified the existing file is overwritten If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS The math function definitions can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 240 Command Reference MMEMory STORe PROGram command Stores an Instrument BASIC program to a file on the specified disk Command Syntax MMEMory STORe PROGram lt msus gt lt filespec g
158. MA parameter that shows the estimation of RHO for the W CDMA composite signal SLOT is a Wideband CDMA parameter that shows the slot number associated with the start of the displayed result SNR is the signal to noise ratio TDPC is the tDPCH timing value for the DPCH for the selected channel and code layer Option 080 TFRM is a Wideband CDMA parameter that shows the selected code channel offset TFrame option B73 or B79 TSLT is a Wideband CDMA parameter that shows the selected code channel offset Tslot option options B73 or B79 TTRG is a Wideband CDMA parameter that shows the amount of time in chips from the trigger to the start of the sync symbol For more information see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and see the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 67 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion RESult query Retrieves the marker measurement data created by the CALC MARK FUNC command Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion RESult Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER FUNC RESULT OUTPUT 719 calc3 mark function res Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description CALC MARK FUNC selects the type of measurement to make and it begins running immediately The selected measurement runs and updates itself w
159. N bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 AVERAGE COUN 100 OUTPUT 719 sens average coun 20 Query Syntax SENSe AVERage COUNt Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 10 SCPI Compliance confirmed 1992 0 Description Averaging overview Note Averaging is turned on with the AVER ON command AVER IRES turns fast averaging on and off AVER IRES RATE specifies the fast averaging update rate AVER TYPE specifies the average type RMS power complex time or max peak hold AVER TCON specifies termination control types which are normal exponential or repeat For normal averaging AVER TCON NORM AVER COUN specifies the number of measurement results that are averaged together When the specified number of measurements have been taken and averaged together the analyzer quits taking data and sets the NPO flag No Pending Operations to 1 If repeat averaging is on AVER TCON REP the averaging process restarts immediately after the current average is completed For exponential averaging AVER TCON EXP AVER COUN specifies a weighting factor which determines how the results of previous averaged measurement data AVG _1 is combined with the current measurement data X The data is combined point by point as described by AVG Tys 1 1 Ag n n where n is the weighting factor specified by AVER COUN Note that for small values of n the new data is
160. O 1 Subsequent SCPI command strings are displayed in the upper lefthand corner of the display Front Panel Average Types and their Corresponding GPIB Command Strings Front Panel Selection Corresponding Command String rms video AVER TYPE RMS TCON NORM rms video exponential AVER TYPE RMS TCON EXP time COMP TCON NORM time exponential AVER TYPE COMP TCON EXP continuous peak hold AVER TYPE MAX 268 Command Reference SENSe BANDwidth MODE ARBitrary command query Selects the resolution bandwidth type Command Syntax SENSe BANDwidth MODE ARBitrary OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 band mode arb ON OUTPUT 719 Sens Bandwidth Mode Arbitrary ON Query Syntax SENSe BANDwidth MODE ARBitrary Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 off SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When BAND MODE ARB is OFF only values in the 1 3 10 sequence are valid entries When it is ON any value within limits is valid Related Commands BAND specifies a resolution bandwidth value It doesn t disable span tracking so if span changes so does the RBW It does change BAND AUTO to ON BAND AUTO controls span tracking on off It must be off if you want to specify an RBW that doesn t change BAND AUTO OFFS specifies whether the RBW span ratio tracked is user determined 269 Command Reference
161. REQ STAR defines the band s lower limit SENS FREQ STOP defines its upper limit Stop Frequency Limits and Preset Values 89410 or 89441 RF 89441 IF Scalar Vector value limits 5 Hz 15 MHz 2 2 3 98 GHz 2 MHz 2 6535 GHz preset values 10 MHz 2 650 GHz 1 3315 GHz IF indicates ROUT REC IF or RF1 is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is active If ROUT REC is not COMB start and stop values are independent except STARt 1 0 HZ x STOP When ROUT REC is COMB only span and stop may be specified and START STOP The stop range is 1 Hz 10 MHz and the preset value is 10 MHz Step size value used with UP DOWN is automatically calculated when FREQ STEP AUTO is ON and is user defined when AUTO is OFF User definable step size values are specified with FREQ STEP Refer to online Help for more information 348 Command Reference SENSe SWEepI1 2 MODE command query Selects between automatic linear and manual sweep Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 MODE AUTO MANual Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Swe2 Mode AUTO OUTPUT 719 SWE2 MODE MANUAL Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 MODE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State AUTO SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Manual sweep is used to make a measurement at a single frequency It allows the user to manually set the frequency of the local oscillator normally used to sweep a measurement R
162. RGReyIMAP1IMAP2 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISP SPECTROGRAM MAP MAPI OUTPUT 719 display wind spec map GREY Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram MAP Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 The color map determines the colors that may be used in the spectrogram display A color map consists of 64 colors all of which may or may not be used as specified by DISP SPEC COL command COLOR is a map of 64 colors This map has a maximum amplitude hue of 096 red and a minimum amplitude hue of 70 blue The hue of the other 62 colors are linearly distributed between 0 and 70 The saturation and luminosity remain constant for all 64 colors RCOLOR is identical to COLOR except that the colors are reversed The maximum amplitude hue is 7096 and the minimum amplitude hue is 096 GREY is a color map of 64 shades of grey The maximum amplitude has a luminosity of 100 lightest shade of grey and the minimum amplitude has a luminosity of 10 darkest shade of grey The other 62 colors luminosity are linearly distributed between 10 and 100 The hue and saturation remain constant for all 64 colors RGREY is identical to GREY except that the sha
163. Rce VOLTage PROTection CLEar command Clears the source output protection circuitry Command Syntax SOURce VOLTage PROTection CLEar Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SOURCE VOLT PROT CLEAR OUTPUT 719 sour voltage prot cle Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The source protection relay opens when approximately 13 volts or greater is applied to the SOURCE BNC connector A message on the screen tells you when the relay has been tripped To detect a source tripped condition set the status registers to report a source trip in the questionable voltage register set 387 Command Reference STATus DEVice CONDition query Reads and clears the Device State Condition register Query Syntax STATus DEVice CONDition Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Status Dev Condition OUTPUT 719 STAT DEV CONDITION Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Device State Condition register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number See Device State Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of condition registers in register sets 388 Command Reference
164. Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Option UG7 advanced LAN Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command must be issued before activating the X11 Window feature The hostname is the host s IP address entered in dotted decimal notation For example 15 1 221 235 The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 430 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN XWINdow RATE command query Specifies the maximum update rate for the X11 window display Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN XWINdow Rate lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 60 lt unit gt HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 System Comm Lan Xwindow Rate 47 OUTPUT 719 SYSTEM COMM LAN XWINDOW RATE 44 Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN XWINdow RATE Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Setting the value to 0 places no limit on the rate while setting it to a value places an upper limit on the update rate On some computer systems this setting is important to limit the amount of LAN traffic being sent to the display for either network bandwidth considerations or for loading
165. SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Device State Event register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number Note The Device State Event register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Device State Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 390 Command Reference STATus DEVice NTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Device Status Negative Transition register Command Syntax STATus DEVice NTRansition lt number gt number areal number NRf data limtis 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT DEV NRTRANSITION 67 OUTPUT 719 stat device ptr 4098 Query Syntax STATus DEVice NTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description To set a single bit in the Device Status Negative Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modi
166. SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This user defined signal is used as the source output when the selected source type is USER SOUR FUNC USER 379 Command Reference SOURce IFINput STATe command query Selects a stimulus for the analyzer s RF source Command Syntax SOURce IFINput STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sour Ifinput Stat ON OUTPUT 719 SOURCE IFIN STAT ON Query Syntax SOURce IFINput STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AY8 Internal RF Source Synchronization Required no Preset State OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command is applicable only in Agilent 89441A analyzers that have the optional RF source Send SOURCE IFINPUT STATE ON to drive the analyzer s RF source with an external signal Send SOURCE IFINPUT STATE OFF default to drive the RF source with the source signal from the analyzer s IF Section For additional details see online help for the ext IF input on off softkey To display online help for this softkey press Help press 1 to display the online help index then page through the index and select this topic Source external signals using as input to source 380 Command Reference SOURce RF command query Switches the source output range between 0 10 MHz and RF GHz Command Syntax so URCe RF OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 source rf OFF OUTPUT 719 Source Rf ON
167. SERial RECeive PARity TYPE 436 SYSTem COMMunicat LAN IPADdress 425 SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess 423 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN EADDress 424 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN PORT 426 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN ROUTe GATeway 427 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN ROUTe SMASk 428 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN XWINdow RATe 431 SYStem DATE 437 SYStem ERRor 438 SYSTem GPIB ECHO 439 SYSTem KEY 440 SYSTem KLOCk 442 SYSTem PRESet 443 SYStem TIME 444 T elephone assistance i est analyzer 44 hinLAN 426 hreshold spectrogram 143 waterfall 174 TIFF color control on off 180 output language 181 ime averaging 268 delay 353 digital demod result length 316 display 55 gate delay step size 354 gate length 355 gating on off 356 overlap processing 350 357 search digital demod 313 trigger delay 352 units 125 time capture abort 360 data conversion 279 envelope 137 file transfer 228 fill buffer 362 in progress status bit 20 length 363 playback direction 361 playback speed 357 range 365 scaling data 279 selecting 329 starting point 364 366 statistics display 261 stop position 367 storing files 243 time data SFE x axis data time record length 359 versus span 358 time setting 444 time capture buffer size 280 loading data 232 moving data 279 time domain corrections on off 275 time stamp format 189 time date stamp 190 trace active 138 baseline 169 buffer 144 coordinates 57 displayed 154 elevation 170 height 171 loading 233 markers o
168. STrument SELect Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA Vector Mod Analysis for DDEMod AYH Digital Video Analysis for VDEMod B73 Wideband CDMA analysis for WCDMa Synchronization Required no Preset State 89410 VECTor 89441 SCALar SCPI Compliance confirmed Description SCAL selects Scalar Measurements as the instrument mode This mode configures the analyzer to perform scalar measurements no phase on either channel This mode uses stepped FFT measurement techniques to achieve lower resolution bandwidths Gated time is NOT available in Scaler mode ADEM and DEM selects the Analog Demodulation Measurements mode This mode configures the analyzer to allow AM PM and FM demodulation measurements DEM provides compatibility with earlier software revisions Gated time is available in the Analog Demod mode DDEM selects Digital Demodulation as the instrument mode This mode exists only in analyzers that have option AYA This mode configures the analyzer to examine signals such as QPSK DQPSK ADQPSK BPSK 8PSK 16 QAM 32 QAM MSK and FSK modulation formats It offers automatic carrier and symbol locking Gated time is NOT available in Digital Demod mode VECT selects Vector Measurements as the instrument mode This mode configures the analyzer to perform vector measurements magnitude and phase on either channel This mode does not use stepped FFT and thus can not achieve the low resolution bandwidths
169. Se DDEMod PRATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The acceptable argument values for this command are 1 2 3 4 10 and 20 The maximum number of points between symbols is 20 but the analyzer decreases this value if the result length x PRATE is greater than the maximum number of time points For more information on digital demodulation see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 304 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod PRESet command Presets the digital demodulation configuration to be one of the standard configurations listed below Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod PRESet standard standard NADCIPDCIGSMIPHPIDECTICDPDITETRalICDMBICDMM IATV8IATV 16IDVB16IDVB32IDVB64 APCOIEDGEIWCDMIWCDSIWCD 10IWCD20IBLU Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DDEMOD PRES 16 2 66409e 06 OUTPUT 719 sens ddemod pres TETRA 8 70895 06 Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis and B7A Enhanced Data rates for GSM gsm Evolution EDGE or B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Descr
170. Selects ac or dc coupling for the selected channel Command Syntax INPut 1 2 COUPling AC DC Example Statements OUTPUT 719 INP2 COUP AC OUTPUT 719 input coup DC Query Syntax INPut 1 2 COUPling Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State AC SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Note Use dc coupling for small spans at low frequencies to avoid the filter effect associated with ac coupling signal is down 3 dB at 1 Hz 206 Command Reference INPut 1 2 FiLTer LPASs STATe command query Enables or disables the anti alias circuits Command Syntax INPut 1 2 FILTer LPASs STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Input2 Filt Lpas State OFF OUTPUT 719 INP FILTER OFF Query Syntax INPut 1 2 FILTer LPASs STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description By default the analyzer s anti alias filter is enabled Use this command to disable the anti alias filter Notes If the anti alias filter is off published specifications for the analyzer are not guaranteed The analyzer always applies dc offset correction regardless of the anti alias filters status 207 Command Reference INPut 1 2 IMPedance command query Selects the internal termination impedance Command Syntax INPut 1 2 IMPedance lt number gt lt unit gt number 5017511000000 lt uni
171. Standard Event register set does not conform to the general status register model described at the beginning of this chapter It contains only two registers the Standard Event event register and the Standard Event Enable register The Standard Event event register is similar to other event registers but behaves like a register set that has a positive transition register with all bits set to 1 The Standard Event Enable register is the same as other enable registers Bits in the Standard Event event register are set to 1 under the following conditions Operation Complete bit 0 is set to one when the following events occur in order listed You send the OPC command to the analyzer The analyzer completes all pending overlapped commands see Synchronization in the GPIB Programming Guide Request Control bit 1 is set to 1 when both of the following conditions are true The analyzer is configured as an addressable only device see Controller Capabilities The analyzer is instructed to do something such as plotting or printing that requires it to take control of the bus Query Error bit 2 is set to 1 when the command parser detects a query error Device Dependent Error bit 3 is set to 1 when the command parser detects a device dependent error Execution Error bit 4 is set to 1 when the command parser detects an execution error Command Error bit 5 is setto 1 when the command parser detects a command error Power On b
172. Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description OFFIO turns demodulation off AM turns on AM demodulation PM turns on PM demodulation FM turns on FM demodulation BASeband may be specified for input channel 2 when channel 1 is in demodulation When this is specified for channel 2 the LO is set to 0 Hz for channel 2 This allows comparison of baseband data on channel 2 with channel 1 demod baseband results 324 Command Reference SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier AUTO command query Turns automatic carrier compensation on and off Command Syntax SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DEM2 CARRIER AUTO OFF OUTPUT 719 sense dem carr auto OFF Query Syntax SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This feature determines how the analyzer locks to the carrier frequency Has no effect on AM demodulation ON uses an algorithm to lock to the carrier frequency The center frequency of the analyzer should be set to or near the frequency of the carrier the modulation format must not be suppressed carrier OFF assumes the carrier to be at the analyzer s center frequency The accuracy of the settin
173. Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The trace select marker allows selection of a scan of data in the z direction time history for further analysis For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 92 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MARKer X ABSolute command query Places the main marker at the specified X value Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X ABSolute lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number data HZISICODE n UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE4 MARK X 7 5 MHZ OUTPUT 719 calc2 mark x abs 3 00E 006 CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X ABSolute Real Synchronization Required no Preset State nearest bin to 5 MHz SCPI Compliance instrument specific If no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects the position of the trace A marker Marker X Axis Limits and Preset Values 89410 or 89441 IF oe value limits 0 10 MHz 2 MHz 2 650 GHz IF indicates ROUT REC IF or RF1 is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is act
174. T 719 DISPLAY ANN OFF DISPlay ANNotation ALL Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance confirmed When display annotation is off no frequency time below grid or marker above grid annotation is displayed nor does it appear in plots Annotation that is not affected by this command includes amplitude scale information trace title information measurement status average count and overload information blank the entire display use DISP ENAB OFF 129 Command Reference DISPlay BRIGhtness command query Specifies the display brightness Command Syntax DISPlay BRIGhtness lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 20 100 lt unit gt PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 display brig 40 8674 OUTPUT 719 Disp Brightness 44 2263 Query Syntax DISPlay BRIGhtness Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Controls the intensity of the display The range of the parameter is 20 to 100 where 100 is full intensity and 20 is dim blank the entire display use DISP ENAB OFF 130 Command Reference DISPlay CMAP COLor 1 2 256 HSL command query Specifies the hue saturation and luminosity of the colors Command Syntax DISPlay CM
175. T not allowed A Group Execute Trigger was received within a program message see 488 2 7 7 108 Parameter not allowed More parameters were received than expected for the header for example the EMC common command only accepts one parameter so receiving 0 1 is not allowed 109 Missing parameter Fewer parameters were recieved than required for the header for example the EMC common command requires one parameter so receiving EMC is not allowed 110 Command header error An error was detected in the header This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 111 through 119 111 Header separator error A character which is not a legal header separator was encountered while parsing the header for example no white shace followed the header thus GMC MACRO is an error 112 Program mnemonic too long The header contains more that twelve characters see 488 2 7 6 1 4 1 113 Undefined header The header is syntactically correct but it is undefined for this specific device for example XYZ is not defined for any device 114 Header suffix out of range The value of a numeric suffix attached to a program mnemonic see Syntax and Style section 6 2 5 2 makes the header invalid 460 Error Number 120 121 123 124 128 130 131 134 138 140 141 144 148 150 151 158 160 161 168 170 171
176. TERMINATED after indefinite response Indicates that a query was received in the same program message after an query requesting an indefinite response was executed see 488 2 6 5 7 5 467 Appendix A Error Messages Instrument Specific Error Messages Error Number 100 108 109 131 141 151 161 161 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 Error Message Command is query only Parameter not allowed Missing parameter Invalid suffix Invalid character data Invalid string data Data block does not contain valid math function definitions Invalid block data Application already loaded Application incompatible with other loaded applications n Application not loaded Beginning of capture data on channel d Capture aborted s Capture span is too narrow for symbol rate Capture span is too wide for symbol rate Data register is undefined Delete program is not allowed while recording enabled Download program is not allowed while recording enabled End of capture data on channel od F d definition is not valid for execution F d execution requires recursion F d is not defined Failure of communication link with RF section Option configuration cannot be changed File operation aborted
177. TPUT 719 Aver Type MAX OUTPUT 719 SENS AVERAGE TYPE RMS Query Syntax SENSe AVERage TYPE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State RMS SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Averaging is turned on with AVER ON AVER TYPE may be specified before averaging is turned on however The three averaging types are RMS power COMPlex time and MAX peak hold a display function RMS root mean squared is a power average which reduces the variance of each point s magnitude and smooths the noise floor This averaging type does not lower the noise floor as complex averaging can COMPlex or time averaging is available only when the instrument mode is vector INST VECT Complex averaging reduces the variance of each point s real and imaginary parts which lower s and smoothes the noise floor MAX is the same as peak hold which displays the maximum value of each displayed point over the course of several measurements the measurement count is specified with AVER COUN When you press softkeys in the front panel menus to select average type you also select the type of termination control used to calculate average information The following table shows the command strings that correpsond to the average type softkeys To display the SCPI command strings that correspond to front panel keys activate the SCPI command echo by pressing Local Setup SCPI cmd echo or sending SYST GPIB ECH
178. TRACe BUFFer lt param gt param lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 see discussion lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISP WINDOW TRAC BUFFER 0 OUTPUT 719 disp trac buffer 0 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe BUFFer Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The number of traces specified with this command are stored in measurement memory such that the measurement can be paused and the marker s used to make measurements on the stored traces The number of traces buffered is not the same as the number of traces displayed which is determined by the vertical height of the grid and the elevation between traces Limits The maximum number of buffered traces is limited only by the amount of available memory Press the memory useage softkey under the System Utility hardkey for a listing 144 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe DCARrier command query Turns the demodulate carrier function on off Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe DCARrier OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Disp Trace Dcar OFF OUTPUT 719 DISP WINDOW TRAC DCARRIER ON Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe DCARrier Return
179. TRACe LTYPe command query Specifies the plot line type for the selected trace Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe LTYPe lt param gt param SOLidIDOTTedIDASHedISTYOISTY LISTY2ISTY3ISTY4ISTYSISTY6 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcopy Item Trac Ltype SOLID OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM WIND4 TRAC LTYPE STYLE2 Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe LTYPe Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State SOL SCPI Compliance confirmed Description DOTTed is the same as STYLel and DASHed is the same as STYLe2 The other style types are device dependent see the plotter documentation linetype HPGL command LT to determine how these are interpreted All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed This information is not used for PCL language output The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WINDI is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 195 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe MARKer COLor command query Specifies the pen used to plot markers for the selected trace Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe MARKer COLor lt param gt param lt number g
180. Tage PTRansition 418 STATUS USER ENABle derer 419 5 7 420 STATus USER PULSe 421 SYSTem BEEPer S TATe suas Hak was 422 SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB ADDRess 423 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN EADDress 424 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN IPADdress 425 5 5 00 426 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN ROUTe GATeway 427 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN ROUTe SMASk 428 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN STATe 429 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN XWINdow HOSTname 430 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN XWINdow RATE 431 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN XWINdowL STATe 432 SYSTem COMMunicate SERial CONTrol DTR 433 SYSTem COMMunicate SERialERECeive BAUD 434 SYSTem COMMunicate SERialERECeivePACE 435 SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PARity TYPE 436 SYS Tem DAT Ee 437 OY STAM ERROTA Sih oor a verde Aas 438 SYSTEm GPIB ECHO suu ae alas ak wot ane gated a oe 439 SV STEMIKEN e ors Sick dotes dtp SAC 440 hc gh DE 442 SYSTBITRPRESBU 255 443 SYST TIME 12 2 eo tue CIS RU S a s 444 TRAGe BUFFeCOPY uz coy don memet 445 TRACECORY s e tt eR CONS 446 TRACeEDATA 4
181. Teway lt param gt param dotted decimal IP address in STRING format Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYST COMM LAN ROUT GATEWAY 15 1 221 235 Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN ROUTe GATeway Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This parameter determines the IP address of a gateway used for routing packets to destinations which are not on the local subnet The subnet mask determines how this decision is made This parameter is entered in dotted decimal notation For example 15 1 221 235 This value should be obtained from your local network administrator Note A value of zero disables gateway routing The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 427 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN ROUTe SMASk command query Sets the subnet mask Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN ROUTe SMASk lt param gt param dotted decimal mask in STRING format Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Syst Comm Lan Rout Smask 255 255 248 0 Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN ROUTe SMASk Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This parameter is the subnet mask The subnet mask is used to determine if a packet needs to be routed to a gateway rather
182. UTPUT 719 HCOP DEVICE COL ON Query Syntax HCOPy DEVice COLor Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State 1 on SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description ON specifies color for TIFF files To override this use this command after the language selection is made OFF specifies that TIFF color is turned off the images are black and white Note TIFF files transferred with the LAN file transfer protocol FTP available in option are always color regardless of this command setting 180 Command Reference HCOPy DEVice LANGuage command query Selects type of output from the hard copy output Command Syntax HCOPy DEVice LANGuage PCL HPGL PHPG1 TIFF Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcop device lang PCL OUTPUT 719 Hcopy Dev Lang HPGL Query Syntax HCOPy DEVice LANGuage Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State HPGL SCPI Compliance confirmed Description PCL is the language used by Hewlett Packard LaserJet printers HPGL is the graphics language used by Hewlett Packard plotters PHPGL is the HP GL language as supported by some Hewlett Packard PCL LaserJet printers such as Series III TIFF is the Tagged Information File Format TIFF is a trademark of Aldus Corporation 181 Command Reference HCOPy DEVice RESolution command query Specifies dots per inch for screen dumps to PCL pr
183. UTPUT 719 Sense Ddem Lcode Mode CODE Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod LCODe MODE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command determines how the analyzer detects the long code for W CDMA measurements Use CODE if you know the long code in which case you must also send DDEM LCODEe to specify the long code Use GROUP if you don t know the long code but you do know the long code group used to generate the W CDMA signal In this case you must also send DDEM LCODe GROup to specify the long code group CODE provides the fastest measurement speed 300 Command Reference SENSe IDDEMod MLENgth command query Sets the main length in slots for W CDMA measurements Command Syntax lt param gt lt number limits lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe DDEMod MLENGTH lt param gt z 2 lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data n 8 to 20 SISLOT zz UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 ddem mlen 8 OUTPUT 719 Sens Ddem Mlength 10 SENSe DDEMod MLENgth Real Option B73
184. VE TESTFILE FILE3 Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command may be used to copy one or more files to another device or directory automatically deleting the source file s or to rename a file It may be also be used to move a file and rename it Wildcards may be used to specify filenames in the source but not in the destination See MMEM NAME for filename conventions and wildcard usage The device values are defined under MMEM MSIS Related Commands Use MMEM MSIS mass storage is to specify the default device Use MMEM COPY to copy files from one device and or path to another without deleting the source Use SCR CONT MMEM to display directory listings Note When the control program instructs the analyzer to access the external mass storage device EXT the controller must temporarily pass control of the bus to the analyzer After the command has been executed the analyzer must pass control back See GPIB Programmer s Guide for more on passing control 235 Command Reference MMEMory MSIS command query Specifies a default mass storage device disk and for DOS directory Command Syntax MMEMory MSIS lt device gt device NVRAM IRAM IINT IEXT lt device_selector gt lt unit_number gt device selector areal number NRf data limits 700 730 unit number areal number NRf data
185. VERlap 350 5 5 5 308 SENSe SWEepPOlNts 351 SENSe DDEMod SEARch PULSe STATe 309 SENSe SWEepTIMEDEay 352 SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC OFFSet 310 SENSe SWEep TIME GATE DELay 353 SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC PATTern 311 SENSe SWEep TIME GATE DELay STEP INCRement 354 SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC STATe 312 SENSe SWEepTIMEGATEESPAN 355 SENSe DDEMoCSEARCRETIME 313 SENSe SWEepTIMEGATESTATe 356 SENSe DDEMod SELect 314 SENSe SWEepTIMEOVERlap 357 SENSe DDEMod SRATe 315 SENSe SWEep TIME RESolution AUTO 358 SENSe JDDEMod TIME 316 SENSe SWEepTIMEESPAN 359 SENSe DDEMod TIME CCHannel 2 317 5 5 360 SENSe JDDEMod TIME CLAYer 2 318 SENSe TCAPture DiRection 361 5 5 319 SENSe TCAPture IMMediate 362 SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE SPAN 2 320 SENSe TCAPture LENGth 363 5 5 5 321 SENSe TCAPture POSition 364 SENS
186. Vel lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits range depends on configuration unit PCTIV and dB for IF trigger lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 TRIG LEV 5V OUTPUT 719 trig level 2 Query Syntax TRIGger LEVel Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description If the trigger typs is internal channel TRIG SOUR INT1 the trigger level is entered as a percent of the input range VOLT RANG If the trigger type is external trigger TRIG SOUR EXT the trigger signal is connected to the front panel connector labeled EXT TRIGGER and trigger level is entered in units of volts or 96 The level is an analog voltage between 11V and 11V or 110 to 110 If the trigger type is IF the trigger level may be entered in units of volts or dB Trigger level is not applicable for GPIB trigger TRIG SOUR BUS source trigger TRIG SOUR OUTP or free run TRIG SOUR IMM Trigger level can be entered over GPIB in percentage or as a fraction A query always returns the fractional value If the trigger type is external the trigger level is entered in Volts and the returned value is in volts IF trigger also returns volts See TRIG SOUR for more information 454 Command Reference TRIGger SLOPe command query
187. XTIMe STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State Off SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Time calibrations compensate the time data for the magnitude and phase characteristics of each input channel For the greatest accuracy time calibrations should be used whenever demod is enabled or accurate time data is desired It should be turned off whenever measurement speed is a high priority Accuracy of frequency domain results is not affected by this command 275 Command Reference SENSe CORRection 1 2 IMPedance INPut MAGNitude command query Sets the dBm reference impedance when the 1 MQ input termination is selected Command Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 IMPedance lt number gt lt unit gt number areal number NRf data limits 001 10E9 unit OHM Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Corrl Impedance 600 OUTPUT 719 SENS CORRECTION2 IMP 150 Query Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 IMPedance INPut MAGNitude Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 50 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command changes the reference impedance used to calculate dBm when the selected impedance is 1 MQ INP IMP 1e6 Each input channel may be given a value independent of the other assuming channel 2 which is optional is installed Related Commands The input impedance is set t
188. a limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Status Ques Modulation Ntr 3 OUTPUT 719 STAT QUESTIONABLE MOD NTRANSITION 2 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation NTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Modulation Negative Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Modulation Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of negative transition registers in register sets 410 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable MODulation PTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Modulation Positive Transition register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation PTRansition number number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat Questionable Mod Ptr 1 OUTPUT 719 STATUS QUES MODULATION PTR 3 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation PTRansition Return Format Inte
189. a by the SENSe block INPut block functions include filtering biasing frequency conversion such as a mixer or prescaler function and attenuation SENSe The purpose of the SENSe block is to convert signal s into internal data that can be manipulated by normal computer techniques The commands associated with the SENSe block control the various characteristics of the conversion process Examples are range resolution bandwidth and gate time This block does not include any mathematical manipulation of the data after it has been converted CALCulate In the measurement function path the purpose of the CALCulate block is to convert sensed data into a form more useful to the application Typical calculations include converting units and postprocessing calculations OUTPut The purpose of the OUTPut block is to condition the outgoing signal after it has been generated The OUTPut block functions include filtering biasing frequency conversion such as a mixer function and attenuation SOURce The purpose of the SOURce block is to generate a signal based on specified characteristics and or supplied data The commands associated with this block describe the characteristics of the generated signal TRIGger The trigger subsystem is used to synchronize device action s with events A device action might be the acquisition of a measurement or the application of a stimulus The trigger subsystem consists of the expanded capability model
190. able SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When the instrument mode is Wideband CDMA this command turns time gating on or off When time gating is on the analyzer uses the values of DDEMod TIME GATE SPAN and DDEMod TIME GATE DELay for the gate length and gate delay Gate length sets the width of the gate in whole slots gate delay determines the delay or offset of the gate in whole slots For example a gate length of 3 and gate delay of 1 displays results for three slots starting at slot two in other words slots 2 4 For further details about time gating select the Wideband CDMA instrument mode on the analzyer and see online help for the gate on off softkey under the Time hardkey 321 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod VSB NSTate command query Specifies the number of states in the VSB modulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod VSB NSTate lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 8 16 step UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE DDEM VSB NST 8 OUTPUT 719 ddem VSB nst 16 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod VSB NSTate Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA and AYH Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Use this command to select the number of states for the VSB modulation format Valid values are
191. ach class for example 100 200 300 400 is a generic error In selecting the proper Error event number to report more specific error event codes are preferred and the generic error event is used only if the others are inappropriate Note the organization of the following tables A simple minded parser might implement only the errors and a smarter one might implement all of them A smart and friendly parser might use the instrument dependent part of the error event message string to point out the offending part of the command No Error This message indicates that the device has no errors Error SCPI No Error Description Number 0 No error The queue is competely empty Every error event in the queue has been read or the queue was purposely cleared by power on CLS 459 Appendix A Error Messages Command Error An lt error event number in the range 199 100 indicates that an IEEE 488 2 syntax error has been detected by the instrument s parser The occurrence of any error in this class causes the command error bit bit 5 in the event status register EEE 488 2 section 11 5 1 to be set One of the following has occurred m 488 2 syntax error has been detected by the parser That is a controller to device message was received which is in violation of the IEEE 488 2 standard Possible violations include a data element which violates the device listening formats or whose type i
192. al specifies the configuration in which the input comes from an external downconverter such as the Agilent 89411A This configuration has more commands under SENS FREQ EXT 260 Command Reference SCReen CONTents command query Specifies what is displayed on the analyzer screen Command Syntax SCReen CONTents TRACe MSTate ISTate MMEMory MEMory OPTions TCAPture Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SCREEN CONT TCAPTURE OUTPUT 719 screen cont TRACE Query Syntax SCReen CONTents Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State TRAC SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description TRACe displays the standard measurement trace grid MSTate displays the measurement state display This shows the instrument mode frequency parameters RBW window settings etc ISTate displays the instrument state display This shows the range input trigger and source settings MMEMory displays the current disk mass memory catalog MEMory displays the active memory configuration OPTions displays the options configuration TCAPture displays the time capture statistics 261 Command Reference SENSe AVERage COUNt command query Specifies the number of traces to be averaged or the weighting factor for exponential averaging Command Syntax SENSe AVERage COUNt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number an integer NRf data limits 1 99999 lt step gt i UPIDOW
193. allowed A legal block data element was encountered but was not allowed by the device at this point in parsing Expression error This error as well as errors 171 through 179 are generated when parsing an expression data element This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error Invalid expression The expression data element was invalid see 488 2 7 7 7 2 for example unmatched parentheses or an illegal character 461 Appendix A Error Messages Error Number 178 180 181 183 184 SCPI Command Error Descriptions Expression data not allowed A legal expression data was encountered but was not allowed by the device at this point in parsing Macro error This error as well as errors 181 through 189 are generated when defining a macro or executing a macro This particular error message is used if the device cannot detect a more specific error Invalid outside macro definition Indicates that a macro parameter placeholder lt number was encountered outside of a macro definition Invalid inside macro definition Indicates that the program message unit sequence sent with a DDT or DMC command is syntactically invalid see EFF 488 2 10 7 6 3 Macro parameter error Indicates that a command inside the macro definition had the wrong number or type of parameters 462 Appendix A Error Messages Execution Error An lt error event number in t
194. ameter is called the Maximum Number of Frequency Points The default configuration is Data Registers 6 Math Registers 6 Maximum Number of Frequency Points 3201 This command does not change the settings for the RAM disk or the amount of memory allocated for IBASIC programming If the amount of memory allocated to these two uses is sufficiently large the DEFAULT command may not be able to allocate the configuration specified above If this occurs the value of the Maximum Number of Frequency Points is reduced until the configuration fits into the available memory Note The number of frequency points used is different from the maximum number of frequency points in that the latter is used to define the amount of memory allocated to the math and data registers Each register is configured to accept the maximum number of frequency points so making this number larger causes the register configuration to use more memory Related Commands To specify the number of frequency points in a trace use SWE POIN To specify the maximum number of frequency points in a trace use MEM MALL MEAS FPO To specify the Max number of time points use MEM MALL MEAS TPO To specify the number of data registers use MEM MALL MEAS REG To specify the number of math temporary registers use MEM MALL MTEM If the IBASIC option 1C2 is installed program memory is allocated with the MEM MALL PROG command Option UTH adds 20MB of RAM that may be allocated to IBASIC
195. and time data is not baseband Time gating is not available in digital demod Limits The time gate is defined by the gate delay which defines its starting time relative the the beginning of the main time record and gate length which defines when it stops relative to its start Both start and stop values must be within the main time record also called main time So the lower limit of the gate delay is zero and the upper limit depends on the gate length defined with SWE TIME GATE SPAN as follows maximum gate delay main length gate length The minimum gate delay is 0 Related Commands Toset the gate delay step size use SWE TIME GATE DEL STEP To turn the gate on use SWE TIME GATE STATE Toset the gate time use SWE TIME 353 Command Reference SENSe SWEepI1 2 TIME GATE DELay STEP INCRement command query Specifies the step size used to increment or decrement the time gate delay Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE DELay STEP INCRement lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see discussion lt unit gt z S lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 swe time gate del step 0 OUTPUT 719 Sens Swe Time Gate Delay Step Incr 0 Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE DELay STEP INCRement Return Format Rea
196. ansfer is not complete The query returns a 0 when the transfer is complete When a trace buffer or time capture file is merged you are prompted to change media at the end of each file Pressing the Local Setup key or any key on the front panel in Local mode causes the file merging operation to terminate SCPI commands however sent between operations do not terminate the file operation Large files may also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 For more information on the generation of split files see the MMEM STOR CONT command 228 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD MATH command Loads a complete set of math definitions into the analyzer from the specified file Command Syntax MMEMory LOAD MATH msus filespec msus RAM INVRAM INT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Mmem Load Math EXT math OUTPUT 719 MMEMORY LOAD MATH RAM mathl Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command loads a file to define the analyzer s math functions F1 through F6 and constants K1 through K5 The file must have been created with the MMEM STOR MATH command If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To quer
197. aram gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 100 unit PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY WIND2 TRACE Y RPOS 66 OUTPUT 719 display windl trace y scale rposition 100 pct Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe RPOSition Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 100 for spectrum magnitude SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WINDI is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A The reference line s position is set as a percentage of the distance to the top of the trace area 10096 places the line at the top of the trace area 5096 places it at the middle and 0 places it at the bottom The preset value for time real imaginary or phase data is 50 When power is first turned on and after preset the reference line is off Related Commands turn the reference line on use DISP WIND TRAC Y RLIN To specify the value of the reference line use To autoscale the display use DISP WIND TRAC Y AUTO 167 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3
198. at ON DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule GRID STATe Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance confirmed When grids are off they are neither displayed nor plotted The numbers in the Window node have no effect on this command all grids are turned on off regardless of the window specified 147 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe INDicator command query Determines the character used to identify ideal states in a vector diagram when Digital Demodulation is selected Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe INDicator CROSs CIRCle Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Display Wind2 Trac Indicator CIRCLE OUTPUT 719 DISP TRACE IND CROSS Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe INDicator Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State Cross SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 This command lets you select a cross hair or circle to represent the ideal states ideal symbol locations in a vector diagram The size of the circle or cross hair corresponds to some percentage of Error Vector Magnitude EVM and is set with DISP WIND TRAC IND SIZE For additional details see online help for the ideal state softkey 148 Command Reference
199. ata usually generated by the CALC block for presentation on a visual device such as a CRT The commands associated with this block control aspects such as scaling color layout and user annotation Mass MEMory The purpose of the MMEM block is to provide access to mass storage devices such as internal RAM disks or internal or external hard disks or floppy disks The commands in this block allow file operations such as saving traces recalling states copying files and formatting disk volumes 28 Command Reference Command Reference 30 Command Reference CAL query Calibrates the analyzer and returns the pass fail result Query Syntax CAL Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CAL OUTPUT 719 cal Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The analyzer performs a full calibration when it receives this query If the calibration completes without error the analyzer returns 0 If the calibration fails the analyzer returns 1 See also the calibration commands 31 Command Reference CLS command Clears the Status Byte by emptying the error queue and clearing all event registers Command Syntax CLS Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Cls OUTPUT 719 CLS Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command clears
200. ate 1 2 SERial RECeive BAUD lt param gt lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 75 19200 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 SYST COMMUNICATE SER BAUD 16335 OUTPUT 719 system comm serial rec baud 8681 SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive BAUD Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Any number within the limits is accepted and rounded to one of the following 75 150 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 434 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive PACE command query Specifies software handshake type for the serial ports Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive PACE XON NONE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 System Comm2 Serial Rec Pace NONE OUTPUT 719 SYSTEM COMM SERIAL PACE Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive PACE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The 112 in the communicate node selects the particular serial port to be configured If no number is specified 1 is assumed Note The 89441A uses the SERIAL 2 port to control the downconverter portion of the analyzer While the analyzer is configured as an 89441A none of the serial communication parameters may be changed for the SERIAL 2 port
201. atements For an indefinite length block OUTPUT 719 PROG EXPL DEF PROGI 0 OUTPUT 719 10 PRINT HELLO WORLD amp CHR 10 OUTPUT 719 20 END amp CHR 10 END For a definite length block OUTPUT 719 PROG EXPL DEF 1 230 OUTPUT 719 10 PRINT HELLO WORLD amp CHR 10 OUTPUT 719 20 END amp CHR 10 Query Syntax PROGram EXPLicit DEFine Return Format definite length block Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command transfers a program between the analyzer and the controller This allows programs developed on a controller to be loaded into the analyzer The first parameter specifies the analyzer s program buffer the destination which becomes the active program buffer The second parameter is the Instrument BASIC program A program may be transferred to the analyzer with either the definite length or the indefinite length block syntax The simplest way to load an Instrument BASIC program is to send this command followed by 0 followed by all the characters making up the program including line numbers and line feeds at the end of each program statement Terminate the entire command with line feed character ASCII decimal 10 and END the GPIB END message EOI set true See example above When the analyzer returns the program to your controller it always us
202. atements OUTPUT 719 Ddem Frequency Mirr OFF OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEMOD FREQ MIRROR OFF Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FREQuency MIRRor Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option video modulation analysis B73 Wideband CDMA Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Sending ddemod freq mirror ON turns mirroring on When mirroring is on the analyzer flips or mirrors the displayed spectrum around the analyzer s center frequency 296 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod FSK NSTate command query Specifies the number of states in the FSK modulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod FSK NSTate lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 2 4 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sens ddem fsk nst 3 OUTPUT 719 Ddemod Fsk Nst 3 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FSK NSTate Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The valid values for this command are 2 or 4 Related Commands select the FSK modulation format use DDEM FORMAT FSK For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interes
203. ates 306 number of OAM states 307 points symbol 304 pulse search on off 309 QPSK format type 308 QPSK PSK QAM MSK FSK VSB DVB 295 reference filter 293 ay ANNotation ALL 129 ay BRlGhtness 130 ay CMAP COLor HSL 131 ay ENABle 133 ay FORMat 134 jay MFUNction 135 jay PROGram MODE 136 ay TCAPture ENVelope 137 result length 316 search time 313 span limits 315 341 symbol marks 155 symbol rate 315 sync offset 310 sync pattern 311 sync search on off 312 trellis length 146 user defined filter 292 294 digital demodulation mode selecting 211 direction of playback 361 directory changing DOS 236 disk ay SPlay coco UU U U UU U U uUuUu uuuuuuuuUuuUuuuUuuuUuuUuUuuu CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ C2 gt ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ay WINDow WATerfall STATe 173 ay WINDow ACTive 138 ay WINDow SPECtrogram COLors 139 ay WINDow SPECtrogram ENHance 140 ay WINDow SPECtrogram MAP 141 ay WINDow SPECtrograml STATe 142 ay WINDow SPECtrogram THResho
204. ath cons phas 7 53334e6 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 PHASe Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Complex constants may be defined with either real imaginary or magnitude and phase values The numbers in the calculate node have no effect on this command To specify step size for use with UPIDOWN use CALC MATH CONS STEP If the step size is zero 0 the UPIDOWN argument changes the value by incrementing decrementing the third most significant digit For example a value of 6027 would be incremented to 6037 or decremented to 6017 a value of 53 would be incremented to 53 1 or decremented to 52 9 If you increment decrement the value of the step size it changes in the same manner 108 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 REAL command query Defines the real part of a math constant Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 REAL lt param gt param lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 40282 38 3 40282 38 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MATH CONSTANT2 REAL 2560 OUTPUT 719 calc math cons real 7 53334e6 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 REAL Return Format Real Attri
205. atible in this area ass MEMory MEMory e DisPlay HCOPy T Li peu IF RF ROUTe gt INPut SENSe Hs gt _ 5 T i 0 CALCulate FORMat R9232 5 7 Parallel OUTput SOURce 4 4 lt _ 4 5 The figure above represents the way in which instrument functionality is viewed and categorized by SCPI The purpose of this categorization is to provide organization and consistancy between the various commands available in SCPI for all the different types of instrumentation The model defines where elements of the language must be assigned in the SCPI hierarchy Major areas of signal functionality are shown broken into blocks each of these blocks are major command subtrees in SCPI For simplicity all connections between blocks are not shown In this chapter each subtree is discussed ROUTe The purpose of the signal routing block is to control the routing of signals between an instrument s signal ports and its internal signal functionality Signal routing also controls the connection from signal port to signal port where such capability exists The commands which control this block are described in the SCPI tree under the ROUTe subsystem 24 INPut The purpose of the INPut block is to condition the incoming signal before it is converted into dat
206. ation Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe INFO STRING Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Disp Trac Info Prototype 11 platform A7 test 53 OUTPUT 719 DISP WINDOW4 TRAC INFO 3rd IF repeater site 47 OUTPUT 719 DISP WINDOW4 TRAC INFO Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe INFO Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This information appears on the same line as the trace title at the right side of the display area Maximum string size is 30 characters To remove this information from the screen send a null string as shown in the third example above Related Commands define a trace title use DISP TRAC LAB USER To switch between default and user defined titles use DISP TRAC LAB AUTO To query the currently displayed trace title use DISP TRAC LAB 150 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4J TRACe LABel query Returns the current trace title DISPlay WINDow TRACe LABel display window trace label Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe LABel Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISP WIND2 TRACE LAB OUTPUT 719 display trac lab Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the default trace title is ON this query returns the defau
207. ation Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command loads the contents of a file into the time capture buffer The file must have been created by saving with the MMEM STOR TCAP command If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS The time capture buffer data can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 Related Commands To display the time capture buffer in one of the four traces use the CALC FEED TCAP 1121314 command To continue loading a file stored on more than one disk use the MMEM LOAD CONT command 232 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD TRACe command Loads a trace into the analyzer from the mass storage unit specified Command Syntax MMEMory LOAD TRACe lt label gt lt filename gt label D1ID2ID3ID4IDSID6l filename lt msus gt lt filespec gt msus RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem load trac D1 int test tre OUTPUT 719 MMEM LOAD TRACE D3 MYTRACE Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command loads the content
208. ation on digital demodulation or video demodulation see the Operator s Guide 307 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod OPSK FORMat command query Specifies the form of QPSK modulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod QPSK FORMat NORMal OFFSet DIFFerential DPI4 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Ddem Qpsk Format NORMAL OUTPUT 719 DDEM QPSK FORM OFFSET Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod QPSK FORMat Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 308 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod SEARch PULSe STATe command query Turns pulse search on or off Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARCh PULSe STATe 0 0 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ddem search puls state OFF OUTPUT 719 Sens Ddem Search Puls State ON Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARch PULSe STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This corresponds to pulse search as discussed in online help A pulse is
209. average power the analyzer uses the value specified by CALC MARK FUNC STAT PPCT to compute peak power For details see online help for the peak percent softkey and the statistics on off softkey on the analyzer press Help Marker Function peak average statistics statistics on off or peak percent Related Commands To return the statistical power value use CALC MARK FUNC STAT RES To set peak percent used in peak power measurements use CALC MARK FUNC STAT PPCT m Toreturn the number of samples used in the power measurement use CALC MARK FUNC STAT SMPL 69 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics PPCT command query Specifies the peak percent value to use with peak power and peak to average power measurements Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics PPCT lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 90 99 99 lt unit gt PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc3 mark function stat ppct 95 OUTPUT 719 CALC MARK FUNCTION STAT PPCT 99 8 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics PPCT Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 99 99 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description You enable peak power or peak to average power measurements with the CALC MARK FUNC STAT command Peak per
210. avoids having the pending operation flag changes states every time the entire trigger sequence is completed when CONTinuous is ON Event Detection Layer The ARM and TRIGger layers are both event detection layers with the TRIGger layer being subservient to the ARM layer Each layer provides one level of event detection INTernal EXTernal LEVel IMMediate COUPIing 05 SLOPe TIMer HYSTeresis layer loop_ctr 0 yes event_ctr 0 event detection layer name Slanal increment event cir ECOunt wait DELay layer name IMMediate increment loop_ctr by 1 INIT CONT 2 The downward traverse through an event detection layer depends on the sourced event being detected the specified number of times Typically the first event detected after entering the event detection layer is all that is required to proceed However a particular number of 27 occurances of the same event may be specified with ECOunt for example wait for the tenth positive edge of a signal the downward traverse is also subject to a time delay if one is specified Two commands override a normal downward traverse The layer name followed by IMMediate causes the event detection and the subsequent delay to be bypassed The layer name followed by SIGNal causes the device to proceed as though a single event had occured The upward traverse is dependent
211. axNumFreqPts 1 x1 28 for zoom The envelope ON shows transients To view periodic waveforms you may want to turn the envelope OFF The numbers 1 and 2 used with the TCAPture node specify which input channel 1 or 2 is to be affected by the command If no number appears in the node TCAPI is assumed and the command affects channel 1 137 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 ACTive command query Controls active state of the four traces Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 ACTive OFF 0 ON 1 ONCE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY WIND4 ACTIVE OFF OUTPUT 719 disp act ON Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 ACTive Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON 2 3 and 4 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Windows 1 4 correspond to traces A B C D If no number is specified in the WINDOW node or the node is not included the command will affect trace A If more than one trace is displayed DISP FORM is TWO or FOUR or more than one DISP WIND TRAC STAT is ON this command specifies which are active ON activates the trace corresponding to the window specified More than one trace may be active at the same time If only one trace is displayed it is by definition active OFF deactivates the trace corresponding to the window specified At least one trace is always active ONCE activates the trace corresponding to the win
212. bit accuracy the value sent should be the same as the largest data value to be loaded Note Any data values larger than the range value will be clipped Related Commands To load data into the analyzer use SENS DATA To define the data format for the transfer use FORM DATA 365 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 STARt command query Specifies the position in the time capture buffer to begin analysis Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description Related Commands SENSe TCAPture 1 2 STARt lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number data limits depends on configuration SIPOINTSIRECORDS n UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 TCAP2 START 0 OUTPUT 719 sens tcapture star 0 SENSe TCAPture 1 2 STARt Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 seconds SCPI Compliance instrument specific To specify the end of the time capture data on which to performa analysis use TCAP STOP To begin filling the time capture buffer s use TCAP m To specify the size of the time capture in points use TCAP LENG 366 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 STOP command query Specifies the position in the waveform capture buffer to end analysis Command Syntax
213. bit 7 is set to 1 when the channel 1 input signal exceeds the ADC range CH2 ADC Overload bit 8 is set to 1 when the channel 2 input signal exceeds the ADC range Figure 9 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Questionable Voltage registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 15 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Questionable Frequency Register Set The Questionable Frequency register set monitors conditions that affect the frequency accuracy of measurement data See figure 10 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency P TRansition STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition STATus QUE Stionable FREQuency EVENt STATus QUE Stionable FREQuency ENABle Bi Weights 112 LO Unlocked 1 f A 214 Reference Unlocked 2 f 3 8 1 e 5 32 I5 f ac 6 64 6 f L m 51 Bit 5 5 ee 1 7 5 gt gt Questionable Status 9 512 9 10 1024 101 E 2 11 2048 A 12 4096 21 E 2 13 8192 5 E A 14 16384 A E A x Figure 10 The Questionable Frequency Register Set Bits in the Questionable Frequency condition register are set to 1 under the following conditions LO Unlocked bit 1 is set to 1 when the analyzer s local o
214. bute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Complex constants may be defined with either real imaginary or magnitude and phase values The numbers in the calculate node have no effect on this command To specify step size for use with UPIDOWN use CALC MATH CONS STEP If the step size is zero 0 the UPIDOWN argument changes the value by incrementing decrementing the third most significant digit For example a value of 6027 would be incremented to 6037 or decremented to 6017 a value of 53 would be incremented to 53 1 or decremented to 52 9 If you increment decrement the value of the step size it changes in the same manner 109 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 B STEP command query Specifies the step size used to change math constant values with the UPIDOWN parameters Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 STEP lt param gt param lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 40282 38 3 40282 38 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MATH CONSTANT2 STEP 256 OUTPUT 719 calc math cons step 7 53334e6 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 STEP Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset S
215. capture changed File operation aborted capture in progress File operation aborted waterfall spectrogram changed File operation not completed Function definition is not valid Operand in math function is not supported in this instrument configuration 468 Error Number 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 Appendix A Error Messages Error Message Function definition is not valid Function definition is too long Function definition may not reference higher numbered functions General Export Option Installed Command not allowed GPIB control received without requesting it GPIB control was not received Instrument BASIC is not installed Instrument mode must be Vector to measure from capture Insufficient memory for 5 on trace 5 s limited to d scans Use System Utility memory usage gt remove trace buffers to reclaim all available memory Insufficient memory for this instrument mode See System Utility memory usage to free more memory Insufficient memory Max freq points and or max time points adjusted Invalid X11 display IP address Invalid date entered Date unchanged Invalid function code Invalid instrument state Marker value is not valid Meas Restart Pause o
216. cent is used in peak power measurements to specify the probability of peak power Since peak to average power is the ratio of peak power to average power peak percent affects peak to average power measurements as well as peak power measurements Peak percent specifies the probability of peak power For example a peak percent of 99 896 means that the instantaneous power will be less than or equal to the peak power reported by the analyzer 99 8 of the time Alternatively you could say that the instantaneous power will exceed the peak power reported by the analyzer 0 296 of the time 10096 99 896 CALC 1 sets the peak percent for trace A CALC2 sets it for trace B and so forth If no trace is specified CALCI is assumed The value is used only when peak power or peak to average power is enabled by sending CALC 11213 A MARK FUNC STAT PEAK or CALC 11213 4 MARK FUNC STAT For additional details see online help for the peak power softkey on the analyzer press Help Marker Function peak average statistics peak power 70 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics RESult query Returns the results of statistical power measurements Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics RESult Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calculate3 mark function stat res OUTPUT 719 Calculate4 Mark Function Stat Res Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Req
217. ces 192 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule IMMediate command Plots or prints the graticule only Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcop item trac graticule OUTPUT 719 Hcop Item Window Trac Graticule Imm Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Whole screen graphics files may also be created in any of the supported graphics output formats languages and moved to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 193 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe IMMediate command Plots the specified trace only not applicable to printing Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM WIND3 TRACE IMM OUTPUT 719 hcop item trac Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command plots all traces currently displayed If the current language is PCL this command returns an error Whole screen graphics files may also be created in any of the supported graphics output formats languages and moved to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 194 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4
218. changing the peak percent CALC MARK FUNC STAT PPCT does not restart the power measurement Also note that selecting another statistical power measurement does not restart the power measurement for example switching from peak power to average or peak to average power Use CALC MARK FUNC STAT SMPI to report the number of samples used in the statistical power measurement CALCI reports the number of samples used in the statistical power measurement on trace A CALC2 reports it for trace B and so forth If no trace is specified CALCI is assumed If no statistical power measurement is selected for the specified trace the command returns zero 72 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum command Moves the marker to the highest peak largest value in the active trace Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MAXimum Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calculate4 Mark Maximum OUTPUT 719 CALC MARK MAXIMUM Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the marker is OFF when this command is issued the marker is turned ON Therefore it is not necessary to check the marker state before using this command If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed See Marker Search in Help Text for hints on peak searching Related Commands m To read marker position use CALC MARK X CALC MARK Y To find the minimum value
219. chronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The entire screen is output to the port defined by HCOP DEST using the language defined by HCOP DEV LANG If the GPIB port is the destination the data is directed to an GPIB device whose address is specified with HCOP PLOT ADDR or HCOP PRIN ADDR If one of the serial ports is the destination serial port parameter are defined with the SYST COMM SER commands HPGL will use HCOP PLOT ADDR for the GPIB address and PCL and PHPGL will use HCOP PRINT ADDR for the GPIB address This command has the same effect as HCOP IMM Note To Plot or print to the GPIB port the analyzer must be the active controller on the bus The active controller must pass control to the analyzer After the command has been executed the analyzer must pass control back to the controller Whole screen graphics files may also be created in any of the supported graphics output formats languages and moved to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 185 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM ANNotation COLor command query Specifies the pen used to plot miscellaneous annotations Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM ANNotation COLOR lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 16 lt step gt UPIDOWN lt bound gt MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcop item annotation colo 3 OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM
220. ck k ckck ckckckok sk sk d ke X e x create a FILE pointer so we can use fprintf and friends BRK KK KK EC kCKCkCKCkCKCKCKCKCK KCKCKCK KCKCKCKCKCKCKCK KCK kCKCk Ck k ck k ck k ck k ckckckck ck sk sk ke d ke X x instFile fdopen instrument r if instFile NULL fprintf stderr Unable to create FILE structure sWMn strerror errno return 1 479 Appendix B Sockets Example Program BRK KK KK RR RR KCKCKCKCKCK KCKCKCK kCK Ck CK Ck k k ck A A A ck sk sk sk e ke X e x x if the command has a in it use queryInstrument otherwise simply send the command xf BRK KK KR RR kCKCkCKCkCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCK KCK CK K Ck Ck Ck ck k ck ck ckck ckck ckok ck sk ok e ke X e x x if strchr command printf sWMn queryInstrument instFile command charBuf sizeof charBuf else commandInstrument instFile command return 0 480 INDEX A ABORt 46 abort print plot 176 aborting time capture 360 ac input coupling 206 active traces 138 address downconverter 423 downconverter GPIB 336 ethernet 424 gateway LAN 427 instrument GPIB 423 internet protocol 425 plotter 202 printer GPIB 203 system interconnect 2nd GPIB 423 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Program Running bit 20 allocating memory 214 215 218 220 alpha digital Nyquist filter 290 amplitude droop 66 analyzer address 423 annotation color 186 an
221. command in degrees respectively REAL specifies real y axis trace coordinates versus time or frequency The real part of time waveforms is correctly scaled for either baseband or zoom IMAG specifies imaginary y axis coordinates versus time or frequency and displays the imaginary part of complex data If the data is purely real zero values are displayed Complex time waveforms have an imaginary part corresponding to the Hilbert transform of the real part due to zooming So a 2Vpk sine wave input in zoom mode results in a Real Part display of a frequency shifted 2Vpk sine wave and the Imag Part display will also be a frequency shifted 2Vpk sine wave shifted in phase 57 Command Reference GDEL specifies group delay trace coordinates Group delay is the derivative of phase with respect to frequency In this analyzer it is approximated by the function 4 y The aperture Af is specified with the CALC GDAP APER command Note Digital demodulation features are implemented only if option AYA vector modulation analysis is installed in the analyzer The following display formats are part of option AYA COMP specifies a complex polar vector diagram with the real part on the x axis and the imaginary part on the y axis When the instrument mode is digital demod this is an IQ diagram with the in phase signal on the x axis and the quadrature phase signal on the y axis The complex diagram differs from the constellation diagram
222. constitutes a full media is device specific Directory full Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the media directory was full The definition of what constitutes a full media directory is device specific File name not found Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the file name on the device media was not found for example an attempt was made to read or copy a nonexistent file The definition of what constitutes a file not being found is device specific File name error Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the file name on the device media was in error for example an attempt was made to copy to a duplicate file name The definition of what constitutes a file name error is device specific Media protected Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the media was protected for example the write protect tab on a disk was present The definition of what constitutes protected media is device specific Expression error Indicates that a expression program data element related error occurred This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 261 through 269 Math error in expression Indicates that a syntactically legal expression program data element could not be executed due to a math error for example a divide by zero was attempted The
223. culated when FREQ STEP AUTO is ON and is user defined when AUTO is OFF User definable step size values are specified with FREQ STEP Refer to online Help for more information A user defined step size value may be used with the following commands SENS FREQ CENT SENS FREQ STAR SENS FREQ STOP SOUR FREQ CW FREQ MAN Step size for frequency span is not user definable Step Size Limits and Preset Values 89410 or 89441 IF 89441 RF value limits 001 Hz 10 MHz 001 Hz 2 650 GHz preset values 25 kHz 6 63 MHz IF indicates ROUT REC IF or is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is active 347 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency STOP command query Specifies the stop highest frequency in the measurement band Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency STOP lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see table in description lt unit gt HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS FREQUENCY STOP 50000 OUTPUT 719 frequency stop 2e 5 Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency STOP Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s table in description SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Start frequency SENS FREQ STAR and stop frequency SENS FREQ STOP work together to define the band of frequencies the instrument analyzes SENS F
224. cy for the fixed sine source type SOURce FREQuency CW lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 0 10e 6 see restriction in description n HZ UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 SOUR FREQ 5 MHz OUTPUT 719 Sour Freq 1e6 SOURce FREQuency CW Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 MHz see restriction in description Description SCPI Compliance instrument specific For the 894414 the source fixed sine frequency may be specified only when ROUT REC is IF or COMB 1 10 Related Commands The fixed sine or CW source type is specified with the SOUR FUNC SIN command The source signal level is specified with the SOUR VOLT command m Entries are accepted when the source is OFF or the source type is not fixed sine 376 Command Reference SOURce FREQuency OFFSet command query Specifies the offset frequency from IF center for the fixed sine source type Command Syntax SOURce FREQuency OFFSet lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 5 MHz 3 5 MHz lt unit gt HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sour freq offset 0 OUTPUT 719 Sour Frequency Offs 0 Query Syntax SOURCe FREQuency OFFSet Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State
225. d no Preset State FLAT SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description UNIF specifies the uniform window for the active input channels The window s rectangular shape does not attenuate any portion of the time record The uniform window is generally used with self windowing functions such as burst and periodic chirps FLAT specifies the flat top window for the active input channels The flat top window offers greater amplitude accuracy but lower frequency resolution than the Hanning window It is generally used when a component s amplitude must be measured accurately such as when using a fixed sine stimulus HANN specifies the Hanning window for the active input channels The Hanning window offers higher frequency resolution but lower amplitude accuracy than the flat top window It is the most commonly used window and is usually applied in random noise measurements GTOP specifies the gaussian top window for the active input channels The GTOP window offers less amplitude accuracy slightly higher frequency resolution and much lower sidelobes than the Hanning window It is generally used when a component s amplitude must be measured accurately such as when using a fixed sine stimulus 375 Command Reference SOURce FREQuency CW Command Syntax param number unit step bound Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary command query Specifies the frequen
226. d Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer STATe command query Turns markers on and off Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC3 MARKER ON OUTPUT 719 calc marker stat ON Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 on SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Turns the marker on or off for the specified trace If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed The trace is specified with the numbers in CALC 1121314 which correspond to the front panel trace designations A B C and D If no trace number is used with this command a 1 is assumed and the marker on trace A is turned on or off To find the X and Y values of the marker s position use CALC MARK X and CALC MARK Y To specify the marker s X position use CALC MARK X To make marker measurements relative to a reference other than 0 0 see the CALC MARK OFFSet commands Note Measurements run faster with markers off 91 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer TRACe command query Turns the waterfall spectrogram trace select marker on and off Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer TRACe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc Marker Trac ON OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MARK TRAC OFF Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer TRACe Return Format Integer Attribute
227. d Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement lt param gt lt param gt OFFIOIRECTangularlRCOSinelRRCosinelGAUSsianIPHEQualizelUSERIEDGMILPASs Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Ddem Filt Measurement USER OUTPUT 719 DDEM FILTER MEAS RRCOSINE Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis or B7A Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution EDGE Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description OFFIO specifies no filtering RECT specifies the use of a rect filter RCOS specifies the use of a raised cosine filter The value of the alpha variable is specified with the DDEM FILT ALPH command RRC specifies the use of a root raised cosine filter The value of the alpha variable is specified with the DDEM FILT ALPH command GAUS specifies the use of a Gaussian filter The value of the BT variable is specified with the DDEM FILT ALPH command LPAS specifies the use of a low pass filter This is a Gaussian filter with BT 0 5 and T 1 4 0 symbol rate USER specifies the use of a user defined filter These are defined solely by data in the data registers alpha and BT have no effect Data is loaded into the data registers with the MMEM LOAD TRAC command The data register used for the filter is specified with the DDEM FILT MEAS USER FEED command EDGM specifi
228. d for communication between network nodes The IP address is entered and displayed in dotted decimal notation For example 15 1 221 235 The assignment of an IP address is done by your local network administrator Notes Changing this parmeter requires cycling power on the analyzer Changing this paramater while open TCP IP connections exist will cause the open connections to hang The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 425 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN PORT command query Specifies which of the two LAN connectors to use Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN PORT BNC AUI Example Statements OUTPUT 719 syst communicate lan port BNC OUTPUT 719 System Comm Lan Port BNC Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN PORT Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Only one port should have a network connected to it When the BNC thinLAN port is selected any MAUS plugged into the AUI port should be removed Note If you are controlling the analyzer via the LAN interface executing this command terminates the control link The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 426 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN ROUTe GATeway command query Sets the IP address for a LAN gateway Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN ROUTe GA
229. d the measurement is paused Before using it you must turn the trace analysis feature on see related commands listed below You can select a trace by its trace number or its time stamp Trace number 1 represents the earliest oldest data and larger numbers represet more recent data If the buffer depth is 100 and 100 traces are displayed then sending calc mark z 100 specifies analysis of the most recent measurement trace The time stamp is the traces s z axis value in seconds and is the time that elapsed from when the measurement began sending the ABORt command to when the trace was acquired The MARKer Z UNIT command determines the units returned with CALC MARK Z The number returned is the absolute number even if the offset marker is on If the offset marker is on and you want to query the marker position relative to the offset marker send CALC MARK Z REL Limits The buffer depth determines the largest trace number or time stamp that you can specify DISP WIND TRAC BUFF If larger numbers are sent they are interpreted as the largest valid number and no error messages are generated The buffer depth is limited by available memory Preset Value On preset waterfall and spectrogram displays are turned off A query issued immediately after a preset returns the buffer depth value which is not affected by preset For a running waterfall spectrogram measurement Ifthe number of traces displayed hasn t reached the buffer depth t
230. defined as an off on off carrier transition For more information on digital demodulation see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 309 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC OFFSet command query Specifies the offset for sync search in digital demodulation Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description S ENSe DDEMod SEARCh SYNC OFFSet lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number data limits depends on configuration n SYM UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 DDEM SEAR SYNC OFFS 14 OUTPUT 719 sense ddem sear sync offs 60 In Op Sy Pr SC ENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC OFFSet teger tion AYA vector modulation analysis nchronization Required no eset State not affected by Preset PI Compliance instrument specific This command takes integer numbers of symbols If a real number is used the fractional part of the number is ignored If no units are specified SYM is assumed For more information on digital demodulation see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 310 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC PATTern command query Specifies the sync pattern for digita
231. des of grey are reversed are used to specify a user defined color map These maps may be defined with the DISP CMAP COLOR HSL command for colors numbered 129 through 192 If you want to define MAPI select it with this command then send the color hsl commands to define the 64 colors These definitions are stored in non volatile RAM For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 141 Command Reference DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram STATe Turns spectrogram display on or off Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram STATe Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Disp Window3 Spec Stat ON OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY SPEC ON Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 off SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description command query The number used in the WINDow node of the command specifies which trace becomes a spectrogram display If no number is specified 1 is assumed For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 142 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram THReshold command query Sets the thres
232. disk 243 ace from disk 233 ace to data register 446 ace to disk 244 waterfall spectrogram from disk 234 waterfall spectrogram to data register 445 waterfall spectrogram to disk 245 data registers isplay 55 umber of points 449 date 437 date stamp format 189 date time stamp 190 dc gt c input coupling 206 offset source 385 DECT configuration 305 default disk selection 236 memory settings 214 values 443 define constant 108 110 function 111 delay aperture 59 gated time 353 delete file 223 programs 252 253 demod analog carrier compensation 326 carrier frequency 327 carrier on off 145 carrier auto 325 result 324 demod mode selecting 211 detector time capture 137 type 328 device selector 225 236 Device Status register Condition read amp clear 388 description 13 Enable set amp query 389 Event read amp clear 390 Neg transition set amp query 391 Pos transition set amp query 392 preset 398 device specific error 466 differential quadrature phase shift keyed 308 digital demod adapt 281 Index clock marks 155 clock offset 282 equalize 289 error measurements 66 eye count 146 filter alpha 290 filter 290 FSK marker data 66 FSK memory allocation 216 217 MaxSpan SymbolRate 216 217 measurement filter 291 memory allocation FSK 216 217 modulation formats 295 MSK 302 normalize 303 number of DVBOAM states 285 number of FSK states 297 number of PSK st
233. dle see 488 2 10 7 6 1 Macro recursion error Indicates that a syntactically legal macro program data sequence could not be executed because the device found it to be recursive see EFF 488 2 10 7 6 6 Macro redefinition not allowed Indicates that a syntactically legal macro label in the DMC command could not be executed because the macro label was already defined see 488 2 10 7 6 4 Macro header not found Indicates that a syntactically legal macro label in the GMC query could not be executed because the header was not previously defined Program error Indicates that a downloaded program related execution error occurred This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 281 through 289 A downloaded program is used to add algorithmic capability to a device The syntax used in the program and the mechanism for downloading a program is device specific Cannot create program Indicates that an attempt to create a program was unsuccessful A reason for the failure might include not enough memory Illegal program name The name used to reference a program was invalid for example redefining an existing program deleting a nonexistent program or in general referencing a nonexistent program Illegal variable name An attempt was made to reference a nonexistent variable in a program Program currently running Certain operations dealing with programs may be ille
234. dow node is not used in the command line WIND1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 153 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe STATe command query Turns specific traces on and off Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp window trac state ON OUTPUT 719 Disp Trac OFF Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 is ON 2 3 4 are OFF SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WIND 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A Related Commands m To specify the number of grids on which the traces are displayed use DISP FORM To control whether graticules are displayed use DISP ITRAC GRAT GRID 154 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe SYMBol command query Specifies the use of either dots or bars to indicate symbol points on a time domain display Command Syntax Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary
235. dow specified and sets all others to ACTIVE OFF 138 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram COLors command query Specifies the number of colors in the spectrogram display Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram COLors lt param gt lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 2 64 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Display Spec Colors 20 OUTPUT 719 DISP WIND2 SPECTROGRAM COL 43 DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram COLors Integer Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 139 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram ENHance command query Specifies the color mapping for image enhancement purposes Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram ENHance lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NR
236. e CALC 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 123 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J X UNIT POW command query Specifies the default x axis units when the x axis is the code domain Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT POW DB Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc4 x unit pow Db OUTPUT 719 Calc2 X Unit Pow Db Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT POW Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option B73 Wideband CDMA Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State CODE SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query The only units you can specify are DB which are the default units 124 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 A X UNIT TIME command query Specifies the default x axis units when the x axis is the time domain Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT TIME S SYM SLOT Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE4 X UNIT TIME s OUTPUT 719 calc x unit time sym Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT TIME Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State HZ SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query S specifies units of seconds and SYM specifies units of symbols as defined for digital
237. e Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Valid values for this command are 2 or 8 Related Commands To select the PSK modulation format use DDEM FORMAT PSK For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 306 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod 0AM NSTate command query Specifies the number of states in the QAM modulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod QAM NSTate lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 16 256 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE DDEM QAM NST 16 OUTPUT 719 ddem qam nst 32 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod QAM NSTate Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA and for 64 or 256 QAM option AYH see below Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Use this command to select the number of states for the QAM modulation format Valid values are 16 or 32 If you have option AYH you can also specify 64 or 256 To select the QAM modulation format use DDEM FORMAT QAM For additional inform
238. e DDEMod VSB NSTate 322 365 SENSe TCAPture STARt 2 366 5 5 5 367 SENSe VOLTagel DC RANGe AUTO 368 SENSe VOLTage DC RANGe AUTO DiRection 369 SENSe VOLTage DC RANGe UNIT VOLTage 370 8 01 371 SENSe VOLTage PROTection CLEar 372 5 373 SENSe WINDow GATE COUPling 374 SENSe WINDowL TYPE 375 SOURce FREQuency l CW 2 376 SOURce FREQuency OFFSet 377 SOURce FUNCtiontSHAPe 378 SOURce FUNCtion USER FEED 378 SOURce IFINput STATe 380 SOQURCBIRE 4 3 21 ren A nte Rates Ad 381 SOURce USER REPeat 382 SOURce VOLTagel LEVell MMediate AMPLitude 383 SOURce VOLTage LEVell MMediate OFFSet 385 SOURce VOLTage LEVelJ UNIT VOLTage 386 SOURce VOLTage PROTection CLEar 387 STATus DEVice CONDition 388 STATus DEVice ENABle 2 389 STATus DEVice EVENt 390 STATus DEVice NTRansition 391 STATus DEVice PTRansit
239. e the query returns 0 No error For more information about error messages see Error Messages in the appendix Note The error queue is cleared when the analyzer is turned on and when it receives the CLS command 438 Command Reference SYSTem GPIB ECHO command query Turns the echo display of GPIB command mnemonics on off Command Syntax SYSTem GPIB ECHO OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Syst Gpib Echo OFF OUTPUT 719 SYST GPIB ECHO OFF Query Syntax SYSTem GPIB ECHO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Commands are displayed in the upper left hand corner of the analyzer s display screen 439 Command Reference SYSTem KEY command query Writes or queries front panel key presses Command Syntax SYSTem KEY number number areal number NRf data limits 0 511 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYST KEY 111 OUTPUT 719 syst key 21 Query Syntax SYSTem KEY Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Sending the command with a keycode simulates pressing of that front panel key See table for the front panel keycodes The query returns the keycode for the last key pressed If no keys have been pressed since the last query a 1 is returned Keys are
240. e code layer and a single code channel This command and the DDEMod TIME CLAYer command set the code channel and code layer For example if you want the symbol table to show data for channel in code layer 16000 synvs send DDEMod TIME CCHannel 3 to select code channel 3 send DDEM TIME CLAY 16000 to select code layer 16000 sym s NOTE Option 080 use code layer 16000 sym s Options B73 and B79 use code layer 15000 sym s 317 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod TIME CLAYer command query Sets the code layer for Wideband CDMA analysis Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod TIME CLAYer lt number gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 8000 4096000 bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DDEM TIME CLAY 8000 OUTPUT 719 sense ddem time clayer 2048000 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod TIME CLAYer Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When the instrument mode is Wideband CDMA all time domain measurement data except composite time domain data and symbol table error summary information is for a single code layer and a single code channel This command and the DDEMod TIME CCHannel command set the code channel and cod
241. e layer For example if you want the symbol table to show data for channel 3 in code layer 16000 sym s send DDEMod TIME CCHannel 3 to select code channel 3 send DDEM TIME CLAY 16000 to select code layer 16000 sym s NOTE Option 080 use code layer 16000 sym s Options B73 and B79 use code layer 15000 sym s The available code layers are determined by the demod format set with the SENSe DDEM SEL command and the chip rate set with the SENSe DDEM CRATe command 318 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE DELay command query Sets the gate delay when time gating is on for Wideband CDMA measurements Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE DELay lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 15 slots unit SISLOT lt step gt i UPIDOWN lt bound gt MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Ddemod Time Gate Delay 0 OUTPUT 719 DDEM TIME GATE DEL 0 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE DELay Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option B73 Wideband CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command sets the gate delay in whole slots when time gating is used in the Wideband CDMA instrument mode For details about time gating see SENSe DDEMod TIME GATE STATe 319 Command Reference SENSe
242. e leng 0 Query Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 LENGth Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 3 2768E 4 POINTS SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Option AY9 adds 1 Megasample RAM for time capture Limits The limits are defined by a number of things The first limit is set by the amount of installed time capture memory Without the optional time capture RAM the capacity is 32 KSamples in two channels If the analyzer has only one channel or channel 2 is off the capacity is 64 KSamples With the optional time capture RAM the capacity is 512 KSamples in two channels If the analyzer has only one channel or channel 2 is off the capacity is 1024 KSamples or 1 MSample Each sample takes 8 bytes 4 real and 4 imaginary If the data is moved out of the analyzer baseband data is real only 4 bytes and zoomed data is real imaginary 4 4 bytes If data is captured and transferred out of the analyzer be aware that the capture was done in 2 spans When the captured data is analyzed in the analyzer this limitation is eliminated by resampling to get arbitrary other than 2 spans To determine how much time is available limits in terms of seconds you must also consider the span and resolution bandwidth settings The relationship between these values is as follows L NxAt where L is record length N is the number of samples and the time between samples is At deu We also know tha
243. e number of grids use DISP FORM To turn waterfall displays on off use DISP WAT To set the elevation use DISP WAT ELEV To set the azimuth use DISP WAT AZIM To set the threshold use DISP WAT THR To set the trace height use DISP WAT HEIG For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 170 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 WATerfall HEIGht command query Specifies the vertical height in pixels of all active waterfall traces Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall HEIGht lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 1 see discussion unit PIXEL lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISP WATERFALL HEIG 0 OUTPUT 719 display wind wat height 0 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall HEIGht Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The waterfall display draws a new trace at the top of the screen as older traces move toward the bottom The height of a grid is determined by the number of vertically stacked grids When the number of grids is single the vertical height is approximately 300 p
244. e self calibration routine is running Settling bit 1 is set to 1 while the measurement hardware is settling Ranging bit 2 is set to 1 while an autorange is in progress Sweeping bit 3 has the same state as the Measuring bit when the sweep is Continuous When the sweep is Single the Sweeping bit is 0 until INIT is received and 1 while sweeping The negative transition of this bit can be used to determine when INIT IMM should be sent to initiate the next sweep See following table and illustration Measuring bit 4 is set to 1 while the analyzer is actively measuring The instrument is considered to be measuring following an ABOR command or another command which forces an internal abort such as a configuration change in time data or zoom baseband status So the measuring bit is 1 while waiting for an arm and while waiting for trigger In single sweep it is also 1 while waiting for INT IMM It goes low briefly at the end of each scan Waiting for TRIG bit 5 is set to 1 when the analyzer is ready for a trigger signal from one of the trigger sources If a trigger signal is sent before this bit is set the signal is ignored Waiting for ARM bit 6 is set to 1 when both of the following conditions are true External arm is on ARM SOURce EXTernal The analyzer is ready to be armed Averaging bit 8 is set to 1 while the analyzer is averaging measurement data For exponential and continuous averaging it stays set to 1 until the s
245. e the same when renaming 250 No memory available 250 Operation failed on one or more files 250 Permission denied 250 SDF feature not supported 250 Source and destination units are the same 250 State not recalled Number of trace data points is greater than current maximum frequency points 250 Too many disk units active 250 Unexpected end of file 250 Wildcard expands to more than one file 250 Wildcard not allowed 251 Mass storage unit is not present 252 Disk not in drive 253 Not a valid directory 254 File is too large Press continue save to split file 254 Insert next disk with file Ys Press continue recall to proceed 254 Insert next disk Press continue save to proceed 254 Insufficient disk space 255 Directory full 256 File name not found 257 Duplicate file name 258 Write protected disk 283 Illegal variable name 473 Appendix A Error Messages Error Number 284 285 285 310 310 310 311 350 Error Message IBASIC program is currently running Downloaded program line must have a line number ERROR 949 Syntax error at cursor Calibration failure Check front panel connections Calibration failure Warning Invalid calibration data Single cal required Qut of memory Instrument Busy s
246. e unit query Data out of range Illegal parameter value REAL format length is only 32 and 64 Trace contains invalid data s Please see your Service Guide for instructions 10 MHz reference loop unlocked in RF section 600 MHz loop unlocked in RF section Error when writing Cal Data to Flash memory in RF section Failure of communication link with RF section RF section external reference not detected Channel 2 is not available Option 1D4 Source is not installed Bad disk Bad mass storage parameter Can t name split file Enter a shorter filename Disk filelunit may be corrupt External disk is not SS 80 protocol External disk is not responding External system controller detected Change to system controller not allowed File does not contain a capture File does not contain a state File does not contain a trace File does not contain a waterfall spectrogram File does not contain math function definitions File system error 472 Appendix A Error Messages Error Number Error Message 250 Format aborted file s are open 250 GPIB system controller needed 250 Improper file name 250 Improper file type 250 Improper mass storage unit specifier 250 Install aborted invalid option 250 Invalid SDF file format 250 Mass storage units must b
247. e3 Mark Offset X 3 14159E 006 CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet X Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 HZ or s SCPI Compliance instrument specific If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed Related Commands To turn on the offset marker use CALC MARK OFFS 1 To specify the Y value of the offset marker use CALC MARK OFFS Y To position the offset marker at the values of the main marker use CALC MARK OFFSET ZERO m To read the relative marker offset values use CALC MARK X REL and CALC MARK Y REL 80 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet Y Specifies the Y value of the offset marker Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary am am2 ampk ampk rtHz ampk2 ampk2 Hz amrms amrms rtHz amrms2 amrms2 Hz dB dBampk2 Description If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed command query CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet Y lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration see listing below UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER OFFS Y 10 DBM OUTPUT 719 calc mark offset y 5 13158 VRMS CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet Y Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 units vary with measurement type
248. ed for errors 221 through 229 221 Settings conflict Indicates that legal program data element was parsed but could not be executed due to the current device state see 488 2 6 4 5 3 and 11 5 1 1 5 222 Data out of range Indicates that a legal program data element was parsed but could not be executed because the interpreted value was outside the legal range as defined by the device see FEF 488 2 11 5 1 1 5 223 Too much data Indicates that a legal program data element of block expression or string type was received that contained more data than the device could handle due to memory or related device specific requirements 463 Appendix A Error Messages Error Number 224 225 226 230 231 240 241 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 260 261 270 SCPI Execution Error Descriptions Illegal parameter value Used where exact value from a list of possibles was expected Out of memory The device has insufficent memory to perform the requested operation Lists not same length Attempted to use LIST structure having individual LIST s of unequal lengths Data corrupt or stale Possibly invalid data new reading started but not completed since last access Data questionable Indicates that measurement accuracy is suspect Hardware error Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of a hardware problem in the device Defini
249. eger Integer Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This information affects the filename dates in the disk directory operations The date information is saved with a trace and may be examined with the SDF standard data format utilities Also date information is part of a plot or print time stamp All numbers are rounded to the nearest integer Days of the months are checked for limits for the given month including the number of days in February of a leap year 437 Command Reference SYSTem ERRor query Returns one error message from the analyzer s error queue Query Syntax SYSTem ERRor Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYST ERROR OUTPUT 719 syst error Return Format Integer STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The error queue temporarily stores up to 20 error messages When you send the SYST ERR query one message is moved from the error queue to the output queue so your controller can read the message The error queue delivers messages to the output queue in the order received If more than 20 error messages are reported before any are read from the queue the oldest first error messages are saved The last error message indicates more error messages were received than the queue could hold If there are no errors in the queu
250. egisters The first parameter specifies the destination The second parameter specifies the source The file must have been created by saving a trace with the MMEM STOR TRAC BUFF command After loading the data register it is displayed with the CALC FEED D 112 16 command If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS This command differs from the TRAC BUF COPY command in that MMEM LOAD TRAC BUF loads data into a data register from a file and TRAC BUF COPY copies trace data to one of the data registers The waterfall spectrogram data can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 234 Command Reference MMEMory MOVE command Moves a file from one device to another or renames a file Command Syntax MMEMory MOVE lt source gt lt destination gt source lt device gt lt filename gt destination lt device gt lt filename gt device NVRAM IRAM IINT IEXT lt device_selector gt lt unit_number gt device selector areal number NRf data limits 700 730 unit number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 filename ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for information on filename conventions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmemory move int filel myfile OUTPUT 719 MMEM MO
251. el for the marker s current position If the active trace is a composite code domain power display this command returns the code channel for the appropriate code layer For example if the marker is on channel 16 in code layer 6 this command returns 6 95 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X CLAYer query Returns the x axis code layer marker value Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X CLAYer Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC MARK X CLAY OUTPUT 719 calculate mark x clayer Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option B73 Wideband CDMA Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description In code domain power displays the marker shows the current code layer and code channel This command returns the code layer for the marker s current position 96 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X CSTatus query Returns the marker status for code domain power displays Query Syntax Example Statements Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X CSTatus OUTPUT 719 Calc4 Marker X Cst OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE4 MARK X CST Integer Option B73 Wideband CDMA Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command is applicable only when the active trace is code domain power It returns 0 zero
252. elated Commands The MANual selection is valid only when the instrument type is scalar INST SEL SCAL The manual frequency value is specified with the SENS FREQ MAN command 349 Command Reference SENSe SWEepI1 2 OVERIap command query Specifies how much consecutive time blocks are allowed to overlap when averaging is on Command Syntax lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe SWEep 1 2 OVERlap lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt a real number NRF data limits 0 99 99 PCT UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 SENSE SWE OVER 30PCT OUTPUT 719 sweep over 52 5 SENSe SWEep 1 2 OVERl1ap Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 00 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Averaging overlapped data blocks allows more accurate results to be acquired in less time Units are assumed to be percent This command specifies the maximum possible overlap It corresponds to overlap averaging on The numbers in the sweep node which normally specify an input channel for the command to affect has no channel specific affect for this command the specified overlap is the same for all installed input channels 350 Command Reference SENSe SWEep 1 2 POINts command query Specifies the number of alias protected
253. elp press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 292 Command Reference SENSe IDDEMod FILTer REFerence command query Specifies the type of filter used as the digital demod reference Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence lt param gt param RECTangu lar RCOSine RRCosine CHEByshev GAUSsian EDGE USER Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ddem filter ref RECT OUTPUT 719 Sense Ddem Filt Reference RRCOSINE Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer REFerence Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis or B7A Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution EDGE Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description RECT specifies the use of a rectangular filter the impulse response is the rect function RCOS specifies the use of a raised cosine filter The value of the alpha variable is specified with the DDEM FILT ALPH command RRC specifies the use of a root raised cosine filter The value of the alpha variable is specified with the DDEM FILT ALPH command GAUS specifies the use of a Gaussian filter The value of the BT variable is specified with the DDEM FILT ALPH command EDGE specifies the use of an EDGE filter When the measurement filter is set to OFF it is the ED
254. en automatic calibration is off If calibration is on zeroing cannot be turned off Turning auto zero off allows you to control the analyzer without interruptions caused by automatically initiated operations If you intend to run a series of measurements with auto zero turned off you may want to turn auto zero off and then perform CAL ZERO AUTO ONCE just before beginning Note Selecting ONCE zeros the input and then turns auto zero off Single auto zero calibrations should be performed every 30 minutes or whenever there is a significant change in the analyzer s operating temperature 127 Command Reference CONTinue command Continue a paused measurement Command Syntax CONTinue Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CONTINUE OUTPUT 719 cont Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Characteristics Continues a paused measurement Continues a completed averaged measurement allowing an additional N number of averages measurement scans to be acquired CONT is ignored if measurement is not paused Restarts data acquisition stopped by PAUSE 128 Command Reference DISPlay ANNotation ALL command query Turns display annotation on and off Command Syntax Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description DISPlay ANNotation ALL OFF 0 ON 1 OUTPUT 719 Display Ann All ON OUTPU
255. encoded as follows 0 12 are front panel keys 128 255 are shifted front panel keys never returned on query 256 511 are interpreted as RPG rotary pulse generator knob movement The direction and amount of movement is determined by query value 384 So a query value of 386 represents 2 RPG ticks and a query value of 382 represents 2 RPG clicks RST clears the queue of keys 440 Front Panel Keycodes Command Reference Key Name Number Key Name Number Key Name Number Measurement Data 0 Preset 25 Back Space 50 Norm 1 Disk Utility 26 F1 softkey 111 Ref Lvl Scale 2 Plot Print 27 F2 softkey 112 A 3 BASIC 28 F3 softkey 113 B 4 System Utilitl 29 F4 softkey 114 C 5 Local Setup 30 F5 softkey 115 D 6 Marker 31 F6 softkey 116 Data Format 7 Marker 32 F7 softkey 117 Display 8 Marker Search 33 F8 softkey 118 Math 9 Marker Function 34 Return 119 Frequency 10 Marker Entry 35 Shift 128 Time 11 7 36 Mkr Val 130 Range 12 8 37 Shift A 131 Input 13 9 38 Shift B 132 ResBw Window 14 lt up arrow gt 39 Shift c 133 Source 15 4 40 Shift 02 134 Sweep 16 5 41 Mkr Peak 159 Instrument Mode 17 6 42 Zero Offset 160 Average 18 lt down arrow gt 43 Mkr CF 161 Trigger 19 1 44 Mkr Ref 162 Pause Single 20 2 45 Mkr Val 163 Meas Restart 21 3 46 Shift lt up arrow gt 4 167 Help 22 0 zero 47 Shift lt
256. ency Specifies the default y axis units for frequency measurements Command Syntax lt unit gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT FRI see units list below OUTPUT 719 calc4 unit freq Hzpk command query EQuency lt unit gt OUTPUT 719 Calculate4 Unit Freq dBHzpk2 CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT FRI CHAR Synchronization Required Preset State HZ SCPI Compliance EQuency no instrument specific Units List dBHzpk2 dBHzrms2 Hz Hzpk Hzpk2 Hz Hzrms2 dBHzpk2 Hz Hz Hzpk rtHz Hzrms Hzrms2 Hz dBHzrms2 Hz2 Hzpk2 Hzrms rtHz Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query Default units are temporarily overridden by using other compatible units as a suffix to a command parameter as when uV are sent while the default is V The Y axis units are Hz when the instrument mode is FM demodulation When the measurement data is power spectrum with log magnitude the default units are dBHzrms with linear magnitude they are Hzrms When the measurement data is main time the default units are Hz peak Units with rtHz or 2 Hz squared per Hz are PSD data When Hz is used without a peak or rms designation peak is assumed as is done for volts Unit queries must be in the current family of units That is the CALC UNIT FREQ query should be used on
257. endent information is 255 characters The Error Event Queue As errors and events are detected they are placed in a queue This queue is first in first out If the queue overflows the last error event in the queue is replaced with error 350 Queue overflow Any time the queue overflows the least recent errors remain in the queue and the most recent error event is discarded Reading an error event from the head of the queue removes that error event from the queue and opens a position at the tail of the queue for a new error event if one is subsequently detected When all errors events have been read from the queue further error event queries return 0 No error 458 Appendix A Error Messages Individual erros and events may be enabled into the queue The STATus QUEue ENABle command accomplishes this At STATus PRESet only errors are enabled This means that both SYSTem ERRor and STATus QUEue NEXT report only errors unless the user changes the neable mask The error event queue is cleared when any of the following occur 488 2 section 11 4 3 4 m Upon power up m Upon receipt of a CLS command Upon reading the last item from the queue Error numbers The system defined error event numbers are chosen on an enumerated 1 of N basis The SCPI defined error event numbers and the lt error description gt portions of the ERRor query response are listed here The first error event described in e
258. ent commands those sent after WAT are processed 45 Command Reference ABORt command Abort the current measurement in progress Command Syntax ABORt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 abor OUTPUT 719 Abort Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command aborts any measurement in progress and resets the trigger system Any actions related to the trigger system that are in progress such as a sweep or taking a measurement are aborted and the NPO no pending operations flag is set false Sets the Measuring and Averaging bits in the Operational Status register to 0 ABOR INIT IMM serves a special synchronization function If INIT CONT is OFF then INIT IMM starts a new measurement If INIT CONT is ON a new measurement begins immediately The ABORt command is an important part of synchronizing measurements To assure that the measured data is the result of the current configuration use one of the methods described in Chapter 3 of the GPIB Programmer s Guide 46 Command Reference ARM DELay command query Specifies the delay after arming occurs before triggering may occur Command Syntax lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description ARM DI n ELay lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt
259. eptable values for bit number are 0 through 7 Add the weights and then send the sum with this command When an enable register bit is set to 1 the corresponding bit of the Standard Event Event register is enabled All enabled bits are logically ORed to create the Standard Event summary which reports to bit 5 of the Status Byte Bit 5 is only set to 1 if both of the following are true One or more bits in the Standard Event event register are set to 1 m Atleast one set bit is enabled by a corresponding bit in the Standard Event Enable register The setting last specified with ESE is saved in nonvolatile memory It can be recalled at power up depending on the setting of the Power on Status Clear flag set with PSC When the flag is 0 at power up all bits in the Standard Event Enable register are set according to the saved ESE value When the flag is 1 at power up all bits in the Standard Event Enable register are initialized to 0 The query returns the current state of the Standard Event Enable register The state is returned as asum of the decimal weights of all set bits 33 Command Reference ESR query Reads and clears the Standard Event Enable register Query Syntax ESR Example Statements OUTPUT 719 esr OUTPUT 719 Esr Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State undefined valu SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the current state of
260. equired no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command is available only for the 89410A or for the 89441A when ROUT REC is IF This 10 MHz low pass filter limits the bandwidth of the source output signal as the final step in converting a digital signal to an analog signal Some arbitrary source signals may require that this filter be removed 246 Command Reference OUTPut IMPedance Selects the output termination impedance Command Syntax number Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description This command is available for the 89441A only when ROUT REC is IF OUTPut IMPedance number n 50175 OUTPUT 719 Outp Imp 50 OUTPUT 719 outp imp 75 OUTPut IMPedance Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 50 SCPI Compliance confirmed command query 247 Command Reference OUTPut STATe command query Turns the source output on and off Command Syntax OUTPut STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Output ON OUTPUT 719 OUTP STAT OFF Query Syntax OUTPut STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The source is off when the analyzer is first turned on and is turned off whenever the analyzer is preset with the RST command m Source type is selected with the SOUR FUNC command m Source level is set with the
261. er of grids on which to display traces Command Syntax DISPlay FORMat SINGle TWO FOUR QUAD Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp format FOUR OUTPUT 719 Disp Form TWO Query Syntax DISPlay FORMat Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State SING SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When more than one grid is turned on the same number of traces are also turned on More than one trace may be displayed on a grid in SINGLE or TWO grid formats The selections SINGLE TWO and FOUR are full screen width grids QUAD displays four grids in a quadrant arrangement in which the traces are a half screen width wide with two grids on the right and two on the left Traces are turned on and off with DISP WIND TRAC STAT 134 Command Reference DISPlay MFUNction Turns display of the math function definitions on and off Command Syntax Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary DISPlay MFUNction OFF 0 ON 1 OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY MFUN ON OUTPUT 719 display mfun ON DISPlay MFUNction Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific command query 135 Command Reference DISPlay PROGram MODE command query Selects the portion of the analyzers screen to be used for Instrument BASIC program output Command Syntax DISPlay PROGram MODE OFF 0 FULL UPPer LOWer Example Statemen
262. ermines the maximum signal level that can be applied to the analyzer s input connector without exceeding the largest value the analog to digital converter is configured to process Executing this command turns autoranging OFF for the selected channel The specified value is rounded up to the next allowed value Range Value Limits 5002 89410 or 89441 IF 89441 RF value limits 30 dBm 24 dBm 50 dBm 25 dBm IF indicates ROUT REC IF or RF1 is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is active Note By default the vertical scale reference level tracks the range setting Related commands m Toset the reference level use DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV To turn autoranging on use VOLT RANGE AUTO ON specify autoranging direction use VOLT RANGE AUTO DIR The voltage node numbers 112 specify which input receiver channel is affected by the command In single channel 894414 the channel specifier does nothing If no number is specified the command is applied to channel 1 Note that channel 2 is optional AY7 and may not be installed in the analyzer To determine whether the second channel is installed press the Measurement Data hardkey and see if the softkeys have chl ch2 designations 371 Command Reference SENSe VOLTage 1 2 PROTection CLEar command Resets the analyzer s input protection relay Command Syntax SENSe VOLTage 1 2 PROTection CLEar Example Statements OUTPUT 719 VOLT PROTECTION CLE OUTPUT
263. es the definite length block syntax See Block Data in the GPIB Programmer s Guide for more information 250 Command Reference PROGramI SELected DEFine command query Loads an Instrument BASIC program from an external controller into the active program buffer Command Syntax PROGram SELected DEFine program program block Example Statements For an indefinite length block OUTPUT 719 PROG DEF 0 OUTPUT 719 10 PRINT HELLO WORLD amp CHR 10 OUTPUT 719 20 END amp CHR 10 END For a definite length block OUTPUT 719 PROG DEF 230 OUTPUT 719 10 PRINT HELLO WORLD amp CHR 10 OUTPUT 719 20 END amp CHR 10 Query Syntax PROGram SELected DEFine Return Format definite length block Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command transfers a program between the analyzer and the controller This allows programs developed on a controller to be loaded into the analyzer Use the PROG SEL NAME to select the active program buffer A program may be transferred to the analyzer with either the definite length or the indefinite length block syntax The simplest way to load an Instrument BASIC program is to send this command followed by 0 followed by all the characters making up the program including line numbers and line feeds at the end
264. es the use of the windowed raised cosine filter This is an EDGE demodulation specific measurement filter not affected by alpha The reference filter type is specified with the DDEM FILT REF command For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 291 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement USER FEED command query Specifies which data register is used to define the user defined digital demod measurement filter Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement USER FEED D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Ddem Filter Meas User Feed D2 OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEMOD FILT MEAS USER FEED D5 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement USER FEED Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Before the data register is selected the user defined data should be loaded into it and the user defined filter type selected Related Commands specify that the measurement filter is user defined use DDEM FILT MEAS USER To load the filter definition data into a data register use MMEM LOAD TRAC For more information on digital demodulation see online h
265. est Personality into the analyzer The application is loaded into the analyzer s application memory Before loading the application you must allocate sufficient memory for the application for details see MEM MALL APPL If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS 227 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD CONTinue command query Continues the load operation of time capture files stored on multiple disks Command Syntax MMEMory LOAD CONTinue Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Mmem Load Cont OUTPUT 719 MMEMORY LOAD CONT Query Syntax MMEMory LOAD CONTinue Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Time capture files that are too large to fit on the current disk may be split and stored on more than one disk with the MMEM STOR CONT command The MMEM LOAD CONT command is used to load these split files back into the analyzer When the analyzer has completed loading the first part of the split file for example filename 1 it generates the message Media full Insert next disk with filename_2 Insert the disk containing the file named filename 2 and send MMEM LOAD CONT to continue loading the file Use MMEM LOAD CONT to verify that the file has been transferred If the query returns a 1 the tr
266. esult Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description CALC MARK FCOUNT must be ON for there to be data available for this query 64 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion command query Initiate special band power marker functions Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion OFF 0 BPOWer BRMS BCN BCNO Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc2 Mark Function BCN OUTPUT 719 CALC2 MARKER FUNC OFF Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion Return Format OFF BPOW BRMS BCN BCNO Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command starts a marker measurement whose type is as follows BPOW calculates band power The marker positions are set with CALC MARK BAND START and STOP BRMS calculates rms square root of the band power The marker positions are set with CALC MARK BAND START and STOP BCN calculates the band carrier to noise ratio C N The carrier position value used is the position of the X marker set with CALC MARK X If the marker is off this command calculates noise instead of carrier to noise ratio BCNO calculates the band carrier to noise density ratio The carrier position value used is the position of the X marker set with CALCMARKX If the marker is off this command calculates noise den
267. eting the active program this command deletes all of the program variables both those in COM and those not in COM Specify the active program with the PROG NAME command 253 Command Reference PROGramI SELected MALLocate command query Allocates memory space for Instrument BASIC programs Command Syntax PROGram SELected MALLocate lt number gt lt bound gt DEFault number areal number NRf data limits 1200 see discussion bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 program sel mall 134987 OUTPUT 719 Prog Mall 250982 Query Syntax PROGram SELected MALLocate Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Upper limit depends on the amount of memory available for IBASIC use Largest number parsed is 500000 PROG MALL DEF causes the analyzer to resize the stack space to fit the current active program In some cases the analyzer may allocate more memory than the program needs Use MEM FREE to determine current memory availability and usage Note If the message ERROR 2 Memory overflow is displayed while the program is running allocate more memory 254 Command Reference PROGram SELected NAME command query Selects an Instrument BASIC program Command Syntax PROGram SELected NAME prog list
268. ets bits in the Questionable Voltage Positive Transition register Command Syntax STATus QEUStionable VOLTage PTRansition number number areal number limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT QUESTIONABLE VOLT PTRANSITION 4 OUTPUT 719 stat ques voltage ptr 33 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable VOLTage PTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Voltage Positive Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 1 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Voltage Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of positive transition registers in register sets 418 Command Reference STATus USER ENABle command query Sets and queries bits in the User Defined Enable register Command Syntax STATus USER ENABle lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 status user enable 127 OUTPUT 719 Stat User Enab
269. f data limits 0 100 unit PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 display wind3 spec enhance 71 OUTPUT 719 Disp Spectrogram Enh 56 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram ENHance Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State 50 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 The number specified with this command determines the distribution of colors along the spectrogram colorbar as a percentage See illustration 50 defines a straight line distribution of colors along the colorbar such that all colors have the same range on the colorbar 096 defines a distribution curve that exponentially compresses the colors into the bottom of the colorbar and 10096 compresses the colors into the top of the colorbar OP 100 colorbar 20 0 bottom TTT 1 colors 95 For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 140 Command Reference DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram MAP command query Specifies the color map for all active spectrogram displays Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow SPECtrogram MAP lt param gt param COLorlRCOLorlIGREYI
270. f no number is specified the command is applied to channel 1 Note that channel 2 is optional AY7 and may not be installed in the analyzer To determine whether the second channel is installed send OPT and see if AY7 second channel is returned Limits Pretrigger delay is the amount of time before the trigger occurs that you want data the trigger occurs after the point in time that you want to begin collecting data This is specified by entering a negative number and is limited by the size of the time capture RAM available for the measurement Without the time capture RAM option AY9 there are 64K samples 65 536 available When a second channel is installed and enabled the pretrigger delay limit is half what it is when only one channel is enabled 32K per channel With deep capture RAM option AY9 there are 1M samples 1 048 576 available 5M per channel if the optional second channel is enabled The amount of time represented by these sample sizes depends on the time each sample represents which varies with span 2 Post trigger delay is the amount of time after the trigger occurs that you want to begin the time record This is limited by the range of a counter that can count to 2G 2 147 483 648 samples This parameter is not affected by the presence of the capture RAM or second channel options Again the time represented by this count depends on the time each sample represents which varies with span 2 In scala
271. fied by the RST command See Device Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of negative transition registers in register sets 391 Command Reference STATus DEVice PTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Device State Positive Transition register Command Syntax STATus DEVice PTRansition lt number gt number areal number NRf data limtis 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT DEV PRTRANSITION 513 OUTPUT 719 stat device ptr 1025 Query Syntax STATus DEVice PTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description To set a single bit in the Device State Positive Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 1 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Device State Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of positive transition registers in register sets 392 Command Reference STATus OPERation COND
272. frequency points Command Syntax SENSe SWEep POINts lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number 5111011201140118011160113201 lt step gt UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sweep Poin 101 OUTPUT 719 SENS SWEEP POIN 801 Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 POINts Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 401 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Changing the number of frequency points affects the display resolution as follows span display resolution number of points 1 351 Command Reference SENSe SWEepI1 2 TIME DELay command query Specifies the delay between the trigger and the beginning of the time record Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME DELay lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see discussion lt unit gt z S lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Sweep1 Time Delay 5ms OUTPUT 719 SWE1 TIME DEL SWE1 TIME GATE DEL Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME DELay Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0S SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The sweep node numbers 112 specify which input receiver channel is affected by the command I
273. g affects phase accuracy in PM demodulation and dc offsets in FM demodulation This method is useful when the carrier is too small to detect when the carrier frequency is hopping within the span or when the analyzer is locked to an external reference which is locked to the carrier The accuracy required for setting the center frequency on the carrier varies with the span setting but keeping it within 0 596 of the carrier frequency is recommended for PM 325 Command Reference SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier AUTO PM command query Specifies the type of automatic carrier compensation for PM demod Command Syntax SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier AUTO PM PAFReq PHASe Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Demod Carr Auto Pm PAFREQ OUTPUT 719 DEM2 CARRIER AUTO PM PAFREQ Query Syntax SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier AUTO PM Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State PAFR SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This setting has meaning only when PM demodulation is active and the DEM CARR AUTO is ON It determines how the analyzer detects the PM carrier frequency PHASe detects phase offset between the analyzer s local oscillator and the carrier and produces a zero mean phase record PAFReq detects phase and frequency differences Corrects for phase offset and removes phase ramping due to frequency difference between the analyzer s
274. gal while the program is running for example deleting a running program might not be possible Program syntax error Indicates that a syntax error appears in a downloaded program The syntax used when parsing the downloaded program is device specific Program runtime error 465 Appendix A Error Messages Device Specific Error An lt error event number in the range 399 300 or 1 32767 indicates that the instrument has detected an error which is not a command error a query error or an execution error some device operations did not properly complete possibly due to an abnormal hardware or firmware condition These codes are also used for self test response errors The occurrence of any error in this class causes the device specific error bit bit 3 in the event status register 488 2 section 11 5 1 to be set The meaning of positive error codes is device dependent and may be enumerated or bit mapped the error message string for positive error codes is not defined by SCPI and available to the device designer Note that the string is not optional if the designer does not wish to implement a string for a particular error the null string is be sent for example 42 The occurrence of any error in this class causes the device specific error bit bit 3 in the event status register IEEE 486 2 section 11 5 1 to be set Events that generate device specific errors do not generate command errors execution err
275. ger Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Modulation Positive Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 1 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Modulation Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of positive transition registers in register sets 411 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable NTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Status Negative Transition register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable NTRansition number number arealnumber NRf limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat Questionable Ntr 5 OUTPUT 719 STATUS QUES NTR 54 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable NTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Status negative transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set m
276. ght question In the SRQ method the analyzer takes amore active role It tells the controller when there has been a condition change without the controller asking Either method allows you to monitor one or more conditions The polling method works well if you do not need to know about changes the moment they occur The SRQ method should be used if you must know immediately when a condition changes To detect a change using the polling method the program must repeatedly read the registers Use the SRQ method when you need time critical notification of changes you are monitoring more than one device which supports SRQs you need to do have the controller do something else while waiting you can t afford the performance penalty inherent to polling Use polling when your language development environment does not support SRQ interrupts you want to write a simple single purpose program and don t want the added complexity of setting up an SRQ handler To monitor a condition 1 Determine which register contains the bit that reports the condition 2 Send the unique GPIB query that reads that register 3 Examine the bit to see if the condition has changed The Service Request Process The Service Request Process When you monitor a condition with the SRQ method you must 1 Determine which bit monitors the condition 2 Determine how that bit reports to the request service RQS bit of the Status Byte 3 Send GPIB co
277. gister is not cleared by this query To clear the Status Byte register you must send the CLS command Bits in the Status Byte register are defined as follows Bit 0 summarizes all enabled bits of the User Status register Bit 1 is reserved Bit 2 summarizes all enabled bits of the Device State register Bit 3 summarizes all enabled bits of the Questionable Status register Bit 4 is the Message Available MAV bit It is set whenever there is something in the analyzer s output queue Bit 5 summarizes all enabled bits of the Standard Event Status register Bit 6 when read with this query STB acts as the Master Summary Status MSS bit Tt summarizes all enabled bits of the Status Byte register Bit 6 acts as the Request Service RQS bit when it is read by a serial poll Bit 7 summarizes all enabled bits of the Operation Status register For more information on the Status Byte register see chapter 1 42 Command Reference TRG command Triggers the analyzer when TRIG SOUR is BUS Command Syntax TRG Example Statements OUTPUT 719 trg OUTPUT 719 Trg Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command triggers the analyzer when the following two conditions are met The GPIB is designated as the trigger source send the TRIG SOUR BUS command The analyzer is waiting to trigger Bit 5 of the Operation Status register waiting
278. he LMS equalizer converges Larger values converge faster but may be unstable and result in higher residual errors The value can be changed while the equalizer is adapting 283 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod CRATe Sets the chip rate for Wideband CDMA measurements Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod CRATe number unit number arealnumber NRf data limits 4086000 8212000 16424000 for the ch1 j ch2 receiver unit HZ Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ddemod crat 4096000 OUTPUT 719 Sense Ddem Crat 4096000 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod CRATe Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis or command query B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 Wideband CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP Wideband CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command sets the chip rate for W CDMA measurements The default chip rate is 4 006 MHz Opt B73 B79 or 3 84 MHz Opt 080 Sending this command as a query returns the current chip rate in Hz The maximum chip rate that you can select is limited by the maximum W CDMA span parameter MEM MALL MEAS MAXS 284 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod DVBOam NSTate command query Specifies the number of states in the DVBQAM modulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod DVBQam NSTate lt number gt lt step gt
279. he command description page in the command reference This command is similiar to RST For differences see RST If a file named AUTO ST containing an instrument state exists on any drive that state is loaded and becomes active at power on The following are not affected by the SYST PRES command or RST The state of the Power on Status Clear flag The state of all enabled and transition registers The GPIB input and output queues The time and date SYST TIME and SYST DATE The GPIB address settings SYST COMM GPIB ADDR HCOP PLOT ADDR HCOP PRIN ADDR The memory configuration The GPIB controller capability setting The default disk selection MMEM MSIS External disk address External receiver address Contents of data registers Contents of math function and constant registers Contents of the RAM and NVRAM disks Calibration constants LAN configuration 443 Command Reference SYSTem TIME command query Specifies the system time Command Syntax SYSTem TIME lt hour gt lt minute gt lt second gt lt hour gt areal number NRf data limits 1 23 lt minute gt areal number NRf data limits 0 59 lt second gt areal number NRF data limits 0 59 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYSTEM TIME 15 55 0 OUTPUT 719 syst time 8 30 20 Query Syntax SYSTem TIME Return Format Integer Integer Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by
280. he range 299 200 indicates that an error has been detected by the instrument s execution control block The occurrence of any error in this class causes the execution error bit bit 4 in the event status register 468 2 section 11 5 1 to be set One of the following events has occurred a lt element following a header was evaluated by the device as outside of its legal input range or is otherwise inconsistent with the device s capabilities A valid program message could not be properly executed due to some device condition Execution errors are reported by the device after rounding and expression evaluation operations have taken place Rounding a numeric data element for example is not be reported as an execution error Events that generate execution errors do not generate Command Errors device specific errors or Query Errors see the other error definitions in this section Error SCPI Execution Error Descriptions Number 200 Execution error This is the generic syntax error for devices that cannot detect more specific errors This code indicates only that an Execution Error as defined in EFF 488 2 11 5 1 1 5 has occurred 201 Invalid while in local Indicates that a command is not executable while the device is in local due to a hard local control see EFE 488 2 5 6 1 5 for example a device with a rotary switch receives a message which would change the switches state but the device i
281. he regular marker also called zero the offset marker use CALC MARK OFFS ZERO 88 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch RIGHt command Moves the marker right from its present position to the first occurrence of the Y axis target value Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch RIGHt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc2 marker sear righ OUTPUT 719 Calculate Mark Search Righ Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Related Commands To specify the target value use CALC MARK SEAR TARG To move the marker to the largest value on the trace use CALC MARK MAX To turn on the offset marker and place it on the main marker use CALC MARK OFFS ZERO To read marker position X and Y axis values use CALC MARK X CALC MARK Y 89 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch TARGet Specifies a Y axis target for a marker search Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary am am2 ampk ampk rtHz ampk2 ampk2 Hz amrms amrms rtHz amrms2 amrms2 Hz dB dBampk2 Description command query CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer SEARch TARGet lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 60
282. he value returned with a 101 Command Reference query is that of the most recent trace m Ifthe number of traces displayed has reached the buffer depth the value returned is the buffer depth Related Commands To set the buffer depth use DISP WIND TRAC BUFF To turn on the spectrogram waterfall trace analysis feature use CALC MARK TRAC 102 Command Reference CALCulatel 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z RELative query Returns the Z axis marker value in seconds relative to the offset marker position Query Syntax Example Statements Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z RELative OUTPUT 719 calc4 marker z rel OUTPUT 719 Calculate4 Mark Z Rel Real Option AYB Waterfall and Spectrogram Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command returns the value of the z axis marker relative to the offset marker when the selected trace is a waterfall or spectrogram display Related Commands m To return the absolute marker value use CALC MARK Z 103 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z UNIT command query Sets the units for commands that query the z axis marker in waterfall or spectrogram displays Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z UNIT S UNITLESS Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC4 MARKER Z UNIT s OUTPUT 719 calc mark z unit unitless Que
283. hmic x axis is selected frequency annotation is done only in terms of start and stop frequency never in terms of span and center frequency 161 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4J TRACe Y RLINe command query Turns the reference line on and off Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y RLINe 01 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp window2 trac y rline ON OUTPUT 719 Disp Trace Y Rlin OFF Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y RLINe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WIND 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A Related Commands To select trace types such as log magnitude linear magnitude phase or group delay use CALC FORM To specify the position of the reference line use DISP WIND TRAC Y RPOS To specify the reference level value represented by the reference line use DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV 162 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe AUTO command query Performs a single Y axis autoscale on the specified trace Command Syntax Example Statements
284. hold use DISP WAT THR To set the elevation use DISP WAT ELEV To set the trace height use DISP WAT HEIG For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 173 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 WATerfall THReshold command query Sets the threshold for all active waterfall displays Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall THReshold lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 100 unit PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY WIND2 WATERFALL THR 21 OUTPUT 719 disp waterfall thr 63 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall THReshold Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command is useful for removing noise floor clutter from the waterfall display The threshold level is the percentage of the trace height below which the signal is not displayed This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 Related Commands To turn waterfall displays on off use DISP WAT To set the elevation use DISP WAT ELEV To set the azimuth use DISP WAT
285. hold for all active spectrogram displays Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram THReshold lt param gt param lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 100 unit PCT lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 display spec thr 18 OUTPUT 719 Display Wind4 Spectrogram Thr 94 Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 SPECtrogram THReshold Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command is useful for removing noise floor clutter from the spectrogram display The percentage reference is the height of the colorbar such that with a threshold of 5096 the analyzer displays only the colors in the upper half of the colorbar Trace signals below the threshold are displayed in the color at the bottom of the color bar This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 143 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe BUFFer command query Specifies the number of waterfall spectrogram traces stored in memory Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4
286. hronization Required no Preset State s note below SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Temporary math buffers are used to hold interim math results needed to evaluate complex expressions They are not directly related to math functions even though there are six functions and the default number of math buffers is six The math buffer size is specified by the value entered for Maximum Number of Frequency Points See the discussion of the MEM MALL MEAS DEF command for more information on memory configuration Note The default number of math registers is six This configuration is created by MEM MALL MEAS DEF The configuration is stored in non volatile RAM which is not affected by preset 218 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate MEASurement TPOints command query Specifies the maximum number of time points in Digital Demod instrument mode Command Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement TPOints lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 64 4096 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 MEM MALL MEAS TPO 512 OUTPUT 719 memory mall meas tpoints 4096 Query Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement TPOints Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Valid values for this parameter are 64 128 256 512 1024 2048
287. inters Command Syntax HCOPy DEVice RESolution lt number gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 600 bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcop Device Res 150 OUTPUT 719 HCOPY DEV RES 300 Query Syntax HCOPy DEVice RESolution Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This information is not used for HPGL language output 182 Command Reference HCOPy DEVice SPEed command query Specifies the pen movement speed cm s for plot operations initiated by the analyzer Command Syntax HCOPy PLOT SPEed lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 100 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcop Dev Spe 50 OUTPUT 719 HCOP DEVICE SPE 10 Query Syntax HCOPy DEVice SPEed Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 100 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This information is not used for PCL language output This command specifies the pen movement speed in centimeters per second cm s Check the plotter s documentation to be sure that it supports the specified speed The value 0 causes the plotter to use it s default speed which is normally its highest speed capability 183 Command Reference HCOPy IM Mediate command Plo
288. ion 392 STATus OPERation CONDition 393 STATus OPERation ENABle 394 STATus OPERation EVENt 395 STATus OPERation NTRansition 396 STATus OPERation PTRansition 397 STATUS PRES GE i ever e eats ane 398 STATus QUEStionable CONDition 399 STATus QUEStionableENABle 2 400 STATus QUEStionableEVENt 401 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition 402 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle 2 403 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt 404 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition 405 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition 406 STATus QUEStionable MODulation CONDition 407 STATus QUEStionable MODulation ENABle 408 STATus QUEStionable MODulation EVENt 409 Command Listing STATus QUEStionable MODulation NTRansition 410 STATus QUEStionable MODulation PTRansition 411 STATus QUEStionable NTRansition 412 STATus QUEStionable PTRansition 413 STATus QUEStionable VOLTage CONDition 414 STATus QUEStionable VOLTage ENABle 415 STATus QUEStionable VOLTagel EVENt 416 STATus QUEStionableVOLTage NTRansition 417 STATus QUEStionable VOL
289. ion Fast averaging allows the numeric processing to run faster by reducing the time spent updating the display The user selects a number that specifies how often the display is updated and turns fast averaging on If 5 is entered the display is updated once every 5 averages m Fast averaging is turned on and off with the AVER IRES command m Averaging is turned on and off with the AVER command The larger the update rate the faster the average gets to the specified count N 264 Command Reference SENSe AVERage IRESult STATe command query Turns the fast average on and off Command Syntax SENSe AVERage IRESult STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sens average ires stat OFF OUTPUT 719 Average Ires ON Query Syntax SENSe AVERage IRESult STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Fast averaging allows the numeric processing to run faster by reducing the time spent updating the display The display is updated once every X number of averages where X is a user selected value The fast average update rate is set with AVER IRES RATE m Averaging is turned on with AVER ON 265 Command Reference SENSe AVERage STATe command query Turns averaging on and off Command Syntax SENSe AVERage 8TATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 AVERAGE OFF
290. ion STATistics MPL 72 73 1 74 er MAXimum NEXT 75 erMAXimum RIGHt 76 77 er MiNimum GLOBal 78 erOFFSeiESTATe 79 ona x Sawa ee 80 eEDPESEEY a dou ma 81 PROFES Et Zens e etn br EAR 82 er OEESet ZERO o diese LAE eer 83 erPOLarUNIEPOWer 84 Serene WE RS 85 er SEARch BUFFer STATe 86 br SEARCH LEFT ck ERE 87 er SEARch OFFSet 88 er SEARCH RIGHE S RR EY 89 er SEARch TARGet 90 BIESTATe ee aS 91 E sa eed eet moa a 9 er X ABSolute 93 erXACHannel c 94 er X CCHannel 95 BrOCCEAYerd 2 chs Sieh let wand Se 96 erXECSTatus 4s iss ba ste toe bur 97 eEXELative g 98 pam 99 er Y REEatVe uut stb men 100 er Z ABSolute ee 101 uius died anal aie 103 Bey Mart soy afe mace ER 104 Command Listing CALCulate MATH CONStant 2 ee 105 DISPlay WINDow TRACe INDicator 148 CALCulate MATH CONStantIMAG 106 DISPlay WINDow
291. ion of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 416 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable VOLTage NTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Voltage Negative Transition register Command Syntax STATus QEUStionable VOLTage NTRansition number number areal number limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT QUESTIONABLE VOLT NTRANSITION 7 OUTPUT 719 stat ques voltage ntr 37 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable VOLTage NTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Voltage Negative Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Voltage Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of negative transition registers in register sets 417 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable VOLTage PTRansition command query S
292. iption This command corresponds to the softkey selections under the standard setups menu Note that CDMB selects the CDMA Base standard setup CDMM selects the CDMA Mobile standard setup You must set the instrument mode to video demodulation send INST VDEM to select ATV8 ATV16 DVB16 DVB32 and DVB64 Option AYA You must set the instrument mode to Wideband CDMA send INST WCDMa to select WCD5 WCD10 or WCD20 Option B73 B79 WCD65 is the only preset for Option 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Note WCDM is available in both the Wideband CDMA and Digital Demodulation instrument modes For the Wideband CDMA instrument mode WCDM is identical to WCD5 You must set the instrument mode to digital demodulation send INST DDEM to select all other standard setups For more information on digital or video demodulation or on Wideband CDMA see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest Or see the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 305 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod PSK NSTate command query Specifies the number of states in the PSK modulation format Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod PSK NSTate lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 2 8 step UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ddem psk nstate 2 OUTPUT 719 Sens Ddemod Psk Nst 8 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod PSK NSTat
293. ired no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Voltage Enable register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Voltage Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of enable registers in register sets 415 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable VOLTage EVENt query Reads and clears the Questionable Voltage Event register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable VOLTage EVENt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STATUS QUES VOLT EVENT OUTPUT 719 stat questionable volt Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Questionable Voltage Event register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number Note The Questionable Voltage Event register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Questionable Voltage Register Set for a definit
294. is a variable string such as for Caputure aborted to indicate the amount of time signal captured d is a variable number that is used to indicate channel number 1 or 2 or function number 1 6 474 Sockets Example Program 475 Appendix B Sockets Example Program ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck Ck ock ck ck KKK kk ck kk ck Ck ck ko Sk Sk Mk Sk ko kx ko X ko in Description Functions to talk to an HP89410 440 441 via TCP IP SExamples Query the center frequency lanio 15 8 99 200 freq cent Select Vector instrument mode lanio koala3 lsid hp com INST Turn averaging on wait for the average move mkr to peak and query x pos lanio hp89440 AVER STAT ON abort wai calc mark max x Ck Ck ck ck kk ck Ck ck Ck kk Ck kk Ck KK KKK KKK KKK ck Ck ck KKK ck kk KK KKK KKK ck kk Ck kk kk ck kk ck kk ck kk Ck kk kk kk ko kc ko ko KKK 0X 0X 0X F F F F To compile on hpux CC Aa o lanio lanio c define _HPUX_SOURCE include lt stdio h gt for fprintf and NULL include string h for memcpy and memset include errno h for strerror include sys socket h for connect and socket include netinet in h for sockaddr in include netdb h for gethostbyname 476 Appendix B Sockets Example Program
295. ister Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 420 Command Reference STATus USER PULSe command Sets bits in the User Defined Event register Command Syntax STATus USER PULSe lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat User Puls 4096 OUTPUT 719 STAT USER PULS 32 Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Each bit in the User Defined Event register is set to 1 when you send the bit s decimal weight with the STAT USER PULS command The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number See the User Status Register Set for more information 421 Command Reference SYSTem BEEPer STATe command query Turns the analyzer s beeper on or off Command Syntax SYSTem BEEPer STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 syst beeper stat ON OUTPUT 719 System Beep Stat OFF Query Syntax SYSTem BEEPer STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The beeper audible alarm sounds when error messages warning messages or other informative messages are displayed The beeper state is saved in non v
296. isting SENSe DATA HEADer POINts 280 SENSe DDEMod WCDMa FILTer ALPHa 323 SENSe JDDEMod ADAPt 281 SENSEIDEMOQ BeOS Rss 324 SENSe DDEMod CLOCk 282 SENSe DEMod CARRier AUTO 325 SENSe JDDEMod CNVRg 283 SENSe DEMod CARRier AUTO PM 326 SENSe JDDEMod CRATe 284 SENSe DEMod CARRierFREQ 327 SENSe DDEMod DVBQam NSTate 285 SENSeDETectorEEUNCtion 328 SENSe JDDEMod EDGE 298 SENSE FEED ek doe PE tes 329 SENSe DDEMod EQFLen 287 SENSe HEREQuenp BASeband 330 SENSe DDEMod EQRE 288 5 331 SENSe DDEMod EQUalize 289 SENSe FREQuency CENTer TRACk 332 SENSe DDEMod FilTer ALPHa 2 290 SENSe FREQuency EXTernaEBANDwidth 2 333 SENSe DDEMod FilTer MEASurement 291 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal CENTer 334 SENSe DDEMod FilTer MEASurement USER FEED 292 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate 2 2 335 SENSe DDEMod FilTer REFerence 293 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate ADDRess 336 SENSe
297. it 7 is set to 1 when you turn on the analyzer Figure 12 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Standard Event registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 18 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Operational Status Register Set The Operational Status register set monitors conditions in the analyzer s measurement process disk operations and printing plotting operations It also monitors the state of current Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC program See figure 13 STATus OPERation CONDition STATus OPERation PTRansition STATus OPERation NTRansition STATus OPERation E VENE STATus OPERation ENABle Bit Weights 011 Calibrating I I p ZA 112 Settling f A 2 4 Ranging f 3 8 Sweeping A 4 16 Measuring f 2 5 32 Waiting for TRIG f Sy 6 64 Waiting for ARM di 54 Bit 7 7 128 8 256 Averaging 8 poo s ee 9 512 Hardcopy in Progress f gt 10 1024 f 2 11 2048 Waterfall Spectrogram A 12 4096 Capture in Progress EN A 13 8192 A 14 16384 Program Running l P X LI 2 J Figure 13 The Operational Status Register Set Bits in the Operational Status condition register are set to 1 under the following conditions Calibrating bit 0 is set to 1 while th
298. ited in length to 8 ASCII characters followed by a period and an optional extension of one to three characters Both the period and extension are optional The period is not part of the filename it separates the name and extension DOS filenames are not case sensitive Valid special characters are _ 4 96 amp G may not contain spaces commas backslashes or periods except the period that separates the name and extension Reserved names that may not be used are CLOCK CON AUX COMn n 1 4 LPTn n 1 3 NUL and PRN LIF filenames are limited in length to 10 characters which may include any character except lt and The first character must be a letter LIF filenames are case sensitive Wildcards allow you to identify more than one file when a filename is used as a command s argument such as for copy or delete A wildcard character can match part or all of the filename Two characters are used as wildcards matches any single character and matches all characters to the end of the name To match all filenames starting with B use B You can use the asterisk to identify files that have common first characters but not files with matching 237 Command Reference character patterns in the middle or end of the name Characters that appear after the are ignored because the asterisk is expanded to all possible combinations of the question mark wildcard s to the end of the name
299. ith every time record gathered or for cases like averaging where multiple time records are needed to create a measurement result every time a measurement result is available To run the same measurement on another set of data change the variable of interest synchronize and query again 68 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MARKer FUNCtion STATistics command query Selects or turns off statistical power measurements Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics OFF 0 PEAK PKAV AVER Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calculate Mark Func Statistics OFF OUTPUT 719 CALC MARKER FUNC STAT PKAV Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics Return Format OFF PEAK PKAV AVER Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command selects a statistical power measurement or turns the selected statistical power measurement off You can select peak power average power and peak to average power the ratio of peak to average CALC1 selects trace A for the measurement CALC2 selects trace B and so forth If no trace is specified CALC1 is assumed To compute the selected power measurement the trace must contain time domain data and the instrument mode cannot be Scalar You select trace data with the CALCulate FEED command You select the instrument mode with the INSTrument SELect command For peak and peak to
300. ition query Reads the Operational Status Condition register Query Syntax STATus OPERation CONDition Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT OPERATION COND OUTPUT 719 stat operation cond Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Operational Status Condition register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number See Operational Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of condition registers in register sets 393 Command Reference STATus 0PERation ENABle command query Sets and queries bits in the Operational Status Enable register Command Syntax STATus OPERation ENABle lt number gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Status Oper Enab 9488 OUTPUT 719 STATUS OPER ENABLE 32231 Query Syntax STATus OPERation ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Operational Status Enable register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the
301. ive Related Commands To turn the marker on use CALC MARK STAT To determine the units to send with the marker position use TRACe X UNIT 93 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X ACHannel query Returns the total number of active channels in a code domain power display Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X ACHannel Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calculate4 mark x ach OUTPUT 719 Calc3 Marker X Achannel Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option B73 Wideband CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command returns the total number of active channels for the active trace when the trace is a code domain power display If the trace isn t a code domain power display the command returns zero 94 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X CCHannel query Returns the x axis code channel marker value Query Syntax Example Statements Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer X CCHannel OUTPUT 719 calculate4 mark x cch OUTPUT 719 Calc3 Marker X Cchannel Integer Option B73 Wideband CDMA Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific In code domain power displays the marker shows the current code layer and code channel This command returns the code chann
302. ixed sine stimulus HANN specifies the Hanning window for the active input channels The Hanning window offers higher frequency resolution but lower amplitude accuracy than the flat top window It is the most commonly used window and is usually applied in random noise measurements GTOP specifies the gaussian top window for the active input channels The GTOP window offers less amplitude accuracy slightly higher frequency resolution and much lower sidelobes than the Hanning window It is generally used when a component s amplitude must be measured accurately such as when using a fixed sine stimulus 373 Command Reference SENSe WINDow GATE COUPling command query Specifies whether or not the gated time window type tracks the main time window type Command Syntax SENSe WINDow GATE COUPling OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 wind gate coup ON OUTPUT 719 Sens Window Gate Coupling ON Query Syntax SENSe WINDow GATE COUPling Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance instrument specific 974 Command Reference SENSe WINDowlI TY PE command query Selects the FFT window type Command Syntax SENSe WINDow TYPE UNIForm FLATtop HANNing GTOP Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS WIND TYPE UNIFORM OUTPUT 719 wind GTOP Query Syntax SENSe WINDow TYPE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Require
303. ixels When two grids are displayed vertical height is approximately 140 pixels Limits The maximum number of pixels accepted for this command is the number defined under DISP FORM SING which is about 300 This is true regardless of the active display format number of grids The above discussion is a description of practical limits setting the elevation and trace height to values that add to more than what is available just means part of the trace is not displayed Related Commands To set the number of grids use DISP FORM To turn waterfall displays on off use DISP WAT To set the elevation use DISP WAT ELEV To set the azimuth use DISP WAT AZIM To set the threshold use DISP WAT THR For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 171 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 WATerfall HLINe STATe command query Turns waterfall hidden lines on off Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall HLINe STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Disp Window4 Wat Hlin State OFF OUTPUT 719 DISP WATERFALL HLIN ON Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall HLINe STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If enabled the pa
304. ization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The first parameter specifies which trace is stored The second parameter specifies the mass storage unit disk and filename If the filename matches the name of another file on the disk this command overwrites the existing file If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS This command differs from the TRAC DATA command in that MMEM STOR TRAC stores data to a file and TRAC DATA stores trace data to one of the data registers The trace data can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option Note If you plan to transfer this file to a PC refer to the Standard Data Format Utilities Users Guide for information on format conversion 244 Command Reference MMEMory STORe TRACe BUFFer command Saves the waterfall spectrogram trace buffer to a file on the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax MMEMory STORe TRACe BUFFer lt label gt lt filename gt label TRACelITRACe2ITRACe3ITRACe4 filename lt msus gt lt filespec gt msus RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem stor trac buff trac1 int test buf OUTPUT 7
305. l Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s discussion SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The numbers in the sweep node which normally specify an input channel for the command to affect has no channel specific affect for this command the step value is the same for all installed input channels Note Time operations do not function when the instrument mode is scalar When the measurement is zoomed a local oscillator signal is mixed with the measurement data and time data is not baseband Time gating is not available in digital demod Limits The minimum step size is 0 The maximum limit is man time length gate length The resolution is At Preset Values When ROUT REC is INP IF RF1 or COMB the preset value is 39 0625 ns When ROUT REC is RF2 the preset value is 111 607143 ns When ROUT REC is EXT the preset value is 260 41667 ns 354 Command Reference SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE SPAN command query Specifies the gate time length in seconds Command Syntax SENSe SWEep TIME GATE SPAN lt param gt param lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see discussion lt unit gt S lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE SWE2 TIME GATE SPAN 5E 6 OUTPUT 719 sweep time gate 74 ms Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 T
306. l demodulation Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARCh SYNC PATTern STRING Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEM SEAR SYNC PATT 10101001000111011110010010107 OUTPUT 719 ddemod sear sync patt 11001010110100011 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC PATTern Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The analyzer accepts only the characters one 1 or zero 0 in these strings All other characters are ignored For more information on digital demodulation see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 311 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC STATe command query Turns sync search on or off Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARCh SYNC STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEM SEARCH SYNC STATE OFF OUTPUT 719 ddem sear sync stat ON Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod SEARch SYNC STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description For more information on digital demodulation see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide Related Commands specify the sync pattern use DDEM SE
307. ld 143 ay WINDow TRACe BUFFer 144 ay WINDow TRACe DCARrier 145 ay WINDow TRACe EYE COUNt 146 ow TRACe GRATicule GRID STATe 147 ay Dow TRACe LABel USER 153 ay WINDow TRACe STATe 154 ay WINDow TRACe SYMBol 155 ay WINDow TRACe X SCALe SPACing 161 ay WINDow WaATerfall AZIMuth 168 ow WATerfall BLIN STATe 169 ow WATerfall ELEVation 170 ow WATerfall HEIGht 171 ay WINDow WATerfall THReshold 174 ay WINDow TRACe X SCALe AUTO 157 ay WINDow TRACe X SCALe LEFT 158 ay WINDow TRACe X SCALe RIGHt 159 ay WINDow TRACe X SCALe RLEVel 160 ow TRACe Y RLINe 162 ow TRACe Y SCALe AUTO 163 ow TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision 164 ow TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel 165 ow TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel AUTO 166 ND ow TRACe Y SCALe RPOSition 167 display catalog 261 copy 221 default selection 236 formatting 225 baselines 169 coordinates 57 hidden lines 172 IBASIC programs 136 information 261 math function 112 math function definitions 135 meas data selection 55 umber of grids 134 umber of traces 144 on off 133 points 351 spectrogram 139 143 types 57 waterfall 168 174 DISPlay description 28 DOS filename conventions 237 dots bars digital demod 155 downconverter use 333 335 337 339 analyzer address 336 423 DOPSK modulation format 308 drive devices defined 236 OFF IBFull 433 DVB modulation format 295 DVBOAM number of
308. le 511 Query Syntax STATus USER ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description To set a single bit in the User Defined Enable register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See User Defined Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of enable registers in register sets 419 Command Reference STATus USER EVENt query Reads and clears the User Defined Event register Query Syntax STATus USER EVENt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat User OUTPUT 719 STAT USER EVEN Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the User Defined Event register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number Note The User Defined Event register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See User Defined Reg
309. le Statements OUTPUT 719 Freq Span Wide OFF OUTPUT 719 SENS FREQUENCY SPAN WIDE ON Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency SPAN WIDE Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA Vector Modulation Analysis and AYH Digital Video Modulation Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This GPIB command is applicable only to Agilent 89441A analyzers that have option AYH This GPIB command corresponds to the RF 2 1800 MHz wide softkey and determines the maximum frequency span available when ROUT REC RF2 is selected When ROUT REC RF2 is selected sending ON extends the maximum frequency span to 8 MHz Sending OFF default selection returns the maximum frequency span to 7 MHz There are several details you need to know when using the 8 MHz frequency span For details see the Operator s Guide and see online help for the Instrument Mode receiver RF 2 1800 MHz softkey 944 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency STARt command query Defines the start lowest frequency for the measurement band Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency STARt lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see table in description lt unit gt i HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS FREQUENCY STAR 500
310. lected the user defined data should be loaded into it and the user defined filter type selected Related Commands m To specify that the reference filter is user defined use DDEM FILT REF USER To load the filter definition data into a data register use MMEM LOAD TRAC For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 294 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod FORMat command query Specifies the demodulation format for digital modulation or video modulation Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod FORMat QPSK PSK QAM MSK FSK DVBQam VSB EDGE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEMOD FORM PSK OUTPUT 719 ddem format QAM Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FORMat Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYA and for some AYH or B7A see below Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command corresponds to the softkey selections under the demod format menu You must set the instrument mode to digital demodulation send INST DDEM to select QPSK PSK QAM MSK FSK and EDGE You must set the instrument mode to video demodulation send INST VDEM to select DVBQ VSB or 161921641256 QAM QPSK selects quadrature phase shift keying requires option AYA PSK selects phase shift keying
311. length 1 50 return result 478 Appendix B Sockets Example Program BRK KK RK RR RRR KCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCkCKCKCKCkCKCKCKCkCKCkCKCKCKCkCkCkCkCk Ck k ck k ck A A I gt Function commandInstrument Description send SCPI command to the instrument SParameters 2 FILE file pointer associated with TCP IP socket const char command SCPI command string SReturn char a pointer to the result string SErrors returns 0 if fprintf fails FR A A A A A Kk A A Kk A A A A int commandInstrument FILE file const char command if fprintf file s n command lt 0 return 0 fflush file return 1 int main int argc char argv int instrument FILE instFile char charBuf 256 char command char destination if lt 3 fprintf stderr Usage s hostname lt command gt n argv 0 return 1 destination argv 1 command argv 2 RRR KK KR RR kCKCkCKCkCK kCK Ck K Ck Ck Ck ck k ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kc sk I I open a socket connection to the instrument BRK KK KK KCkCkCKCkCK kCKCkCK kCK Ck K kCK Ck ck k ck k ck ck ck ck ck kc kk ke x e instrument openSocket destination 5025 if instrument 1 return 1 BRK KK KK RR RR RRR KCKCKCKCKCK KCKCKCK KCKCKCKCk CK k ck k ck k
312. local oscillator and the carrier 326 Command Reference SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier FREQ query Query the results of the demod carrier display Query Syntax SENSe DEMod 1 2 CARRier FREQ Example Statements OUTPUT 719 demod 2 carr freq OUTPUT 719 Sens Dem Carrier Freq Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The instrument mode must be demod and DISP WIND TRAC DCARR must be ON for there to be data available for this query 327 Command Reference SENSe DETector FUNCtion command query Selects the detector method used Command Syntax SENSe DETector FUNCtion SIGNal SAMPle POSitive Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENSE DET FUNC SAMPLE OUTPUT 719 detector SIGNAL Query Syntax SENSe DETector FUNCtion Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State POS SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The detector function operates only in scaler instrument mode and only when there are more data points than display points Then it is used to select which data points are displayed SIGNal peak detection tests whether the signal rises and falls within the cell represented by a given data point When the signal both rises and falls the odd numbered data point indicates the maximum value and the even numbered data point indica
313. lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe FREQuency EXTernal CENTer lt param gt number unit l step l bound areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration n HZ x UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Freq External Cent 5 6 MHZ OUTPUT 719 SENSE FREQUENCY EXT CENTER 5E6 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal CENTer Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 5 6 6 SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command is effective only when ROUTe RECeiver is EXT as when using a downconverter such as the Agilent 89411A See Help Text under the Help hardkey for more information 334 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate command query Enables or disables the remote control of an external RF or microwave analyzer Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sens frequency ext comm ON OUTPUT 719 Frequency Ext Communicate OFF Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency EXTernal COMMunicate Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description To achieve remote control of the analyzer used as a downconverter front end the GPIB peripheral
314. lt trace title If the default trace title is OFF this query returns the user defined trace title Related Commands m To enter a user defined trace title use DISP WIND TRAC LAB USER To display a user defined trace title use DISP WIND TRAC LAB AUTO OFF The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WIND1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 151 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe LABel AUTO command query Switches between displaying the default trace title and a user defined trace title Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe LABel AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Display Trac Label Auto OFF OUTPUT 719 DISP WINDOW TRAC LABEL AUTO ON Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe LABel AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description ON displays the default trace title OFF displays the user defined trace title Related Commands m To define a trace title use DISP ITRAC LAB USER m To query the currently displayed trace title use DISP TRAC LAB The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D
315. ly when the default Y axis units are known to be one of the units in the FREQ units list The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 117 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J UNIT POWer command query Specifies the default y axis units for power measurements Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT POWer unit unit see units list below Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE UNIT POWER Vrms2 OUTPUT 719 calc unit power Wrms Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT POWer Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s table in discussion SCPI Compliance confirmed Units List dB dBVrms V2lHz Vrms2 dBm dBVrms rtHz Vpk Vrms2 Hz dBm Hz pet Vpk rtHz W dBV unitless Vpk2 W Hz dBV rtHz V Vpk2 Hz Wrms dBVpk VirtHz Vrms Wrms Hz dBVpk rtHz V2 Vrms rtHz Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query Default units are temporarily overridden by using other compatible units as a suffix to a command parameter as when dBVrms is sent while the default is V The Y scale units are volts or power when the instrument mode is not demodulation Power units dBm or v apply to power spectrum measurement data m Volt units apply
316. lyzer makes a measurement when these conditions are met in this order 1 The analyzer receives a valid external arm signal 2 Trigger conditions are met The external arm signal is valid when it meets the conditions set with the ARM s LEVEL REGION and DELAY commands The external arm signal is input via the EXT ARM BNC connector on the analyzer s rear panel When the external arm signal is valid as defined by the level and region it arms the analyzer Once armed the analyzer remains armed regardless of the value of the EXT ARM signal If the analyzer receives multiple valid external arm signals the first valid signal arms the analyzer the others do nothing 50 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 41 CCDF COUNt Returns the current number of data samples in the CCDF measurement Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 CCDF COUNt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc4 ccdf coun OUTPUT 719 Calculate4 Ccdf Coun Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description query 51 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 CCDF POWer query Returns the signal average power used to compute the CCDF measurement Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 CCDF POWer Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE3 CCDF POWER OUTPUT 719 calc ccdf power Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no
317. lyzer returns a blank field Note The second input channel is optional and may not be installed on the analyzer in your system To determine which options are installed use the OPT query 209 Command Reference INSTrument NSELect command query Select instrument mode by sending an integer number Command Syntax INSTrument NSELect lt number gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 1 5 bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 INSTRUMENT NSEL 1 OUTPUT 719 inst nselect 3 Query Syntax INSTrument NSELect Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 89410 3 89441 1 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command performs the same function as INST SEL except that it sends numbers to specify the mode type as follows 1 SCALar 2 ADEModulation 3 VECTor 4 DDEModulation 5 VDEModulation 6 WCDma Wideband CDMA Note Digital demodulation is valid only when option AYA is installed Video demodulation is valid only when both option AYA and option AYH are installed Wideband is valid only when option B73 is installed 210 Command Reference INSTrument SELect command query Selects the instrument mode Command Syntax INSTrument SELect SCALar DEMod ADEMod DDEMod VECTor VDEMod WCDMa Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Inst ADEM OUTPUT 719 INSTRUMENT SEL VECTOR Query Syntax IN
318. m OFF Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod NORMalize Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis and B7A Enhanced Data rates for GSM gsm Evolution EDGE or B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description ON performs a minimum square error calculation of the all constellation states and sets the system gain such that the outer states have a magnitude of 1 For W CDMA code domain power displays ON normalizes code domain power relative to the total signal power in the code domain OFF means you can interpret the measurement data in volts For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 303 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod PRATe command query Specifies the number of points per symbol for vector modulation analysis Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod PRATe lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits depends on configuration step UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DDEMOD PRAT 2 OUTPUT 719 sens ddemod prat 10 Query Syntax SEN
319. m the plotting SERI is the first RS 232 serial interface port it is labeled COM 1 on the rear panel m Ifthe RF section of the 89441 is in use SERI is the only serial port available for hard copy output SER2 COM2 is used to control the RF section SER2 is the second RS 232 serial interface port it is labeled COM 2 on the rear panel m Ifthe RF section of the 89441 is in use SER2 is not available for hard copy output SER2 2 is used to control the RF section CENT is the Centronics parallel port on the rear panel MMEM is the mass memory specifier This signifies plotting or printing to a file Use MMEM NAME to specify the filename 178 Command Reference HCOPy DEVice CMAP DEFault Specifies that default values be used for the plotter pen assignments Command Syntax Example Statements Attribute Summary Description command HCOPy DEVice CMAP D EFault OUTPUT 719 HCOPY DEV CMAP DEF OUTPUT 719 hcop device cmap default Synchronization Required no The default plotter pen assignments are Preset State s discussion SCPI Compliance confirmed text 6 grid 1 markerl marker2 marker3 7 marker4 2 tracel 3 trace2 7 trace3 2 trace4 6 179 Command Reference HCOPy DEVice COLor command query Controls color on off for TIFF output over the GPIB Command Syntax HCOPy DEVice COLor 0 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcop Dev Color OFF O
320. mand query Specifies whether default or user defined settings for P1 and P2 are used to define page dimensions Command Syntax HCOPy PAGE DIMensions AUTO 0 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcop Page Dimensions Auto OFF OUTPUT 719 HCOPY PAGE DIM AUTO ON Query Syntax HCOPy PAGE DIMensions AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed If HCOP PAGE DIM AUTO is on no page dimension commands are sent the current plotter settings are used If AUTO is OFF the user defined values are sent To define values for and P2 use HCOP PAGE DIM USER LLEFt and URIGht This information is not used for PCL language output 199 Command Reference HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER LLEFt command query Sets or queries the x y position of the lower left corner of the plotter page P1 Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description HCOPy PAGE DIMensions USER LLEFt lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 32767 32767 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 hcop page dim user lleft 12683 22198 OUTPUT 719 Hcop Page Dim User Lleft 1
321. mary Synchronization Required no Preset State dependent on options installed SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Selects measurement results for a trace The numbers 1 2 3 4 in the CALCulate node specify the trace A B C or D CALCI trace A is assumed if the number is omitted Special Considerations The measurement data depends on the instrument mode as shown in the following table The number at the end of the string specifies the input channel except for data registers 91 is used in the table but 2 may be used if second channel is installed Math functions are defined and selected with the CALC MATH commands Strings Used to Specify Measurement Types Given Instrument Mode rie aoe Scalar Mode Vector Mode Analog Demod Mode eee spectrum XFR POW 1 XFR POW 1 XFR AM 1 measured time XTIM DDEM MEAS PSD XFR POW PSD XFR POW PSD 1 XFR AM PSD 1 measured spectrum XFR DDEM MEAS main time XTIM VOLT 1 XTIM AM 1 reference time XTIM DDEM REF gate time XTIM VOLT GATE 1 XTIM AM GATE 1 reference spectrum XFR DDEM REF freq response XFR POW RAT 2 1 XFR AM RAT 2 15 error magnitude XTIM DDEM ERR MAGN coherence XFR POW COH 2 1 XFR AM COH 2 15 error phase 6 XTIM DDEM ERR PHAS cross spectrum XFR POW CROS 2 1 XFR AM CROS 2 15 error vector time XTIM DDEM ERR VECT auto correlation XTIM VOLT CORR 1 XTIM AM CORR 1 error vector spectrum XFR DDEM ERR VECT cross correlation XT
322. mbols multiplied by the number of points per symbol 287 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod EQRE command Resets the filter coefficients for the analyzer s equalization filter Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod EQRE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Ddemod Eqre OUTPUT 719 SENSE DDEM EQRE Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command resets the filter coefficients of the equalization filter to that of a unit impulse response 288 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod EQUalize command query Turns equalization on off for Digital and Video demodulation Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod EQUalize OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sense ddem equalize ON OUTPUT 719 Ddem Equ OFF Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod EQUalize Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description ON Applies the equaliztion filter to the IQ Measured data OFF The equalization filter is available but not used For more information on using equalization in digital and video demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in
323. me gt lt msus gt lt filespec gt Example Statements Attribute Summary Description MMEMory LOAD STATe lt number gt lt filename gt areal number state number limits 1 1 n lt msus gt lt filespec gt RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT x ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions OUTPUT 719 mmemory load state 1 ext mystate OUTPUT 719 MMEM LOAD STAT 1 INT Fsetup sta Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed This command uses the contents of a file to redefine the instrument state The file can only be created by saving an existing state with the MMEM STOR STAT command If lt msus gt is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS The instrument state can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 231 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD TCAPture command Loads a time capture file from the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax MMEMory STORe TCAPture msus filespec msus RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem load tcap int tcap 01 OUTPUT 719 MMEM LOAD TCAPTURE TIME REF Attribute Summary Synchroniz
324. mmand Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SOURce VOLTage L x lt number gt lt unit gt EVel IMMediate OFFSet lt param gt lt step gt lt bound gt areal number NRf data limits 3 42 3 42 so UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Source Volt Offset 0 OUTPUT 719 SOUR VOLT LEVEL IMM OFFSET 0 SOURce VOLTage L Real EVel IMMediate OFFSet Synchronization Required no Preset State OV SCPI Compliance confirmed The maximum value for the source output is 5 Vpk This value is a sum of the dc offset and peak value of the source amplitude So the limits of the source offset are dependent on the source level Step size used with UPIDOWN varies in a 1 2 5 pattern starting with 100 uVpk 385 Command Reference SOURce VOLTage LEVel UNIT VOLTage command query Sets or queries the source level unit Command Syntax SOURce VOLTage LEVel UNIT VOLTage lt param gt param dBmldBVIdBVrmsldB VpkIVIVpkIVrmsIWIWrms Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sour volt level unit voltage Wrms OUTPUT 719 Sour Volt Unit Volt Vrms Query Syntax SOURce VOLTage LEVel UNIT VOLTage Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State DBM SCPI Compliance confirmed 386 Command Reference SOU
325. mmands to enable the bit that monitors the condition and to enable the summary bits that report the condition to the RQS bit 4 Enable the controller to respond to service requests When the condition changes the analyzer sets its RQS bit and the GPIB s SRQ line The controller is informed of the change as soon as it occurs The time the controller would otherwise have used to monitor the condition can now be used to perform other tasks Your program determines how the controller responds to the SRQ Generating a Service Request To use the SRQ method you must understand how service requests are generated As shown in figure 4 other register sets in the analyzer report to the Status Byte Most of them report directly but three report indirectly via the Questionable Status register set see figure 5 from other Status Service register Byte Request sets register enable register 7 5 A Service Service Request Request lt __ Process SRQ Figure 4 Generating a Service Request Bit 6 of the Status Byte serves two functions the request service function RQS and the master summary status function MSS The RQS bit is set whenever something that it is configured to report changes and is cleared when the status byte is read with a serial poll The MSS bit is set in the same way as the RQS bit but it clears only when the condition that set it is cleared The MSS bit is
326. mple Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem init NVRAM LIF OUTPUT 719 MMEM INIT RAM DOS 100000 OUTPUT 719 mmemory initialize int lif 0 3 Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description lt device gt is the mass storage unit specifier usually a disk drive but also used to indicate RAM or NVRAM volumes which perform as very fast drives or any external mass storage device EXT device selector and unit number specifiers are valid only with the EXT device specifier device selector is composed of the select code usually 7 and the GPIB address 0 30 The unit number specifies the drive within a drive unit as would be the case for a dual floppy drive LIFIDOS specifies the disk file system type The default selection is DOS LIF logical interchange format is used by most HP hard disks DOS disk operating system is used on IBM personal computers The RAM disk is formatted every time power is turned on using a volume size stored in NVRAM and the same file system type as NVRAM Note If you plan to move data in NVRAM or RAM to an external system it is best to initialize NVRAM and RAM disks with the same file system type LIF or DOS as the destination system uses to avoid having to convert filenames and data formats format specifies the tracks sector format for a flexible disk either internal INT or external EXT The defaul
327. mpossible combination Waterfall Spectrogram full A waterfall spectrogram buffer is full when buffer depth number of scans have been added to it which begins when the first scan is complete m The first scan s complete when the following conditions are met Ifthe operation is in real time the first scan is added when a complete time record has been acquired Traces displayed before this are of partial time records If exponential averaging is on the first scan is added when the specified number of averages have been taken 36 Command Reference OPT query Returns a comma separated list as a string that identifies the analyzer s option configuration Query Syntax OPT Example Statements OUTPUT 719 opt Return Format OUTPUT 719 Opt STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Description Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed The response to this query identifies the analyzer s option configuration For example if your analyzer has the second input receiver channel installed it returns AY7 to this query Options are identified by the following AY Second 10 MHz input channel 1C2 IBASIC AY9 1 Msample memory for time capture AYA Vector modulation analysis IQ demod AYB Waterfall and spectrogram displays AYH Digital Video Modulation Analysis AYA required UTH Add 20 MBytes Memory and basic LAN UG Advanced LAN X11 and FTP B73 Digital Wideband
328. n 338 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MIRRor Lets you reverse the spectrum when using the external or chl j ch2 receiver command query Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MIRRor OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Freq Ext Mirror OFF OUTPUT 719 FREQ EXTERNAL MIRR ON Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency EXTernal MIRRor Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance Description instrument specific This command is effective only when ROUTe RECeiver is EXT as when using a downconverter such as the Agilent 89411A or when ROUTe RECeiver is COMBine COMBine selects the chl j ch2 receiver See Help Text under the Help hardkey for more information 339 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency MANual command query This command specifies the frequency when manual sweep is active Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency MANual lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see table in description lt unit gt i HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Frequency Man 5 00e3 OUTPUT 719 FREQ MANUAL 5685325HZ Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency MANual Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s table in descrip
329. n off 91 number of 144 on off 154 pencolor 191 plotting 194 selection waterfall 101 skew waterfall 168 space between 170 storing data 244 447 hreshold 174 itle query 151 trace data upload 53 TRACe BUFFer COPY 445 TRACe COPY 446 TRACe DATA HEADer POINts 449 TRACe DATA 447 TRACe X DATA 450 TRACe X UNIT 451 tracking center frequency 332 RBW 272 transfer data copy files disks 221 data registers 447 format 175 IBASIC program 230 241 instrument state 231 242 large files 228 239 math functions 229 240 move files 235 time capture data 232 243 279 t t ace data 233 244 ace to data register 446 waterfall spectrogram data 234 245 waterfall spectrogram to data register 445 trellis eye diagram 57 146 TRG trigger 43 trigger bus 43 delay 352 delay holdoff 452 453 holdoff delay 452 453 level 454 type 456 waiting for TRIG bit 19 TRIGger description 25 TRIGger HOLDoff DELay 452 TRIGGER LEVEL 454 TRIGger SOURce 456 trip input 372 Index source 387 TST test 44 U uniform window 375 unit number 225 236 units am modulation index 115 angle 116 code 124 frequency 117 power 118 range 371 range input 370 source 383 386 time 119 125 x axis 451 x axis frequency 123 unwrapped phase coordinates 57 phase offset 121 phase reference 120 update rate X11 Window 431 User Status register description 21 Enable set amp query 419 Event query 420 Even
330. n the CALC branch 1 is assumed Related Commands To position the relative marker use CALC MARK X To read the relative marker offset values use CALC MARK X REL and CALC MARK Y REL m To position the offset marker at a position other than that of the main marker use CALC MARK OFFSET X and CALC MARK OFFSET Y 83 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MARKer POLar UNIT POWer command query Specifies the marker readout units when the trace type is polar Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer POLar UNIT POWer DBM WRMS W V Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE4 MARK POLAR UNIT POW Wrms OUTPUT 719 calculate mark polar unit pow W Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer POLar UNIT POWer Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State V SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALCI is assumed and the command affects trace A 84 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer READout command query Specifies marker readout type when trace type is polar Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer READout MPHase RIMaginary Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calculate Mark Readout MPHASE OUTPUT 719 CALC MARK READOUT MPHASE Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer READout Return Format CH
331. nable Frequency Register Set definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 404 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Frequency Negative Transition register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition number number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Status Ques Frequency Ntr 978 OUTPUT 719 STAT QUESTIONABLE FREQ NTRANSITION 63 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Frequency Negative Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Frequency Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of negative transition registers in register sets 405 Command Reference
332. nd operation for vector measurements Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency BASeband OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Freq Baseband ON OUTPUT 719 SENS FREQ BASEBAND OFF Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency BASeband Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command has no effect if INST SEL is ADEM DDEM or SCAL or if ROUT REC is RF2 COMB or EXT 330 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency CENTer command query Specifies the center frequency for the current measurement Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency CENTer lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see table in description lt unit gt i HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Freq Cent 2e6 OUTPUT 719 FREQUENCY CENTER 2 34MHZ Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency CENTer Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s table in description SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Center frequency SENS FREQ CENT and frequency span SENS FREQ SPAN work together to define the band of frequencies the instrument analyzes The current value of one parameter is held constant when you change the value of the other When either center frequency or span is changed start
333. nd phase values The numbers in the calculate node have no effect on this command 105 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 B IMAG command query Defines the imaginary part of a math constant Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 IMAG lt param gt param lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 40282 38 3 40282 38 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MATH CONSTANT2 IMAG 256 OUTPUT 719 calc math cons imag 7 53334e6 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 IMAG Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Complex constants may be defined with either real imaginary or magnitude and phase values The numbers in the calculate node have no effect on this command To specify step size for use with UPIDOWN use CALC MATH CONS STEP If the step size is zero 0 the UPIDOWN argument changes the value by incrementing decrementing the third most significant digit For example a value of 6027 would be incremented to 6037 or decremented to 6017 a value of 53 would be incremented to 53 1 or decremented to 52 9 If you increment decrement the value of the step size it changes in the same manner 106 Command Reference C
334. notation display 129 anti alias filters on off 207 APCO 25 configuration 305 aperture 59 arbitrary bandwidth 269 arbitrary source function 379 repeat 382 arm waiting for ARM bit 19 ARM SOURce 50 assistance by phone i audible alarm on off 422 AUILAN 426 auto correlation display 55 auto demod carrier 325 auto frequency steps 346 a a A a to zero calibration 127 to state 40 443 utocal Off bit 13 tocalibration 126 automatic sweep 349 autorange direction 369 autoranging on off 368 autoscale x axis 157 y axis 163 averaging averaging bit 19 complex 268 continue 128 count 263 counter weighting factor 262 exponential 267 fast on off 265 fast update rate 264 max peak hold 268 normal 267 on ott 266 overlap processing 350 overview 262 repeat 267 RMS 268 termination control 267 time 268 type 268 azimuth waterfall 168 B band markers 60 61 band power marker 65 bandwidth 270 coupling 271 type 269 bars dots digital demod 155 baseband on off 330 baseline on off waterfall 169 BASIC programming memory allocated for 220 baud rate serial comm 434 beeper on off 422 blank screen 133 BNC LAN 426 brightness display 130 BT digital Gaussian filter 290 Index buffer size time capture 280 burst digital demod SFE pulse bus address 423 bus trigger 43 456 C C N measurement 65 C No measurement 65 CALCulate description 25 calculate on off 114 CALCulate DATA HEADer POINts
335. nt bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Modulation Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of enable registers in register sets 408 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable MODulation EVENt query Reads and clears the Questionable Modulation Event register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation EVENt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Status Ques Mod Event OUTPUT 719 STAT QUESTIONABLE MOD Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Questionable Modulation Event register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number Note The Questionable Modulation Event register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Questionable Modulation Register Set definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 409 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable MODulation NTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Modulation Negative Transition register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable MODulation NTRansition number number areal number NRf dat
336. ntry seconds It is provided for consistency in program queries written to determine whether units of seconds minutes hours days weeks are default Unit queries must be in the current family of units For example the CALC UNIT ANGLE query should be used only when the default Y axis units are known to be one of the units in the ANGLE units list The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALCI is assumed and the command affects trace A 119 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UPHase CREFerence command query Specifies the x axis value about which the phase values are to be unwrapped Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UPHase CREFerence lt param gt number unit l step l bound a real number NRf data limits 0 0 3 40282347E 38 HZISICODE UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 calculate2 uph cref 5E 6 HZ OUTPUT 719 CALC UPH CREF 10E 6 S CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UPHase CREFerence Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific This would typically be a well known point in a measurement such as the passband of a band pass filter The numbers 1
337. o 1 MQ with the command INP 112 IMP 1e6 Note The input signal is terminated with 1 MQ when this command is effective 276 Command Reference SENSe CORRection 1 2 LOSS INPut MAGNitude command query Adjusts the gain for the specified input channel Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe CORRection 1 2 LOSS INPut MAGNitude lt param gt lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt 0 000001 to 1000000 UPIDOWN n MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 SENSE CORR LOSS INPUT MAGN 001 SENSe CORRection 1 2 LOSS INPut MAGNitude Real Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed By default the gain for an input channel is one Use this command to adjust an input channel s gain to compensate for external devices such as cables or attenuators CORRI selects input channel 1 CORR2 selects input channel 2 The gain that you specify is not used until you send sense correction external state ON For additional details see online help for the System Utility more cal setup external calibration softkey 277 Command Reference SENSe CORRection 1 2 0 command query Adjusts the DC offset in small increments for the specified input channel Command Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 OFFS lt param gt lt
338. o value increases the amount of memory allocated for the measurement This memory configuration command is valid only for the FSK modulation type The current value is stored in non volatile RAM and is not affected by preset The factory default is 30 The standard amount of RAM is supplemented with a 20 MB RAM board listed in the options as option UTH The 20 MB RAM board includes additional I O another GPIB connector and a LAN interface Related Commands To specify the frequency span use FREQ SPAN To specify the symbol rate use DDEM SRAT To allocate memory for IBASIC programs use MEM MALL PROG To specify the Max number of time points use MEM MALL MEAS TPO To specify the number of data registers use MEM MALL MEAS REG To specify the number of math temporary registers use MEM MALL MEAS MTEM To specify the RAM disk size use MMEM INIT To remove the RAM disk use MEM DEL RDIS 217 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MTEMp command query Specifies the number of temporary math buffers Command Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MTEMp lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 100 step UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 memory mall measurement mtem 74 OUTPUT 719 Mem Mallocate Meas Mtemp 25 Query Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement MTEMp Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Sync
339. of each program statement Terminate the entire command with line feed character ASCII decimal 10 and END the GPIB END message EOI set true See example above When the analyzer returns the program to your controller it always uses the definite length block syntax See Block Data in the GPIB Programmer s Guide for more information 251 Command Reference PROGram SELected DELete ALL command Deletes all Instrument BASIC programs stored in the analyzer Command Syntax PROGram SELected DELete ALL Example Statements OUTPUT 719 PROGRAM DEL ALL OUTPUT 719 program sel delete all Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description In addition to deleting the active program this command deletes all of the resident Instrument BASIC programs Program variables both those in COM and those not in COM are deleted as well 252 Command Reference PROGram SELected DELete SELected command Deletes the active Instrument BASIC program Command Syntax PROGram SELected DELete SELected Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Prog Selected Del Selected OUTPUT 719 PROG DEL Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description In addition to del
340. of frequencies to analyze Frequency Span Limits and Preset Values 89410 or 89441 89441 89410 41 89441 IF RF Scalar RF Vector 1 j value limits 1 0 Hz 10 MHz 1 0 Hz 2 648 GHz 1 0 Hz 7 MHzt 2 0 Hz 20 MHz preset values 10 MHz 2 648 GHz 7 MHz 20 MHz t Maximum frequency span is 8 MHz for Agilent 89441A analyzers that have options AYA and AYH see FREQ SPAN WIDE for details IF indicates ROUT REC IF or RF1 is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is active 1 0 indicates ROUT REC COMB is active Step size used with UP DOWN is not user definable for FREQ SPAN Note In the digital demodulation instrument mode the maximum span is limited by the MaxSpan SymbolRate ratio For a given symbol rate this ratio limits the maximum span to conserve memory usage For all demod types except FSK this ratio is 15 625 and cannot be changed For the FSK demod type the ratio may be changed to values between 16 and 100 but larger values use more memory See MEM MALL MEAS MSSR 341 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency SPAN FULL command Sets the analyzer to the widest frequency span possible Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency SPAN FULL Example Statements OUTPUT 719 freq span full OUTPUT 719 Sense Freq Span Full Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Sets the maximum frequency span possible depending on instrument mode For the 89410A
341. olatile RAM it is not affected by preset 422 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 GPIB ADDRess command query Sets the GP IB address of the analyzer Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 GPIB ADDRess lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 33 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYSTEM COMM2 GPIB ADDR 24 OUTPUT 719 syst communicate gpib address 4 Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 GPIB ADDRess Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The address is set to 19 at the factory The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command There is another board in the backpanel that has 20 MB of RAM 2 LAN connectors and an GPIB connector on it The GPIB connector on this board is called the System Interconnect and is used exclusively to control other instruments that serve as a downconverter When the analyzer instructs another instrument connected to the System Interconnect to talk it also addresses itself to listen and the address used is 1 plus the value of the address set for the main first GPIB connector with this command For example sending SYST COMM GPIB ADDR 17 sets the System Inteconnect address to 18 Related Commands To set the address of the external analyzer use SENS FREQ EXT COMM ADDR
342. oltage 94 gt CH1 Over Range 5 9 X CH2 Over Range 1 7 107 CH1 Half Range 2 CH2 Half Range 3 121 CH1 Input Trip 4 wo D 13 CH2 Trip 5 g g M 42 2 Source Trip 6 4 7 STA EV CH1 ADC Overload 7 9 CH2 ADC Overload STAT T Questionable Status M 0 gt Questionable Frequency 19 2 0 O Unlocked 11 2 o Status Byte rane a 7 U Reference Unlocked 2 ws 32 Calibration 8 o 0 2 j 10 9 1 1 5 X gt gt 2 2 6 17 STAT QUES Gi 3 7 GO 2 4 p ius 5 5 STAT QUESFREQ upub AUE etx Message Available 7 7 Questionable Modulation EEUU TTE UP E ra NP ee SYST ERR seria SRE Sync Not Found 0 9 po Pulse Not Found 1 9 BAe t6 S 2 ae Standard Event BIF6 ROS Carrier Unlock 3 Operation Complete 4 5 Request Control 1 gt 9 Query Error 2 f 985 6 Device Dependent Error 7 o gt gt Execution Error 4 gt z STAT QUES MOD Command Error 5 0 75 6 v7 Power On 7 gt xESE xESR STAT QUES MOD COND STAT QUES MOD PTR STAT QUES MOD Operational Status STAT QUES MOD EVENt Calibrating 0 ES STAT QUES MOD ENABle Settling 1 Ranging 2 2 Sweeping 3 2 Measuring 4 4 9 a Waiting for TRIG 5 2 Bit 7 Waiting for ARM 6 gt Questionable 7 S gt E Sta
343. on the destination computer system The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 431 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 Z LAN XWINdow S TATe command query Turns the X11 Window display capability on off Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN XWINdow STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 system comm lan xwindow stat OFF OUTPUT 719 System Comm Lan Xwindow OFF Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN XWINdow STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option UG7 advanced LAN Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The host X11 server must be configured to allow the analyzer permission to open a window for this command to complete successfully This is done with the xhost command for UNIX systems Preqequisites The LAN must be active ON for the XWindows feature to work See SYST COMM LAN STATe m Before setting STATE to ON the user should set the Display IP address with the SYSTEM COMMUNICATE LAN XWINDOW HOSTNAME command After this command is issued no analyzer activity takes place until the X11 window on the workstation is positioned and placed with the mouse The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 432 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial CONTrol DTR command query Specifies hardware handshake type for the serial port
344. on the value of COUNt for the given layer When COUNt is greater than one all of the subservient layers are cycled repeatedly COUNt times For example to make five measurements each qualified by the same combination of ARM and TRIGger events the COUNt in the ARM layer should be set to 5 Each time the ARM layer is entered from below the flow is redirected to follow the downward traverse After the fifth cycle when COUNt is satisfied the upward traverse to the initated state is made MEMory The purpose of the MEMory block is to hold data inside the instrument The memory may be implicit and inaccessible to the user as internal calibration data for example may be fixed as current measurement data for example or may be allocated and user addressed FORMat The purpose of the FORMat block is to convert between data representations especially on the data that is transferred over the external interface An example is conversion of internal data formats to ASCII Hard COPy The purpose of the HCOPy block is to control the setup of plotting and printing to an external device The Hard COPy subsystem does not perform any data formatting such as converting data from one representation to another e g COMPlex to POLar Instead HCOPy adds the necessary page formatting dependent upon the hard copy device language to turn the data into an acceptable form for the hard copy device DISPlay The purpose of the DISPlay block is to format d
345. optional and may not be installed If the second channel is not installed IF2 and INT2 generate error messages If no number is used 1 is assumed 456 Error Messages 457 Appendix A Error Messages SYSTem ERRor The queue query message is a request for the next entry from the instrument s error event queue This queue contains an integer in the range 32768 32767 Negative error numbers are reserved by the SCPI standard and defined in this document Positive error numbers are instrument dependent An error event value of zero indicates that no error or event has occurred see next section The queue The instrument responds to SYSTem ERRor query using the following form Error event lt Device description gt dependent info gt lt Error event number gt The lt error event number gt is a unique error event descriptor Certain standard error event numbers are described in this document The lt error description gt is a short description of the error event optionally followed by further information about the error event Short descriptions of the standard error event numbers are given in this document The lt device dependent info gt part of the response may contain information which allows you to determine the exact error event and context For example 131 Invalid suffix FREQuency CENT 2 0 5 dBuV The maximum string length of error description plus device dep
346. or 225 options for disk 226 transferred data ASC or REAL 175 FORMat description 28 FORMat DATA 175 free run trigger 456 frequency center 331 counter 63 64 demod carrier 327 error 66 log lin 161 manual sweep 340 points 351 source sine 376 source offset 377 source ranges 381 spacing log lin 161 span 341 start 345 step size 347 steps auto 346 stop 348 track center 332 units 123 equency data SFE x axis data equency response display 55 equency shift key 297 ont panel lockout 442 FSK error 66 FSK modulation format 295 297 llspan 342 nction math 111 135 nction source 378 G gain adjust digital demod 303 gate delay 353 step size 354 gate time 355 gate window 373 couple to main 374 gated time display 55 gateway address 427 gating on off 356 Gaussian filter digital demod 291 293 Index filter BT digital demod 290 window FFT 375 GPIB 2nd GPIB connector 423 connector on UFG or UTH board 423 downconverter address 336 instrument address 423 interface capabilities 4 plotter address 202 printer address 203 system interconnect 423 trigger 43 graticule print plot 193 grids color 192 number displayed 134 on off 147 group delay aperture 59 coordinates 57 GSM configuration 305 H andshake serial 433 435 Hanning window FFT 375 Hard Copy description 28 COPy ABORt 176 COPy DATA 177 HCOPy DESTination 178 HCOPy DEVice CMAP DEFault 179 HCOPy DEVice COLor 180
347. or 4096 The current value is stored in non volatile RAM and is not affected by preset The factory default is 2048 The value specified with this command must be equal to or greater than m The number of time points for the trace The number of points any stored trace that you wish to recall The standard amount of RAM is supplemented with a 20 MB RAM board listed under the options as option UTH The 20 MB RAM board includes additional I O another GPIB connector and a LAN interface Related Commands To specify the maximum number of frequency points in a trace use MEM MALL MEAS FPO To allocate memory for IBASIC programs use MEM MALL PROG To specify the number of math temporary registers use MEM MALL MEAS MTEM To specify the RAM disk size use MMEM INIT To remove the RAM disk use MEM DEL RDIS To specify the number of frequency points in a trace use SWE POIN 219 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate PROGram command query Specifies amount of memory to allocate for BASIC programs Command Syntax MEMory MALLocate PROGram lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 40282347E 38 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 MEM MALL PROGRAM 2147483647 OUTPUT 719 mem mallocate prog 2147483647 Query Syntax MEMory MALLocate PROGram Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Synchronization Required
348. ore than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of negative transition registers in register sets 412 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable PTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Status Positive Transition register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable PTRansition number number arealnumber NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 status ques ptransition 5 OUTPUT 719 Stat Ques Ptransition 53 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable PTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Status Positive Transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 1 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command
349. ors or query errors see the other error definitions in this section s SCPI Device Specific Error Description 300 Device specific error This is the generic device dependent error for devices that cannot detect more specific errors This code indicates only that a Device Dependent Error as defined in F 488 2 310 System error Indicates that some error 311 Memory error Indicates that an error was detected in the device s memory The scope of this error is device dependent 312 PUD memory lost Indicates that the protected user data saved by the PUD command has been lost 313 Calibration memory lost Indicates that nonvolatile calibration data used by the CAL command has been lost 314 Save recall memory lost Indicates that the nonvolatile data saved by the SAV command has been lost 315 Configuration memory lost Indicates that nonvolatile configuration data saved by the device has been lost The meaning of this error is device specific 330 Self test failed 350 Queue overflow A specific code entered into the queue in lieu of the code that caused the error This code indicates that there is no room in the queue and an error occurred but was not recorded 466 Appendix A Error Messages Query Error An lt error event number in the range 499 400 indicates that the output queue control of the instrument has detected a problem with the message exchange protocol described in EEE 488 2 chapter 6 The occ
350. ory STORe STATe lt number gt lt filename gt areal number state number limits 1 1 n lt msus gt lt filespec gt RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT x ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions on OUTPUT 719 mmemory store state 1 ext mystate OUTPUT 719 MMEM STOR STAT 1 INT IFsetup sta Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed If the filename matches that of another file on the mass storage unit specified sus this command overwrites the existing file If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed The instrument state can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 Related Commands To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS mass storage is 242 Command Reference MMEMory STORe TCAPture command Stores the time capture buffer to a file on the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax MMEMory STORe TCAPture msus filespec msus RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem stor tcap int tcap 01 OUTPUT 719 MMEM STORE TCAPTURE TIME REF Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific De
351. ostPtr h addr hostPtr h length peeraddr in sin family AF INET peeraddr in sin port htons portNumber if connect s char amp peeraddr in sizeof struct sockaddr in 1 fprintf stderr unable to create socket to s s n hostname strerror errno return 1 return s 477 Appendix B Sockets Example Program BRK KK KK RR KCKCkCK KCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCkCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCKCkCkCKCKCkCkCkCkCk Ck k ck k ck A A HH gt SFunction queryInstrument Description send a SCPI command to the instrument and return response SParameters i FILE file pointer associated with TCP IP socket const char command SCPI command string char result where to put the result size t maxLength maximum size of result array in bytes SReturn char a pointer to the result string SErrors returns NULL if anything goes wrong kCk char queryInstrument FILE file const char command char result size t maxLength int length if fprintf file Ss n command lt 0 return NULL fflush file if fgets result maxLength file NULL return NULL REMOVE TRAILING NEWLINE IF PRESENT length strlen result if result length 1 n result
352. own in figure 1 is the building block of the analyzer s status system Most register sets in the analyzer include all of the registers shown in the general model although commands are not always available for reading or writing a particular register The information transfer within a register set starts at the condition register and ends at the register summary bit see figure 2 The information is controlled by altering bits in the transition and enable registers Condition Transition Event Enable Logical Register Registers Register Register OR Pos Neg Bit 0 Bit 1 _ Summary Bit 2 2 Bit T 0 e Bit Name e e Bit Number Figure 1 General Model of a Status Register Group When a status group is implemented in a SCPI instrument it always contains all of the component registers There is not always a corresponding command to read or write every register however The flow within a status group starts at the condition register and ends at the register summary bit as shown in figure 2 You control the flow by setting the bit patterns in the transition and enable registers Positive Transition Register Enable Register To gt Summary Bit Condition Event Register Register Negative Transition Reaister Figure 2 Flow of Information Within a Register Set General Status Register Model Condition Register Condition registers continuously monitor hardware and firm
353. param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number 20 volts to 20 volts lt unit gt V lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 corr offs 0 OUTPUT 719 Sense Corr Offs 0 Query Syntax SENSe CORRection 1 2 OFFS Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description By default the offset for an input channel is zero Use this command to adjust an input channel s DC offset to compensate for external devices The offset is compensated for mathematically With DC coupling the input range must still be adjusted to handle both the AC and DC components of the signal The offset that you specify is only applied in the IF receiver modes and only after you send sense correction 1 2 external state ON Also for a receiver mode of 0 10 2 the time data must be baseband For additional details see online help for the System Utility more cal setup external calibration softkey 278 Command Reference ISENSe DATA command query Uploads or downloads time capture data between the analyzer and the controller Command Syntax SENSe DATA TCAP1 TCAP2 lt DATA gt DATA lt DEF_BLOCK gt x lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 data tcapl USER2 OUTPUT 719 Sense Data Tcap2 USER2 Query Syntax SENSe D
354. pecified number of averages is taken and then it has the same state as the Measuring bit See following illustration Hardcopy In Progress bit 9 is set to 1 while the analyzer is printing or plotting 19 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Waterfall Spectrogram bit 11 is set to 1 when a waterfall or spectrogram is in progress on any trace measurement It is set to 0 when all waterfalls and spectrograms are complete and then it has the same state as the Measuring bit Complete means that the specified buffer depth number of scans have been acquired after the settling is done Settling means that if averaging is exponential the specified number of averages have been acquired and if the analyzer is operating real time the first time record is full m Capture in Progress bit 12 is set to 1 when a time capture begins It is set to 0 when the capture either comes to completion or is aborted Program Running bit 14 is set to 1 while the current Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC program runs Bit States versus Instrument Condition condition Measuring bit Sweeping bit paused 0 0 avg done 0 0 waiting for INIT 1 0 settling 1 1 waiting for ARM 1 1 waiting for TRIG 1 1 meas running 1 1 gcse 8 Configuration zou cn 1220 ogee o
355. pecifies that successive data blocks are to be taken as quickly as possible without waiting for a trigger signal INTIIINT2 specifies that the input data blocks should be acquired when the channel 112 sampled input data stream matches the trigger conditions slope and level are set with TRIG SLOP and TRIG LEV Note that the second channel is an option and may not be installed in the analyzer IF1IIF2 specifies the IF signal from either input channel 1 or 2 as the trigger signal This means the analyzer begins a measurement when the IF signal meets the specified trigger slope and level conditions IF trigger is a narrow band trigger compared to the INT trigger Some signal types may require the use of trigger holdoff see TRIG HOLD Note that the second channel is an option and may not be installed in the analyzer OUTP specifies that the input data blocks should be acquired synchronously with the source BUS specifies that the input data blocks should be acquired when the GPIB Group Execute Trigger command is received EXT specifies that the input data blocks are acquired when the front panel EXT TRIGGER signal meets the level and slope criteria set with the TRIG LEV and TRIG SLOP commands The level is an analog voltage between 11 0V and 11 0V Slope in this case indicates which side of the level value the external signal must be to trigger a measurement POS means more positive and NEG means more negative Note Channel 2 is
356. pecifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WINDI is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 191 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule COLor command query Specifies the pen used to plot the trace graticule Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description HCOPy ITI EM WINDOW 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule COLor lt param gt lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt x areal limits number NRf data 0 16 UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 Hcopy Item Trace Grat Color 1 OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM WIND3 TRAC GRAT COL 12 HCOPy ITI Integer EM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe GRATicule COLor Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance confirmed The grid or graticule pen is used to plot the graticule overlaying the trace the border around the instrument state and the border around the disk catalog All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed This information is not used for PCL language output The Window node has no effect in this command Whatever value is set for any trace is the active value for all tra
357. pectrum display 55 SRE service request enable 41 SRO 9 SRO enable 39 41 Index stamp time date 190 standard digital demod configurations 305 Standard Event Enable mask query 33 read and clear 34 Standard Event register description 18 start frequency 345 start plot print 184 185 statistical power measurements 69 statistics time capture 261 status atpoweron 39 calibration 14 event enable 39 frequency 14 modulation 14 SRO enable 39 voltage 14 Status Byte register 10 12 clearing 32 enable SRO 41 mask 41 reading 42 status registers 11 21 general model 5 8 how to use 8 STATus DEVice EVENt 390 STATus DEVice CONDition 388 STATus DEVice ENABle 389 STATus DEVice NTRansition 391 STATus DEVice PTRansition 392 STATus OPERation CONDition 393 STATus OPERation ENABle 394 STATus OPERation EVENt 395 STATus OPERation NTRansition 396 STATus OPERation PTRansition 397 STATus PRESet 398 STATus QUEStionable CONDition 399 STATus QUEStionable ENABle 400 STATus QUEStionable EVENt 401 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition 402 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle 403 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt 404 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency NTRansition 405 STATus QUEStionable FREQuency PTRansition 406 STATus QUEStionable MODulation CONDition 407 STATus QUEStionable MODulation ENABle 408 STATus QUEStionABLE MODulation EVENt 409 STATu
358. plot 179 skew spectrogram 140 spectrogram 140 trace pens 191 combined channels 260 command echo on off 439 command error 460 complex constants 105 110 display type 57 nfiguration display 261 nfiguring memory 214 215 218 220 constant math 105 110 constellation display 57 continue loading a large file 228 program execution 258 storing a large file 239 CONTinue a measurement 128 continuous sweeps 204 control passing 38 conventions filenames 237 coordinate types 57 coordinates rectangular polar 85 copy BASIC program from disk 230 BASIC program to disk 241 data registers to from controller 447 file 221 instrument state from disk 231 instrument state to disk 242 large files 228 239 SEE ALSO load and store math definitions to disk 240 time capture from disk 232 time capture to disk 243 trace from disk 233 trace to data register 446 trace to disk 244 waterfall spectrogram from disk 234 waterfall spectrogram to data register 445 waterfall spectrogram to disk 245 correction impedance 276 corrections time domain 275 counter frequency 63 coupled bandwidth 271 markers 62 coupling input 206 cross correlation display 55 CW frequency 376 D data affects of PAUS ABOR 249 header number of points 280 C C postprocessing on off 114 ansfer trace register 447 ansfer format 175 data copy math definitions to disk 240 ime capture from disk 232 ime capture to
359. r Command Syntax MMEMory COPY lt source gt lt destination gt source lt device gt lt filename gt destination lt device gt lt filename gt device NVRAM IRAM IINT IEXT lt device_selector gt lt unit_number gt device selector areal number NRf data limits 700 730 unit number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 filename ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename conventions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem copy int filel ext file1 OUTPUT 719 MMEM COPY EXT INT Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To copy a file include a filename with the source device To copy a file and change the name include filenames with both source and destination devices lt device gt values are defined under MMEM MSIS If the destination filename is not specified the source and destination must be different devices Files may also be moved with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 To copy an entire disk use the mass storage unit specifier device for the lt source gt and lt destination gt with no filenames The device selector and unit number specifiers are valid only with the EXT specifier See MMEM NAME for filename conventions and wildcard usage Caution All files on the destination are overwritten by a disk copy operation Related Commands
360. r Continue received while capture in progress Abort capture first No capture data for channel d No capture data No more applications allowed Not a valid serial number Not enough capture data for any measurement result Offset freq is a display only paramater in external IF input mode Offset value of 0 is not allowed Option is not installed Plot print is already in progress Printer plotter is not on line Printer plotter out of paper Printer plotter reports error 469 Appendix A Error Messages Error Number 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 Error Message Program memory re size is not allowed while recording enabled Program variable access not allowed while recording enabled Receiver must be 0 10 MHz to measure from capture Receiver must be 2 1800 MHz to measure from capture Receiver must be 2 2650 MHz to measure from capture Receiver must be External to measure from capture Recording mode canceled because os Remote X11 display connection closed Result length truncated to fit within search length Save recall program is not allowed during power on calibration Savelrecall program is not allowed while recording enabled Search length or result leng
361. r all the data in the register has been output This happens each time a trigger occurs Related Commands To specify the source type use SOUR FUNC m specify the trigger type use TRIG SOUR To turn the source on off use OUTP STAT 382 Command Reference SOURce VOLTage LEVel 1MMediate AMPLitude command query Specifies the source output level Command Syntax SOURce VOLTage LEVel IMMediate AMPLitude lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see table lt unit gt dBmldBVldBVrmsldBVpkIVIVpkIVrmsIWIWrms lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SOUR VOLTAGE LEV IMM AMPLITUDE 10DBM OUTPUT 719 sour volt 1V Query Syntax SOURce VOLTage LEVel IMMediate AMPLitude Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 10 dBm 100 mv SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Specifies a source output level that applies to all waveform types For random noise or periodic chirp the level is the total wideband level the summation of the waveform measured at full span For smaller spans not all of the energy appears in the measurement because some of the waveform s power is outside the selected span If the level is specified for random noise in Vrms when the source type is changed the analyzer maintains the rms level for the ne
362. r mode the analyzer picks the span used for the measurement This affects the resolution in that At becomes a function of measurement parameters other than the user specified span 352 Command Reference SENSe SWEepI1 2 TIME GATE DELay command query Specifies when the time gate begins relative to the beginning of the main time record Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE DELay lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see discussion lt unit gt S lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 swe time gate del 15 us OUTPUT 719 Sense Swe Time Gate Del 40e 3 Query Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME GATE DELay Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0S SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The sweep node numbers 112 specify which input receiver channel is affected by the command If no number is specified the command is applied to channel 1 Note that channel 2 is optional and may not be installed in the analyzer To determine whether the second channel is installed send OPT and see if AY7 second channel is returned Note Time operations do not function when the instrument mode is scalar When the measurement is zoomed a local oscillator signal is mixed with the measurement data
363. racking and uses the signal on channel 2 to determine center frequency INP2 should not be selected unless the optional second channel is installed Note Tracking is not possible when averaging is on manual sweep is active analog or digital demod is active capture playback is active or when ROUT REC is RF2 or COMB 332 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency EXTernal BANDwidth command query Specifies the bandwidth of the external downconverter signal Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe FREQuency EXTernal BANDwidth lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt a real number NRf data limits depends on configuration n HZ UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 SENSE FREQ EXT BANDWIDTH 3 MHZ OUTPUT 719 freq ext band 9E6 SENSe FREQuency EXTernal BANDwidth Real Synchronization Required no Preset State 3 0E 6 SCPI Compliance instrument specific This command is effective only when ROUTe RECeiver is EXT as when using a downconverter such as the Agilent 89411A See Help Text under the Help hardkey for more information 333 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency EXTernal CENTer command query Specifies the center frequency of the external downconverter signal Command Syntax
364. ray depending on brightness and one specifying no white Luminance specifies the brightness per unit area of the color A luminance of zero results in black a luminance of one results in the brightest color available See the DISP BRIG command 131 Command Reference DISPlay CMAP DEFault Returns all color settings to their default settings Command Syntax DISPlay CMAP DEFault Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISP CMAP DEF OUTPUT 719 disp cmap def Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The display color map is loaded with predefined color definitions command 132 Command Reference DISPlay ENABle command query Turns the display on and off Command Syntax DISPlay ENABle OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Display Enab ON OUTPUT 719 DISP ENABLE OFF Query Syntax DISPlay ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The message Display Blanking On appears in the center of the display when the display is off Plots that occur when the display is off also show only the blanking message Menu information appears only when analyzer is in local front panel operation Issuing any remote command blanks the softkey menus 133 Command Reference DISPlay FORMat command query Specifies the numb
365. rn Format TRACe DATA D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 DATA DEF gt for real format or lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ASCII format OUTPUT 719 Trace Data D6 USER2 OUTPUT 719 TRAC D4 USER2 TRACe DATA If FORMat DATA REAL DATA DEF BLOCK DEF BLOCK lt byte gt lt length_bytes gt lt 1st_value gt lt last_value gt lt NL gt lt byte gt one byte number of length bytes to follow ASCII encoded length bytes number of data bytes to follow ASCII encoded NL newline line feed character If FORMat DATA ASCii DATA lst gt last value Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The command form loads Y axis trace data into one of six data registers from the GPIB The first parameter specifies the destination The query form of this command transfers data from the analyzer over the bus to your controller The query form requires the first parameter TRAC DI1ID2ID3IDAIDBIDG Some of the data transferred with this command is not alias protected See following table Number of Baseband Data Zoomed Data rm Meer 51 65 0 50 64 7 57 101 129 0 100 128 14 114 201 257 0 200 256 28 228 401 513 0 400 512 56 456 801 1025 0 800 1024 112 912 1601 2049 0 1600 2048 224 1824 3201 4097 0
366. ronization Required no Preset State 10 dB div SCPI Compliance confirmed Units List am amrms2 Hzpk2 rad radrms2 Vpk am2 amrms2 Hz Hzpk2 Hz rad2 radrms2 Hz Vpk rtHz ampk dB Hzrms radpk 5 2 ampk rtHz deg Hzrms rtHz radpk rtHz unitless Vpk2 Hz ampk2 Hz Hzrms2 radpk2 V Vrms ampk2 Hz Hz2 Hzrms2 Hz radpk2 Hz VirtHz Vrms rtHz amrms Hzpk MHz radrms V2 Vrms2 amrms rtHz Hzpk rtHz pet radrms rtHz V2 Hz Vrms2 Hz Description The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WIND 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A Related Commands Toset the reference level use DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV To change the position of the reference line use DISP WIND TRAC Y RPOS To autoscale the display use DISP WIND TRAC Y AUTO This is the preset value for log mag spectrum Other combinations of data format and measurement data have other preset values 164 Command Reference DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel Specifies the reference level value for the Y axis or returns current setting Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary DISPlay WIN
367. rt of the current measurement trace that is obscured by the previous trace because the elevation between traces was not sufficient to separate the two is blanked or hidden This allows signals to become significantly more visible when the waterfall is displayed with many traces and a small elevation value is active This command affects all active traces regardless of whether a specific window trace is used e g DISP WIND2 For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 172 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 WATerfall STATe command query Turns waterfall display on off for active traces Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp waterfall OFF OUTPUT 719 Disp Window Wat Stat OFF Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 off SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The waterfall display draws new traces at the top of the screen as older traces move toward the bottom The height of each trace and elevation between spaces may be user defined as well as features such as hidden line threshold and baseline Related Commands To specify which traces are active use DISP ACT To set the thres
368. ry Specifies the clock format 12 or 24 hour for the time date stamp Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp CFORmat HR12 HR24 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM TDSTAMP CFOR HR24 OUTPUT 719 hcopy item tdst cformat HR12 Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp CFORmat Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific 188 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp FORMat command query Specifies the year month day format for the time date stamp Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp FORMat lt param gt param FORMatIIFORMatIFORMatGIFORMat4IFORMatSIFORMat6 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcop Item Tdst Form FORMAT6 OUTPUT 719 HCOPY ITEM TDSTAMP FORM FORMATS Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp FORMat Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State FORMA SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description FORMATI DD MM YY FORMAT2 DD MM YY FORMATS YY MM DD FORMAT4 YY MM DD FORMATS MM DD YY FORMAT6 MM DD YY 189 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp STATe command query Turns time date stamp on or off for print and plot operations Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp STATe 0 0 1 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM TDSTAMP STATE OFF OUTPUT 719 hcop item tdst stat on Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp STATe Return Format Integer At
369. ry Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer Z UNIT Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option AYB Waterfall and Spectrogram Analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State UNITLESS SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Sending CALC MARK Z UNIT S sets the z axis units to seconds which is the trace s time stamp Sending CALC MARK Z UNIT UNITLESS sets the z axis units to a unitless number which is the trace number This command determines the units returned with the CALC MARK Z query 104 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 command query Defines a complex constant in real imaginary form Command Syntax lt r gt lt i gt lt number gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH CONStant 1 2 3 4 5 STEP lt r gt lt i gt lt number gt lt bound gt number l bound areal number NRf data limits 3 40282e 38 3 40282e 38 MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE MATH CONSTANT2 2560 19 84 OUTPUT 719 calc math cons3 7 53334e6 2 45e3 CALCulate 1 21 3 4 MATH CONStant 112131415 Real Real Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific r represents the real part and i represents the imaginary part Complex constants may be defined with either real imaginary or magnitude a
370. s Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial CONTrol DTR OFF IBFULL Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Syste Comm2 Ser Control Dtr OFF OUTPUT 719 SYSTEM COMM SER CONTROL DTR IBF Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial CONTrol DTR Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description DTR is a serial interface signal signifying data terminal ready When this command is set to IBFull hardware pacing is used for the serial ports the analyzer unasserts DTR if it is unable to receive data and it does not send data if the CTS line clear to send is not asserted When DTR is OFF the analyzer uses the CTS line for transmit pacing and it leaves the DTR line unasserted The 112 in the communicate node selects the particular serial port to be configured If no number is specified 1 is assumed Note The 89441A uses the SERIAL 2 port to control the downconverter portion of the analyzer While the analyzer is configured as an 89441A none of the serial communication parameters may be changed for the SERIAL 2 port 433 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 SERial RECeive BAUD command query Specifies the serial communication baud rate Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SYSTem COMMunic
371. s unacceptable to the device An unrecognized header was received Unrecognized headers include incorrect device specific headers and incorrect or unimplemented IEEE 488 2 common commands m A Group Execute Trigger GET was entered into the input buffer inside of an IEEE 488 2 PROGRAM MESSAGE Events that generate command errors do not generate execution errors device specific errors or query errors see the other error definitions in this chapter Error SCPI Command Error Descriptions Number 100 Command error This is the generic syntax error for devices that cannot detect more specific errors This code indicates only that a Command Error as defined in FFF 488 2 11 5 1 1 4 has occurred 101 Invalid character A syntactic element contains a character which is invalid for that type for example a header containing an ampersand SETUP amp This error might be used in place of errors 114 121 141 and perhaps others 102 Syntax error An unrecognized command or data type was encountered for example a string was received when the device does not accept strings 103 Invalid separator The parser was expecting a separator and encountered an illegal character for example the semicolon was omitted after a program message unit 1 CH1 VOLTS 5 104 Data type error The parser recognized a data element different than one allowed for example numeric or string data was expected but block data was encountered 105 GE
372. s QUEStionable MODulation NTRansition 410 STATus QUEStionable MODulation PTRansition 411 STATus QUEStionable NTRansition 412 STATus QUEStionable PTRansition 413 STATus QUEStionable VOLTage CONDition 414 STATus QUEStionable VOLTage ENABle 415 STATus QUEStionable VOLTage EVENt 416 STATus QUEStionable VOLTage NTRansition 417 STATus QUEStionable VOLTage PTRansition 418 STATus USER ENABle 419 Index STATus USER EVENt 420 STATus USER PULSe 421 STB status byte query 42 step size frequency 347 gate delay 354 math constant 110 zero 110 stop frequency 348 printing plotting 176 program 258 storing instrument state 242 large files 239 math registers 240 programs 241 time capture 243 waterfall spectrogram buffer 245 storing trace data 244 string values loading to program 259 subnet mask LAN 428 sweep manual automatic 349 overlap processing 357 single continuous 204 time delay 352 time gate length 355 sweeping bit 19 symbol marks digital demod 155 symbol number 66 symbol rate 315 symbols number to search 313 sync offset digital demod 310 pattern 311 search on off 312 synchronizing commands 36 45 SEE ALSO GPIB Programmer s Guide system interconnect 423 SYSTem BEEPer STATe 422 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN XWINdow HOSTname 430 SYSTem COMMunicate LAN XWINdow STATe 432 SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive BAUD 434 SYSTem COMMunicate SERial RECeive PACE 433 435 SYSTem COMMunicate
373. s in local so the message can not be executed 202 Settings lost due to rtl Indicates that a setting associated with a hard local control see EFF 488 2 5 6 1 5 was lost when the device changed to LOCS from REMS or to LWLS from RWLS 210 Trigger error 211 Trigger ignored Indicates that a GET TRG or triggering signal was received and recognized by the device but was ignored because of device timing considerations for example the device was not ready to respond Note a DTO device always ignores GET and treats TRG as a Command Error 212 Arm ignored Indicates that an arming signal was received and recognized by the device but was ignored 213 Init ignored Indicates that a request for a measurement initiation was ignored as another measurement was already in progress 214 Trigger deadlock Indicates that the trigger source for the initiation of a measurement is set to GET and subsequent measurement query is received The measurement cannot be started until a GET is received but the GET would cause an INTERRUPTED error 215 Arm deadlock Indicates that the arm source for the initiation of a measurement is set to GET and subsequent measurement query is received The measurement cannot be started until a GET is received but the GET would cause an INTERRUPTED error 220 Parameter error Indicates that a program data element related error occurred This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors describ
374. s memory use 429 X11 Window hostname address 430 X11 Window on off 432 X11 Window update rate 431 ise density 65 measurement 65 ise floor lowering SEE time averaging mal averaging 267 malize digital demod 303 NPO flag 262 266 Isearch 78 mber of data header points 280 displayed points 351 DVBQAM states digital demod 285 grids 134 points data register 449 PSK states digital demod 306 QAM states digital and video demod 307 traces waterfall 144 traces to average 262 VSB states video demod 322 NVRAM drive 236 Nyquist filter alpha 290 0 offset clock digital demod 282 digital demod sync 310 RBW tracking 272 source frequency 377 source voltage 385 offset marker on off 79 position 80 82 zero 83 offset coupled bandwidth 271 operation complete command 0PC 36 Operation Status register Condition query 393 description 19 Enable set amp query 394 Event read amp clear 395 Neg transition set amp query 396 Pos transition set amp query 397 preset 398 options display 261 installed OPT 37 output arbitrary 378 379 chip 378 DC offset 385 filter on off 246 frequency 376 function 378 impedance 247 level 383 noise 378 offset frequency 377 on off 248 port 178 repeat on off 382 signal type 378 sine 378 t U ip clearing 387 ser defined 378 OUTPut description 25 OUTPut FILTer LPASs STATe 246 OUTPut IMPedance 247 OUTPut ST
375. s of a file into one of the analyzer s six data registers The first parameter specifies the destination The second parameter specifies the source The file must have been created by saving a trace with the MMEM STOR TRAC command After loading the data register it is displayed with the CALC FEED D 112 6 command If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS The trace data can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 233 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD TRACe BUFFer command Loads a waterfall spectrogram trace buffer into the analyzer from the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax MMEMory LOAD TRACe BUFFer lt label gt lt filename gt label DIID2ID3ID4IDSID6I filename lt msus gt lt filespec gt msus RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem load trac buff D1 int test trc OUTPUT 719 MMEM LOAD TRACE BUFFER D3 MYTRACE Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command loads the contents of a file into one of the analyzer s six data r
376. scillator is not locked to its internal reference signal s Reference Unlocked bit 2 is set to 1 when the analyzer s internal reference signal is not locked to the external reference signal being applied to the analyzer s rear panel Figure 10 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Questionable Frequency registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 16 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Questionable Modulation Register Set The Questionable Modulation register set monitors conditions that affect the modulation accuracy of measurement data These conditions occur only when option AYA is present See figure 11 STATus QUE Stionable MODulation CONDition STATus QUEStionable MODulation P TRansition STATus QUEStionable MODulation NTRansition STATus QUEStionable MODulation E VENt STATus QUEStionable MODulation ENABIe Bit Weights 011 Sync Not Found 0 J 112 Pulse Not Found 1 P A 2 4 3 8 Carier Unlock 3 P f 4 16 f 5 32 EN c aie EN 54 Bit 7 d a gt Questionable Status 9 512 9 7 10 1024 10 1 A 11 2048 12 4096 A 1 13 8192 13 ZA 14 16384 f A x bd A Figure 11 The Questionable Modulation Register Set Bits in the Questionable Modulation
377. scription If the contents of the time capture buffer is too large for the mass storage unit the error message Media full File too large is generated Use the MMEM STOR CONT command to split the file over multiple disks See MMEM STOR CONT command for more information about splitting a time capture file on multiple disks If the filename matches the name of another file on the mass storage unit this command overwrites the old file If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS The time capture buffer data can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 Note If you plan to transfer this file to a PC refer to the Standard Data Format Utilities Users Guide for information on format conversion 243 Command Reference MMEMory STORe TRACe command Saves the trace to a file on the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax MMEMory STORe TRACe lt label gt lt filename gt label TRACelITRACe2ITRACe3ITRACe4 filename lt msus gt lt filespec gt msus RAM INVRAMI IINT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 mmem stor trac trac int test trc OUTPUT 719 MMEM STORE TRACE TRACE3 MYTRACE Attribute Summary Synchron
378. scription 28 memory state display 261 EMory MALLocate MEASurement DEFault 214 EMory MALLocate MEASurement FPOints 215 EMory MALLocate MEASurement MSSRate 216 217 EMory MALLocate MEASurement MTEMp 218 EMory MALLocate MEASurement TPOints 219 EMory MALLocate PROGram 220 essage Available bit 12 message error 438 minimum shift key 302 pectrum 339 FSYStem 224 LOAD CONTinue 228 LOAD MATH 229 LOAD PROGram 230 LOAD STATe 231 LOAD TCAPture 232 L0AD TRACe 233 LOAD TRACe BUFFer 234 y NAME 237 y STORe CONTinue 239 TORe MATH 240 ORe PROGram 241 TORe STATe 242 ORe TCAPture 243 TORe TRACe 244 EMory STORe TRACe BUFFer 245 mnemonic echo on off 439 mode scalar vector demod video wbcdma 211 model number 35 model instrument 23 modulation index units 115 status bit 14 modulation format FSK 297 MSK 302 selecting 295 modulation digital SFE digital demod move file 235 moving time capture data 279 3 Wu ED See 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1mm mm Mm Mm mM mM mM Mmmm MM lt 4 4 4 4 1 Or CO COCA MSK modulation format 295 302 MSS bit 9 N NADC configuration 305 name conventions file 237 network 23 n n n n 0 0 0 u u ethernet address 424 gateway address 427 IP address 425 on off 429 subnet mask 428 type BNC AUI 426 v
379. se DISP WAT THR For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 168 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 WATerfall BLINe STATe command query Turns waterfall display baseline on off Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall BLINe STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Disp Waterfall Blin OFF OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY WIND WAT BLINE STAT ON Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 WATerfall BLINe STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option AYB waterfall amp spectrogram display Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Baselines are used in conjunction with threshold settings to define the floor of the current scaling view This is especially useful when the elevation setting is such that the display consists of many overlapping traces Related Commands To turn waterfall displays on off use DISP WAT To set the elevation use DISP WAT ELEV To set the trace height use DISP WAT HEIG To set the threshold use DISP WAT THR For more information on waterfall and spectrogram display types see online help and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 169 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 WATerfall ELEVation command query Specifies the number of
380. sity instead of carrier to noise density ratio The selected measurement runs and updates itself with every time record gathered or for cases like averaging where multiple time records are needed to create a measurement result every time a measurement result is available To run the same measurement on another set of data change the variable of interest synchronize and query again The query returns the type of measurement that is currently being calculated To query the data use CALC MARK FUNC RES 65 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion DDEMod RESult query Queries error parameters for digital or video demodulation or wideband CDMA Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion DDEMod RESult lt param gt lt param gt ADR DEV EVRM EVPK EVPS EVPA EVNF FERR FSRM FSPK FSPS IQOF LCOD MERM MEPS PERM PBIT PEPS PLEV RHO SNRI SLOT TDPC TFRM TSLT TTRG Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc3 marker func ddemod res SNR OUTPUT 719 Calc Marker Func Ddemod Res FERR Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis and B7A Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution EDGE or B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP Wideband CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance
381. storage units such as disks use MMEM STOR TRAC BUFF and MMEMLOAD TRAC BUFF To query the number of points in the data register use TRAC DATA HEADer POINTs 445 Command Reference TRACe COPY command Copies the specified trace into a data register Command Syntax TRACE COPY labell lt label2 gt labell2 D1ID2ID3ID4IDSID6 label22 TRACelITRACe2ITRACe3ITRACe4 ICALIICAL2 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 trac copy D1 trac4 OUTPUT 719 Trac Copy D2 1 OUTPUT 719 Trac Copy D4 CAL1 Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description CALIICAL2 represent trace information consisting of calibration data for input channels 1 and 2 respectively Related Commands To display the contents of a data register as a trace use CALC FEED To store the contents of a data register to disk use TRACE DATA To move trace data between the trace registers and mass storage units as disk files use MMEM STOR TRAC and MMEM LOAD TRAC To query the number of points in the data register use TRAC DATA HEADer POINts Trace data may be transferred directly to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 446 Command Reference TRACe DATA command query Moves data between the controller and the data registers Command Syntax lt DATA gt Example Statements Query Syntax Retu
382. sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number See Operational Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of enable registers in register sets 394 Command Reference STATus OPERation EVENt query Reads and clears the Operational Status Event register Query Syntax STATus OPERation EVENt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 stat oper event OUTPUT 719 Stat Operation Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Operational Status Event register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number Note The Operational Status Event register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Operational Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 395 Command Reference STATus OPERation NTRansition command query Sets and queries bits in the Operational Status Negative Transition register Command Syntax STATus OPERation NTRansition lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example S
383. t 177 DISPlay MFUNction 135 RR bz ier 178 DISPlay PROGram MODE 136 HCOPy DEVice CMAP DEFault 179 DiSPlay TCAPture ENVelope 137 HCOPy DEVice COLor 180 5 138 HCOPyDEViceLANGuagge 181 DISPlay WINDow SPECtrogram COLors 139 HCOPy DEVice RESolution 182 DISPlay WINDow SPECtrogram ENHance 2 140 HCOPyDEViceSPEed sooni manea tade not meea 183 DISPlay WINDow SPECtrogram MAP 14 HCOPy IMMediate ole 184 DISPlay WINDow SPECtrogram STATe 142 185 DISPlay WINDow SPECtrogram THReshold 143 0 0 186 DISPlay WINDow TRACe BUFFer o 144 HCOPy ITEM FFEed STATe 187 DISPlay WINDow TRACe DCARrier 145 HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp CFORmat 188 DISPlay WINDow TRACe EYE COUNt 146 HCOPy ITEM TDSTamp FORMat 2 2 2 aaa 189 DISPlay WINDow TRACe GRATicule GRID STATe 147 1 5 5 190
384. t msus RAM INVRAM INT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Mmem Stor Prog EXT ibprog OUTPUT 719 MMEMORY STORE PROGRAM int myprog Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command stores the currently active Instrument BASIC program to the mass storage unit specified The program must be located in the active program buffer see the PROG NAME command If the active program buffer does not contain a program the analyzer generates the error message Program Error No program exists If the specified filename is the same as an existing file the analyzer generates the error message Program Error Duplicate file name and it aborts the store operation This command will not overwrite an existing file See the MMEM DEL command for information about deleting existing files from a disk If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS 241 Command Reference MMEMory STORe STATe command Saves the instrument state to a file on the specified mass storage unit Command Syntax lt number gt lt filename gt lt msus gt lt filespec gt Example Statements Attribute Summary Description MMEM
385. t areal number NRf data limits 0 41 94 x S x UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 trig hold delay 6 61666 OUTPUT 719 Trig Hold TRIGger HOLDoff Dl Real off Del 22 9661 ELay Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 s SCPI Compliance instrument specific For more information on this feature see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest Related Commands m To activate trigger holdoff use TRIG HOLD STAT specify the IF trigger type use TRIG SOUR 452 Command Reference TRIGger HOLDoff STATe command query Specifies the state on off of the trigger holdoff Command Syntax Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description TRIGger HOLDoff STATe OFF 0O ON 1 OUTPUT 719 TRIG HOLDOFF STAT OFF OUTPUT 719 trigger hold stat OFF TRIGger HOLDoff STATe Integer Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 OFF SCPI Compliance instrument specific For more information on this feature see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest Related Commands m specify the amount of trigger holdoff delay use TRIG HOLD DEL To specify the IF trigger type use TRIG SOUR 453 Command Reference TRIGger LEVel command query Specifies the signal level at which a measurement is triggered Command Syntax TRIGger LE
386. t and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 297 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod LCODe Sets the long code for Wideband CDMA measurements command query Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod LCODe lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 1 512 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DDEMOD LCOD 1 OUTPUT 719 sense ddem lcod 3 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod LCODe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When DDEM LCOD MODE CODE is selected this command sets the long code that the analyzer uses to demodulate W CDMA signals The range of valid long codes depend on the W CDMA format selected with the SENSe DDEM SEL command The following table shows the W CDMA formats associated valid long code values and required analyzer option W CDMA Format DDEM SEL Commad Valid Long Codes Required Option trial 1998 TFOR 1 to 128 B73 ARIB 1 0 1 2 ATFOR 1 to 512 B79 3GPP G3FOR 0 to 128 080 298 Command Reference I SENSe IDDEMod LCODe GROup command query Sets the long code group for Wideband CDMA measurements Command S
387. t setting 421 V vector mode selecting 211 version firmware 35 video demod error measurements 66 number of QAM states 307 number of VSB states 322 video demodulation mode selecting 211 VSB number of states 322 VSB modulation format 295 W wait 45 waterfall azimuth 168 baseline on off 169 display control 357 elevation 170 height trace 171 hidden lines 172 in progress status bit 20 loading 234 number of traces 144 Index on off 173 skew 168 storing dati threshold a 245 174 trace height 171 trace selec WCDMA ARIB 1 0 tion 101 2 314 chip rate setting 284 configurat ion 314 Japanese Experimental System 314 Trial 1998 WCDMA 1 25 WCDMA 10 WCDMA 20 WCDMA 5 MH Forward Link 314 MHz configuration 305 Hz configuration304 305 Hz configuration 305 z configuration 305 WCDMA configuration 305 wideband COMA error measurements 66 wideband CDMA selecting 211 window FFT types 375 time gate 373 types coupling gate main 374 X11 432 X x scale markers 158 159 reference level 160 x axis autoscale 157 data 450 phase wrap value 120 spacing 161 units 122 125 451 X11 Window hostname address 430 IP address 430 on off 432 update rate 431 XON XOFF 435 Y y scale range tracking 166 reference level 165 reference position 167 y axis autoscale 163 y axis units am modulation index 115 angle 116 frequency 117 power 118 time 119
388. t N span x 2 56 RBW and RBW is resolution bandwidth where k is window bandwidth Substituting for N and At we get L R I as long as N is not larger than the installed memory standard 32 KSamples option 1 MSample See concepts for values of k 363 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 POSition Returns the current position in the time capture buffer Query Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 POSition Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Tcap2 Position OUTPUT 719 SENS TCAPTURE POS Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific query 364 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 RANGe command query Specifies range value for time capture data Command Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 RANGe lt number gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 1 0E 20 1 0E20 bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sens tcapture2 rang 4 01739e 19 OUTPUT 719 Tcapture2 Rang 9 85167e 19 Query Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 RANGe Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The range must be specified before time data is loaded into the capture buffers from a controller This value in Volts is used as a reference to convert the data to integer format To get full 32
389. t be met for each measurement even when averaging is on 266 Command Reference SENSe AVERage TCONtrol command query Terminal Control specifies the action of the AVERage subsystem when AVERage COUNt measurement results are generated Command Syntax SENSe AVERage TCONtrol EXPonential NORMal REPeat Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sens Average Tcon EXPONENTIAL OUTPUT 719 AVER TCONTROL REPEAT Query Syntax SENSe AVERage TCONt ro1 Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State EXP SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The parameters have the following meanings NORMal Additional averages continue to be accumulated according to the average type selected REPeat Clear average data and counter and restart the average process EXPonential Continue the average with an exponential weighting applied to old values For complex types the additional averages are weighted as follows AVG S ok FN aye n n For RMS averaging the weighting is AVG V 1 px 5 avg 17 where n is the weighting factor specified with AVER COUNt AVG is the most recent average value X is the most recent measurement data AVG _1 is the previous average value 267 Command Reference SENSe AVERage TYPE command query Selects the averaging type Command Syntax SENSe AVERage TYPE MAX RMS COMPlex Example Statements OU
390. t conforms to the general status register model described at the beginning of this chapter with the following exceptions You can write but not read the condition register You cannot write or read the transition registers Bits in the positive transition register are always set to 1 Bits in the negative transition register are always set to 0 Bit 15 is not available It is always set to 0 Bits in the User Status condition register are normally set to 0 but are set to 1 briefly when you send a STAT USER PULS command If you send STAT USER PULS 32 bit 5 of the condition register is pulsed high 2 32 Figure 14 also shows the commands you use to read or write the User Status registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 21 Agilent 89400 Series Register Set Summary Agilent 89400 Series Register Set Summary User Status a 5 Z A I yO may gt 5 Device State Z ute mI Auto Cal Off 0 gt EN Hardware Failed 2 6 5 A 3 zd Key Pressed 4 41 9 STAT USER Display Ready 5 6 Questionable V
391. t gt OHM Example Statements OUTPUT 719 inputl imp 50 OUTPUT 719 Inp2 Imp IMOHM OUTPUT 719 INPUTI IMP 1e6 Query Syntax INPut 112 Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 50 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Related Commands When 1 MQ is active you can specify the reference impedance used to calculate dBm with the CORR IMP command Note For the 89441A the 1 MQ selection is not valid for channel 1 input1 if the receiver type is RF ROUT REC RF2 Channel 2 impedance is not limited by receiver type but may not be installed 208 Command Reference INPut 1 21 5 command query This key turns on off the selected channel Command Syntax INPut 1 2 STATe 0 0 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 INP1 STATE ON OUTPUT 719 inp2 on Query Syntax INPut 1 2 STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Turning a channel off increases the measurement rate in some cases since no calculations are made for a channel that is off It also doubles the time capture record length for the channel that is on Ifyou send a command without specifying a channel the command affects channel 1 m Ifyou send a query without specifying a channel the analyzer returns the state of channel 1 Ifyou query a channel that is not installed the ana
392. t in the Operational Status positive transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 1 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Operational Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of positive transition registers in register sets 397 Command Reference STATus PRESet command Sets bits in most enable and transition registers to their default state Command Syntax STATus PRESet Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT PRES OUTPUT 719 status pres Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description STAT PRESet effects on the Questionable Voltage and Questionable Frequency register set as followss m Sets all enable register bits to 1 m Sets all positive transition register bits to 1 m Sets all negative transition register bits to 0 STATUS PRESet brings all events to the second level register sets the Device State Questionable Status and Operation Status without creating an SRQ or reflecting events in a serial poll It also affects these register sets the Device State Questionable Status and Opera
393. t l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 16 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcopy item wind2 trace mark color 6 OUTPUT 719 Hcop Item Wind3 Trac Marker Col 9 Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe MARKer COLor Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State trace pen 1 5 2 6 3 5 4 6 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description number is the pen number corresponding to the slot number in the plotter pen carrousel The pen specified with this command is used to plot main marker reference marker and marker function text and graphics for the specified trace The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WINDI is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A Nothing is plotted for items with pen values of 0 or for which the pen value exceeds the limits of the plotter in use All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed This information is not used for PCL language output 196 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe MARKer IMMediate command Plots or prints the specified marker only Command Syntax HCOPy
394. t registers latch any reported condition changes When a transition bit allows a condition change to be reported the corresponding event bit is set to 1 Once set an event bit is no longer affected by condition changes It remains set until the event register is cleared either when you read the register or when you send the CLS clear status command Event registers are read only Notes Reading the Event Register clears the Event Register All event registers are cleared by the CLS command General Status Register Model Enable Register Enable registers control the reporting of events which are latched condition register information to the register summary bit If an enable bit is set to one the corresponding event bit is included in the logical ORing process that determines the state of the summary bit The summary bit is only set to 1 if one or more enabled event bits are set to 1 You can read and write all enable registers Enable registers are cleared by the CLS clear status command Querying enable registers does not affect them All enable registers have commands to read and write them An Example Sequence The example illustrated in figure 3 presents four different cases as defined by the settings in the leftmost block each row contains a slightly different variation of the sequence as defined by the settings of the transition and enable registers The changing state of the condition in question is shown at the bot
395. t value is 0 See table For a hard drive format should be 0 For flexible disk drives the value determines the disk s capacity as shown in the following table For DOS disks format should be 16 If DOS is specified and format is not 16 is used For device NVRAM format is ignored See first example For device RAM format specifies the amount of memory to allocate for a RAM volume 225 Command Reference in bytes See second example The amount of RAM available is dependent on the amount of RAM installed whether IBASIC and programs are loaded the number of channels in use the maximum number of frequency points and the number of data registers For information on memory configuration see Memory in the Help Text lt i gt is the disk interleave value It is ignored for RAM and NVRAM Default is 1 for LIF 3 for DOS Note When the control program instructs the analyzer to access the external mass storage device EXT the controller must temporarily pass control of the bus to the analyzer After the command has been executed the analyzer passes control back See GPIB Programmer s Guide for more on passing control Flexible Disk Format Options Media lt format gt Bytes Sector Sectors Track Tracks Surface 0 256 16 77 630 784 1 256 16 77 630 784 2 1 MByte 512 9 77 709 632 3 1 024 5 77 788 480 4 256 16 77
396. tate EITH SCPI Compliance confirmed Description By default autoranging is off UP sets the direction of autoranging value changes to be larger up but not smaller down This mode is better than EITHer for setting the range to measure transient signals because it avoids the measurement interruptions caused by frequent autoranging but may not have the optimum range setting for best signal to noise ratio EITH sets the direction of autoranging value changes to be either up or down This mode tracks the signal amplitude if it changes slowly and optimizes the range for best signal to noise ratio If the signal of interest is transient the EITHer setting may spend too much time selecting a new range instead of making measurements Note When the analyzer is configured such that it measures signals from a downconverter like the RF section or the Agilent 89411A when ROUTe RECeiver is RF1 RF2 or EXT autoranging is not available It is available when the measured signal is connected directly to the IF input labeled Channel 1 Related commands To execute one autorange send SENS VOLT RANG AUTO ONCE The voltage node numbers 112 specify which input receiver channel is affected by the command In a single channel 894414 the channel specifier does nothing If no number is specified the command is applied to channel 1 Note that channel 2 is optional AY7 and may not be installed in the analyzer To determine whether the second
397. tate 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Units List am dBampk2 Hz dBradrms2 Hz Hzpk2 radpk2 Vpk am2 dBamrms2 dBV Hzpk2 Hz radpk2 Hz Vpk rtHz ampk dBamrms2 Hz dBV rtHz Hzrms radrms Vpk2 ampk rtHz dBHzpk2 dBVpk Hzrms rtHz radrms rtHz Vpk2 Hz ampk2 dBHzpk2 Hz dBVpk rtHz Hzrms2 radrms2 Vrms ampk2 Hz dbHzrms2 dBVrms Hzrms2 Hz radrms2 Hz Vrms rtHz amrms dBHzrms2 Hz dBVrms rtHz MHz 5 Vrms2 amrms rtHz dBm deg pet unitless Vrms2 Hz amrms2 dBm Hz Hz rad V W amrms2 Hz dBradpk2 Hz2 rad2 VirtHz W Hz dB dBradpk2 Hz Hzpk radpk V2 Wrms dBampk2 dBradrms2 Hzpk rtHz radpk rtHz V2 Hz Wrms Hz Description This command is effective only when CALC FORM is COMPlex or CONStellation 160 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe SPACing command query Specifies the frequency axis of the active display to be either a linear or logarithmic format Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe SPACing LIN LOG Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Disp Trace X Spac LINEAR OUTPUT 719 DISPLAY WIND TRACE X SCAL SPACING LINEAR Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe SPACing Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State LIN SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Note that if two traces are displayed and one has a linear frequency axis and the other a logarithmic marker coupling is still valid the markers track the frequency value When a logarit
398. tatements OUTPUT 719 Stat Operation Ntr 5 OUTPUT 719 STAT OPERATION NTR 53 Query Syntax STATus OPERation NTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Operational Status negative transition register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Operational Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of negative transition registers in register sets 396 Command Reference STATus 0PERation PTRansition command query Sets bits in the Operational Status Positive Transition register Command Syntax STATus OPERation PTRansition lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 status oper ptr 5 OUTPUT 719 Status Oper Ptransition 55 Query Syntax STATus OPERation PTRansition Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bi
399. tatements OUTPUT 719 mem mall application 2147483647 OUTPUT 719 Mem Mallocate Appl 2147483647 Query Syntax MEMory MALLocate APPLication Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This GPIB command specifies how much memory to allocate in bytes for applications For best performance set application memory to zero if there are no applications in the analyzer Before you load an application into the analyzer see the documentation shipped with the application to determine the amount of memory required for the application 213 Command Reference MEMory MALLocate MEASurement DEFault command Reset the memory configuration to default setup Command Syntax MEMory MALLocate MEASurement DEFault Example Statements OUTPUT 719 MEM MALLOCATE MEAS DEFAULT OUTPUT 719 mem mall measurement def Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command allocates memory not already allocated to Instrument BASIC or as RAM disk to data and math registers Data registers may be used to save traces to define math functions and as a source of arbitrary source signals Math registers hold interim results of math calculations The size of these registers depends on the largest number of points in a trace that a user may wish to use This par
400. te 1 2 3 4 UNIT AM Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State AM SCPI Compliance instrument specific Units List am ampk rtHz amrms amrms2 Hz dBamrms2 am2 ampk2 amrms rtHz dBampk2 dBamrms2 Hz ampk ampk2 Hz amrms2 dBampk2 Hz pet Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query Default units are temporarily overridden by using other compatible units as a suffix to a command parameter as when ampk is sent while the default is am The absolute value of am units represents the instantaneous modulation index where 1 lt lt 1 The units may be linear or logarithmic dB Units with rtHz or 2 Hz squared per Hz are PSD data When am is used without an rms or pk designation peak units are assumed just as is done with volts Unit queries must be in the current family of units That is the CALC UNIT AM query should be used only when the default Y axis units are known to be one of the units in the AM units list The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 115 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT ANGLe command query Specifies the y axis units for phase angle data format and phase deviation for PM demodula
401. ter power is turned on and after a preset range tracking is ON and both values are 0 dBm because measurement data is spectrum and data format is log mag When range tracking is on changes in the reference level do not affect the range setting If the range value is incremented 4 dB the reference level is also incremented 4 dB Range tracking is invalid for phase demodulation and group delay traces and when the measurement data is frequency response coherence or user math Range tracking is turned OFF in these cases Notes Range tracking is turned OFF when an autoscale is performed or when the Y scale is changed for a real imaginary or linear magnitude trace If range tracking is on and autoranging is on the reference level may change when the signal level changes depending on how autoranging is configured Related Commands To specify or query range settings use the SENS JVOLT RANG commands To specify or query the reference level use DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV To specify the position of the reference line use DISP WIND TRAC Y RPOS To autoscale the display use DISP WIND TRAC Y AUTO To have the reference level value track the input range setting use DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV AUTO 166 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe RPOSition command query Specifies the position of the reference line Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe Y SCALe RPOSition lt param gt lt p
402. ter sets and monitors the analyzer s output queue It is also responsible for generating service requests see Generating Service Requests earlier in this chapter See figure 5 serial poll bit 6 Request Service xSTB bit 6 Master Summary Status Weights xSRE Bi 4 User Status Summary 2 0 A 24 2 Device State Summary 3 8 Questionable Status Summary 4 16 Message Available 94 5 32 Standard Event Summary ay X Request Service Master Summary Status 2 7 128 Operational Status Summary Figure 6 The Status Byte Register Set The Status Byte register set does not conform to the general status register model described at the beginning of this chapter It contains only two registers the Status Byte register and the Service Request Enable register The Status Byte register behaves like a condition register for all bits except bit 6 The Service Request Enable register behaves like a standard enable register except that bit 6 is always set to 0 Bits in the Status Byte register are set to 1 under the following conditions User Status Summary bit 0 is set to 1 when one or more enabled bits in the User Status Event register are set to 1 Device State Summary bit 2 is set to 1 when one or more enabled bits in the Device State Event register are set to 1 Questionable Status Summary bit 3 is set to 1 when one or more enabled bi
403. tes the minimum value encountered during its cell This algorithm does a good job of combining noise and discrete spectral components but does not give a true randomness of noise SAMPle detection digitizes the instantaneous value of the signal at the end of each cell It is the best way to indicate the randomness of noise POSitive detection insures that all sinusoids maximum value encountered in each cell is displayed This mode does not give a good representation of random noise either because it captures the crests of the noise 328 Command Reference SENSe FEED command query Specifies input to be either time capture or receiver channel input Command Syntax SENSe FEED INPut TCAPure Example Statements OUTPUT 719 feed INPUT OUTPUT 719 Sense Feed TCAPTURE Query Syntax SENSe FEED Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State INP SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When time capture is selected the analyzer is configured to capture time data and store it in memory Measurements are made on the captured data in memory rather than on the data coming in over the instrument channels as happens when FEED is INP The analyzer cannot capture time data when the current instrument mode is Scalar 329 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency BASeband command query Specifies either zoomed or baseba
404. th adjusted due to insufficient Time Capture RAM For details see online help for the search length softkey Search length result length or points symbol adjusted See System Utility memory usage to set the max time points limit and or max span symR ratio Search length result length or points symbol adjusted See System Utility memory usage to set the max time points limit Search target not found Span adjusted Maximum span limited by symbol rate and maximum span symbol rate ratio See System Utility gt memory usage to set the max span symR ratio Span adjusted Minimum span limited by symbol rate Sync offset adjusted Sync offset limited to maintain sync pattern length within search length Temporary math buffer s unavailable Math expression too complicated Simplify math expression in terms of other math functions Temporary math buffer s unavailable See System Utility memory usage The Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC editor has been disabled The custom application is not compatible with the analyzer s main firmware Please contact your local Agilent Technologies Service Center for firmware upgrade information This parameter is set at the factory Trace does not contain valid waterfall spectrogram data Unable to open remote display Unsupported operation 470 Error Number
405. than directly to the receiver You can disable use of the gateway routing by setting the network mask to zero This parameter is entered in dotted decimal notation For example 255 255 248 0 This value should be obtained from your local network administrator The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 428 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN STATe command query Turns networking on off Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN STATe 0 0 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYST COMMUNICATE LAN STATE ON OUTPUT 719 syst comm lan stat OFF Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When networking is off more memory may be available for other uses This memory reconfiguration requires that the analyzer power switch be turned off and back on The 112 in the communicate node has no effect for this command 429 Command Reference SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN XWINdow HOSTname command query Specifies the IP address of an external X11 display server Command Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate LAN XWINdow HOSTname lt param gt param dotted decimal IP address in STRING format Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SYST COMMUNICATE LAN XWIN HOSTNAME 15 1 221 235 Query Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate 1 2 LAN XWINdow HOSTname
406. the 89441A specifies the configuration in which the signal to be measured is connected to the input connector of the RF Section and the spectrum of interest is between 0 Hz and 10 MHz This is similar to the IF configuration but offers the advantage of not changing the input cable connections For best 750 impedance matching and calibration of measurement results use IF This selection is valid only for the 894414 IF specifies the configuration in which the signal to be measured is connected to the Channel 1 connector of the IF Section and the spectrum of interest is between 0 Hz and 10 MHz This is similar to the RF1 configuration but offers the advantage of better matching for 750 impedances as opposed to using a minimum loss pad on the RF Section and better calibration of measurement results It s disadvantage is that it requires reconfiguring the input cabling if you were previously making measurements above 10 MHz This selection is valid only for the 89441A COMBine specifies the configuration in which data from both input channels are combined as I jQ Ch1 j Ch2 This feature is part of option AYA vector analysis digital demod and requires the presence of option AY7 the second 10 MHz input channel For more information on I jQ see online help press the Help key press 1 to show the index use the knob or arrow keys to move through the list to input section Ch1 jCh2 then press 4 to jump to the discussion EXTern
407. the Operator s Guide 289 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod FiLTer ALPHa command query Specifies the alpha of the Nyquist filters and BT for Gaussian filters Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer ALPHa lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 05 to 100 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DDEMOD FILT ALPHA 0 OUTPUT 719 sens ddem filter alph 0 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod FILTer ALPHa Return Format Real Attribute Summary Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command corresponds to the alpha BT softkey It sets the value of the a and bandwidth time variables for both the measurement filter and the reference filter when the instrument mode is Digital or Video demodulation To set the filter alpha for the Wideband CDMA instrument mode use SENSe DDEMoqa WCDMa FILTer ALPHa For more information on Digital and Video demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide 290 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod FILTer MEASurement command query Specifies the type of filter used in digital or video demodulation measurements Comman
408. the Standard Event Enable register The state is returned as asum of the decimal weights of all set bits The decimal weight for each bit is assigned according to the following formula 24 number Acceptable values for bit number are 0 through 7 The register is cleared after being read by this query A bit in this register is set to 1 when the condition it monitors becomes true A set bit remains set regardless of further changes in the condition it monitors until one of the following occurs You read the register with this query You clear all event registers with the CLS command 34 Command Reference IDN query Returns a comma separated list of arbitrary ascii response data items that uniquely identifies the analyzer Query Syntax IDN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 IDN OUTPUT 719 idn Return Format ARB ASCII Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State instrument specific SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The response to this query is in the form manufacturer name gt lt model number gt lt serial number gt lt firmware version Here is an example HEWLETT PACKARD 89410A 3046A00132 A 00 01 The response to this query uniquely identifies your analyzer 35 Command Reference OPC command query Specifies or queries completion of all pending overlapped commands Command Syntax OPC Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Opc OUTPUT 719 OPC Query S
409. the marker to the peak value in the active trace If peak track is on for more than one trace each marker follows the peak for its respective trace unless marker coupling is on If peak tracking is on and markers are coupled only the peak on the active trace is tracked and the X position of the other marker s follows that of the active trace 77 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MINimum GLOBal command Moves the active marker to the minimum value in the active trace Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer MINimum GLOBal Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALC2 MARK MINIMUM GLOB OUTPUT 719 calculate mark min Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description If the marker is OFF when this command is issued the marker is turned ON Therefore it is not necessary to check the marker state before using this command If no number is given in the CALC branch 1 is assumed See Marker Search in Help Text for hints on peak searching Related Commands To read marker position use CALC MARK X and CALC MARK Y To find the maximum value of the trace use CALC MARK MAX To find other peaks in the trace use CALC MARK MAX RIGH and CALC MARK MAX NEXT To search for a specific value use the CALC MARK SEAR commands 78 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer OFFSet STATe command query Turns the offset
410. this query See Questionable Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 401 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition query Reads and clears the Questionable Frequency Event register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency CONDition Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat Questionable Freq Condition OUTPUT 719 STAT QUES FREQUENCY COND Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Note The Questionable Frequency Condition register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Questionable Frequency Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of event registers in register sets 402 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Frequency Enable register Command Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle number number arealnumber NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Stat Ques Frequency Enab 27 OUTPUT 719 STATUS QUES FREQ ENABLE 168 Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summar
411. through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 120 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UPHase OFFSet command query Specifies a phase offset to be applied to all unwrapped phase values Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UPHase OFFSet lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits range depends on configuration unit DEGIRAD lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calculate3 uph offs 0 OUTPUT 719 Calculate Uph Offset 0 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UPHase OFFSet Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Specifies a phase offset to be applied to all unwrapped phase values The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALCI is assumed and the command affects trace A 121 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J X UNIT CODE command query Specifies the default x axis units when the x axis is the code domain Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 X UNIT CODE CODE Example Statements OUTPUT 719
412. tion Command Syntax lt unit gt Example Statements CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT ANGLe unit see units list below OUTPUT 719 Calc3 Unit Angle deg OUTPUT 719 CALC UNIT ANGL rad Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT ANGLe Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State deg SCPI Compliance confirmed Units List dBradpk2 dBradrms2 Hz rad2 radpk2 radrms rtHz dBradpk2 Hz deg radpk radpk2 Hz radrms2 dBradrms2 rad radpk rtHz radrms radrms2 Hz Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query Default units are temporarily overridden by using other compatible units as a suffix to a command parameter as when uV are sent while the default is V These units are phase angle Degrees and radians are units for phase angle data format All are associated with PM demodulation spectrums Units with rtHz or 2 Hz are PSD data Unit queries must be in the current family of units For example the CALC UNIT ANGLE query should be used only when the default Y axis units are known to be one of the units in the ANGLE units list The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 116 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT FREQu
413. tion SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Related Commands Manual sweep is available only when instrument mode is scalar INST SEL SCAL Manual sweep is activated with the SENS SWE MODE MAN command m The step size for UPIDOWN is defined with the FREQ STEP command if FREQ STEP AUTO is OFF When FREQ STEP AUTO is ON the step size tracks that of center frequency The manual frequency value is constrained to be within the start and stop frequency settings FREQ STAR and FREQ STOP Manual Frequency Limits and Preset Values 89410 or 89441 IF 89441 RF value limits 0 10 MHz 2 MHz 2 650 GHz preset values 5 MHz 1 328 GHz IF indicates ROUT REC IF or RF1 is active RF indicates ROUT REC RF2 is active 340 Command Reference SENSe FREQuency SPAN command query Specifies the frequency span to be measured Command Syntax SENSe FREQuency SPAN lt param gt param number unit lxstep l bound number areal number NRf data limits see table in description unit HZ lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 frequency span 2e6 OUTPUT 719 Sens Frequency Span 5 5 MHz Query Syntax SENSe FREQuency SPAN Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State s table in description SCPI Compliance confirmed Description SENS FREQ SPAN and SENS FREQ CENT work together to define the band
414. tion Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific This parameter corresponds to result length as discussed in the online help DDEM SEAR TIME should be larger than DDEM TIME If you set the search length less than the result length the analyzer displays a warning message and sets the result length equal to the search length To specify how much demodulated data is displayed for Wideband CDMA measurements use DDEMod MLEN gth 316 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod TIME CCHannel command query Sets the code channel for Wideband CDMA analysis Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod TIME CCHannel lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt number arealnumber NRf data limits 0 2047 lt unit gt CODE step i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 sense ddem time cchannel 0 OUTPUT 719 Ddem Time Cch 0 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod TIME CCHannel Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option B73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or B79 Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When the instrument mode is Wideband CDMA all time domain measurement data except composite time domain data and symbol table error summary information is for a singl
415. tion Status as follows m Sets all enable register bits to 0 m Sets all positive transition register bits to 1 m Sets all negative transition register bits to 0 STAT PRESet sets all bits in the User Defined Enable register to 0 It does not affect any other register 398 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable CONDition query Reads and clears the Questionable Status Condition register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable CONDition Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Status Ques Cond OUTPUT 719 STATUS QUES CONDITION Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Questionable Status Condition register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number See Questionable Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of condition registers in register sets 399 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable ENABle command query Sets and queries bits in the Questionable Status Enable register Command Syntax STATus QUEStional ENABle lt number gt number areal number NRf data limits 0 32767 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 stat ques enable 28055 OUTPUT 719 Stat Questionable Enab 2478 Query S
416. tion occurs while an averaged measurement is paused then CONTinue has the same effect as ABORt the averaging process is restarted average counter set to zero The autocalibration state value is stored in non volatile memory and is not affected by preset Note During calibration a small ac voltage approximately 2 mV appears at the source output connector 126 Command Reference CALibration ZERO AUTO command query Controls the auto zero calibration function Command Syntax CALibration ZERO AUTO OFF 0 ON 1 ONCE Example Statements OUTPUT 719 cal zero auto ON OUTPUT 719 Calibration Zero Auto OFF Query Syntax CALibration ZERO AUTO Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description Auto zero corrects for residual DC in the input amplifiers If zeroing is not performed the DC value adds to the input signal giving incorrect measurement values and worst case may become large enough to cause ADC overloads or incorrect triggering Residual DC is the calibration element most likely to change with time or operating temperature The differences between calibration and auto zeroing are m Auto zeroing takes much less time for the analyzer to perform than a complete calibration requires m Auto zeroing has less effect on measurement accuracy than calibration The auto zero feature is a part of calibration that may be activated wh
417. tion of what constitutes a hardware problem is completely device specific This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 241 through 249 Hardware missing Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of missing device hardware for example an option was not installed Definition of what constitutes missing hardware is completely device specific Mass storage error Indicates that a mass storage error occurred This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 251 through 259 Missing mass storage Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of missing mass storage for example an option that was not installed Definition of what constitutes missing mass storage is device specific Missing media Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of a missing media for example no disk The definition of what constitutes missing media is device specific Corrupt media Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because of corrupt media for example bad disk or wrong format The definition of what constitutes corrupt media is device specific Media full Indicates that a legal program command or query could not be executed because the media was full for example there is no room on the disk The definition of what
418. tive display state the initial and last display values are not necessarily at the limits of the measurements ONCE has no corresponding softkey It changes the values of the current measurement values for the left most and right most data values to the current values of the LEFT and RIGHT settings and then turns AUTO OFF The Window node is default use is optional This specifies which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If the Window node is not used in the command line WINDI is assumed and the command affects trace A If WIND is used but no trace number is specified 1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 157 Command Reference DISPlay WINDowl1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe LEFT command query Specifies the first X axis value on the display Command Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe LEFT lt param gt param lt number gt lt unit gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 3 40282347E 38 3 40282347E 38 unit HzlslCode bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 DISP WIND4 TRACE X LEFT 10us RIGH 15us OUTPUT 719 disp trace x scale left 2 5025 MHz right 2 5026 MHz Query Syntax DISPlay WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe X SCALe LEFT Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 25 of full scale SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command specifies the value of the first left most X
419. to time measurement data m Units with rtHz or 2 Hz squared per Hz are PSD measurement data When V is used without a peak or rms designation peak is assumed Unit queries must be in the current family of units For example the CALC UNIT POW query should be used only when the default Y axis units are known to be one of the units in the POWER units list Preset Power Units Measurement Data vs Data Format Data Formats Measurement Data Types log linear real or magnitude magnitude imaginary spectrum dBm Vrms Vrms PSD dBm Hz Vrms rtHz Vrms rtHz time dBVpk V V 118 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT TIME command query Specifies the default y axis units for time measurements Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 UNIT TIME 5 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calc2 Unit Time S OUTPUT 719 CALC3 UNIT TIME S Query Syntax 1 1121314 UNIT TIME Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State S seconds SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The UNIT subsystem is used to change default parameter units The specified units apply to both the command and query Default units are temporarily overridden by using other compatible units as a suffix to a command parameter as when uV are sent while the default is V The Y axis units are time when the data format is group delay The list of time units consists of e
420. tom of the figure A small binary table shows the state of the chosen bit in each status register at selected times T1 T5 There are two events or changes in the condition being monitored that cause register values to change There are also three reads of the event register indicated with asterisks which clear it amp amp 5 ress 95 BoE UGE az4 Cua Cua Cua Cua Case A o o o ololo 1 o o 1 o o 0 0 0 0101 0 Case B 0 1 1 ololo 1 0 0 1 0 0 0111 Case 1 0 1 olol o Case D 1 1 0 olofo 11110 1lo o Condition T1 T2 T3 4 T5 marks when event register is read Figure 3 Example Sequence In cases A and D when the enable bit is zero the summary bit cannot be set regardless of the transition register settings and no service request is made When the enable bit is one the summary bit is set when the transition occurs for which the corresponding transition register is configured to report General Status Register Model How to Use Registers There are two methods you can use to access the information in status registers The polling method The service request SRQ method In the polling method the analyzer has a passive role It only tells the controller that conditions have changed when the controller asks the ri
421. transferred as a definite length block of data For information on data block transfers see Block Parameters in chapter 4 of the Programmer s Guide You cannot use this command to transfer a file to or from an external disk 222 Command Reference MMEMory DELete command Deletes one file or the entire contents of a disk Command Syntax MMEMory DELete lt device gt lt filename gt device NVRAM IRAM IINT IEXT lt device_selector gt lt unit_number gt device selector areal number NRf data limits 700 730 unit number areal number NRf data limits 0 3 filename ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename conventions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 MMEMory DEL INT JUNK OUTPUT 719 mmem del ext path1 state sta Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To delete all files from a mass storage device specify only the disk mass storage unit The device selector and unit number specifiers are valid only with the EXT disk specifier Wildcard characters are accepted in filenames as in DAT See MMEM NAME for filename conventions and wildcard usage The lt device gt values are defined under MMEM MSIS Related Commands To rename use the MMEM MOVE command To specify the default drive use MMEM MSIS mass storage is m To display the directory contents use S
422. tribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When the time stamp is on time and date information is printed with the screen data When the time stamp is off time and date information is not printed or plotted 190 Command Reference HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe COLor command query Specifies the pen used to plot the selected trace and annotation Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDOW 1 2 3 4 TRACE COLOR lt param gt param lt number gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number arealnumber NRf data limits 0 16 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 hcop item window1 trac color 20 OUTPUT 719 HCOPY ITEM WINDOW4 TRACE COLOR 4 Query Syntax HCOPy ITEM WINDow 1 2 3 4 TRACe COLor Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State trace pen 1 2 2 3 3 2 4 3 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The trace pen is used to plot traces and all of the following trace specific annotation m Trace title m Marker readout m X axis annotation m Y axis annotation number is the pen number which corresponds to the slot number in the plotter pen carrousel All output device configuration information is sent when the HCOP command is executed This information is not used for PCL language output The Window node is default use is optional This s
423. trument specific Description 3 is F3 4 is F4 Selecting a math function turns math on CALC MATH STATE ON if it is not already on Related Commands To define a math function use CALC MATH EXPR The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 112 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 41 MATH STATe command query Turns math on or off Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH STATe OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calc3 math state ON OUTPUT 719 Calc Math Stat OFF Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH STATe Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description When math is turned on the selected math function CALC MATH SEL is displayed for the specified trace 1 2 3 or 4 Must be ON for math to be performed Related Commands define a function use CALC MATH EXPR To define a constant use CALC MATH CONS To display a math function use CALC MATH SEL The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALC1 is assumed and the command affects trace A 113 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 STATe command
424. ts OUTPUT 719 Disp Program Mode FULL OUTPUT 719 DISPLA Y PROG LOWER Query Syntax DISPlay PROGram MODE Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State 0 SCPI Compliance confirmed Description FULL allocates the entire trace box for program output UPP allocates the upper trace box LOW allocates the lower trace box If DISP PROG is OFF the analyzer does not allocate any portion of the trace box for program output 136 Command Reference DISPlay TCAPture ENVelope command query Turns the time capture envelope detector function on off Command Syntax DISPlay TCAPture ENVelope OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 disp tcapture env ON OUTPUT 719 Display Tcap Env OFF Query Syntax DISPlay TCAPture ENVelope Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State 1 ON SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The time capture buffer usually holds many more points than can be displayed simultaneously with CALC FEED TCAPT so some are not displayed This command determines whether every nh point is displayed OFF or points of maximum magnitude taken n at a time are displayed ON In this discussion n is the ratio of points in the capture buffer to the maximum number of frequency points defined with MEM MALL MEAS FPO which is MaxNumFregPts 1 x2 56 for baseband and M
425. ts in the Questionable Status Event register are set to 1 Message Available bit 4 is set to 1 when the output queue contains a response message m Standard Event Summary bit 5 is set to 1 when one more enabled bits in the Standard Event Event register are set to 1 Master Summary Status bit 6 when read by STB is set to 1 when one or more enabled bits in the Status Byte register are set to 1 Request Service bit when read by serial poll is set to 1 by the service request process see Generating a Service Request earlier in this chapter Operational Status Summary bit 7 is set to 1 when one more enabled bits in the Operational Status Event register are set to 1 Figure 6 also shows the commands you use to read and write the Status Byte registers See the STATUS commands for more information about these commands 12 The Agilent 89400A s Register Sets Device State Register Set The Device State register set monitors the states of eight device specific parameters See figure 7 STATus DEVice CONDition STATus DEVice PTRansition STATus DE Vice NTRansition STATus DEVice EVENI STATus DE Vice ENABle Bi Weights Autocal Off 2 4 Hardware Failed 8 6 Key Pressed 32 Display Ready 64 28 256 512 024 2048 Wide RF Span 4096 8192 6384 Bit 2 gt gt Status Byte SLOP IN AUR WIN s o
426. ts or prints the entire screen Command Syntax HCOPy IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 HCOPY IMM OUTPUT 719 hcopy Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description The entire screen is output to the port defined by HCOP DEST using the language defined by HCOP DEV LANG If the GPIB port is the destination the data is directed to an GPIB device whose address is specified with HCOP PLOT ADDR or HCOP PRIN ADDR If one of the serial ports is the destination serial port parameter are defined with the SYST COMM SER commands HPGL will use HCOP PLOT ADDR for the GPIB address and PCL and PHPGL will use HCOP PRINT ADDR for the GPIB address This command has the same effect as HCOP ITEM ALL IMM Note To Plot or print to the GPIB port the analyzer must be the active controller on the bus The active controller must pass control to the analyzer After the command has been executed the analyzer will return control to the controller Whole screen graphics files may also be created in any of the supported graphics output formats languages and moved to the controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 184 Command Reference HCOP y ITEM ALL IMMediate command Plots or prints the entire screen Command Syntax HCOPy ITEM ALL IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Hcop Item AII OUTPUT 719 HCOP ITEM ALL IMM Attribute Summary Syn
427. ttribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State MLOG SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The numbers 1 through 4 used with the CALCulate node specify which trace A B C or D is to be affected by the command If no number is used in the command line CALCI is assumed and the command affects trace A MLIN specifies linear magnitude trace coordinates When this coordinate type is active the trace data is displayed with time or frequency data on the X axis and SQRT RE on the Y axis MLOG specifies log magnitude trace coordinates When this coordinate type is active and the display units are dB the trace data is displayed with time or frequency on the X axis and 10 log RE the Y axis if the data is in power units or 20 log RE if the data is linear volts If the Y axis units are dBm the trace data is displayed with time or frequency on the X axis and 10 log Magims 001 xz on the Y axis where Mag is the input magnitude and Z is the receiver input impedance 50Q The impedance value may be changed with the INP IMP command PHAS specifies wrapped phase trace coordinates When this coordinate type is active the Y axis is phase in degrees The default scale is 225 UPH specifies unwrapped phase trace coordinates When this coordinate type is active the zero phase reference and unwrapped phase offset are values specified by the CALC UPH CREF command in Hz and CALC UPH OFFS
428. tus Averaging 8 4 Hardcopy in Progress 9 f 9 10 J Waterfall Spectrogram 11 9 Capture in Progress 12 0 0 13 Example Register Detail Program Running 14 1 94 15 1 6 STAT OPER Figure 15 Status Register Quick Reference 22 The SCPI Instrument Model Introduction A model is used within SCPI as a means of achieving compatibility SCPI concerns itself with three types of compatibility The first form of compatibility is called vertical compatibility Vertical compatibility is where two instruments of the same type have identical controls The second form of compatibility is called horizontal compatibility Horizontal compatibility is where two instruments can make the same measurement regardless of the actual measurement techniques used To be horizontally compatibile both instruments would use the same commands to make this measurement For example both an oscilloscope and a counter can perform a risetime measurement on a pulse The two instruments are said to be horizontally compatible if the same command is used in both instruments The third form of compatibility is called functional compatibility Functional compatibility is where two instruments which perform the same function do so with the same commands For example a spectrum analyzer and an rf source may both sweep in frequency If the same frequency and sweep commands are used in both instruments they would be functionally comp
429. uired no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command returns the results of a statistical power measurement for the selected trace CALCI returns the results for trace A CALC2 for trace B and so forth If no trace is specified CALCI is assumed For details about statistical power measurements see the CALC MARK FUNC STAT command 71 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 J MARKer FUNCtion STATistics SMPL query Returns the number of samples used in statistical power measurements Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MARKer FUNCtion STATistics SMPL Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE4 MARK FUNCTION STAT SMPL OUTPUT 719 calculate mark function stat smpl Return Format Real Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description You use the CALC MARK FUNC STAT command to enable or disable statistical power measurements These measurements compute power using samples from all time records since the statistical power measurement began The number of samples used is set to zero when you start or restart the statistical power measurement You start the measurement by sending CALC MARK FUNC STAT and enabling a statistical power measurement You restart the measurement by sending the ABOR WAI command or most commands that change measurement parameters such as range trigger or frequency Note that
430. urn Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific 361 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 IMMediate command Begins a time capture Command Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 tcapture2 OUTPUT 719 Sens Tcapture Imm Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command initiates filling the time capture buffer for both channel inputs regardless of the channel specified in the TCAP node This command also changes the input feed to TCAPture To start analysis of the captured data send ABORt Related Commands To stop time catpure use TCAP ABORt To specify the receiver input use FEED INP To display the entire time capture buffer for channel 1 use CALC FEED TCAP To store time capture data to disk use MMEM STORE TCAP 362 Command Reference SENSe TCAPture 1 2 LENGth command query Sets the length of the time capture record Command Syntax SENSe TCAPture 1 2 LENGth lt param gt lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt l lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits see discussion unit SIPOINTSIRECORDS lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SENS TCAPTURE LENG 0 OUTPUT 719 tcaptur
431. urrence of any error in this class cause the query error bit bit 2 in the event status register JEEE 466 2 section 11 5 1 to be set These errors correspond to message exchange protocol errors described in JEEE 488 2 section 6 5 One of the following is true m An attempt is being made to read data from the output queue when no output is present or pending m Datainthe output queue has been lost Events that generate query errors do not generate command errors execution errors or device specific errors see the other error definitions in this section Error HM Number SCPI Query Error Description 400 Query error This is the generic query error for devices that cannot detect more specific errors This code indicates only that a Query Error as defined in 488 2 11 5 1 1 7 and 6 3 has occurred 410 Query INTERRUPTED Indicates that a condition causing an INTERRUPTED Query error occurred see EFF 488 2 6 3 2 3 for example a query followed by DAB or GET before a response was completely sent 420 Query UNTERMINATED Indicates that a condition causing an UNTERMINATED Query error occurred see EFE 488 2 6 3 2 2 for example the device was addressed to talk and an incomplete program message was received 430 Query DEADLOCKED Indicates that a condition causing an DEADLOCKED Query error occurred see 488 2 6 3 1 7 for example both input buffer and output buffer are full and the device cannot continue 440 Query UN
432. use PROG STR 257 Command Reference PROGram SELected STATe command query Selects the state of the active Instrument BASIC program Command Syntax PROGram SELected STATe STOP PAUSe RUN CONTinue Example Statements OUTPUT 719 program stat STOP OUTPUT 719 Program Sel Stat PAUSE Query Syntax PROGram SELected STATe Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Option 1C2 Agilent Technologies Instrument BASIC Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This command is used to run pause stop or continue the active Instrument BASIC program The analyzer generates an error message Settings conflict Invalid program state change requested if you send RUN or CONT while a program is running It also generates the error if you send CONT while a program is stopped Use the PROG NAME command to select the active program 258 Command Reference PROGram SELected STRing command query Loads a new value for the specified string variable for the active Instrument BASIC program Command Syntax PROGram SELected STRing lt variable gt lt string gt lt variable gt name of string variable mandatory at the end of the name lt string gt ASCII characters 0 through 255 maximum number of characters 32766 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 PROG SELECTED STR A Done OUTPUT 719 prog string Message
433. ut after about 20 seconds 203 Command Reference INITiate CONTinuous command query Specifies continuous or single sweeps Command Syntax INITiate CONTinuous OFF 0 ON 1 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Init Continuous ON OUTPUT 719 INIT CONT OFF Query Syntax INITiate CONTinuous Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State ON continuous SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description ON is continuous sweep operation OFF is single sweep operation When this state is active a single sweep occurs when INIT IMM is sent 204 Command Reference INITiate IMMediate command Forces the trigger system to exit the idle state Command Syntax INITiate IMMediate Example Statements OUTPUT 719 initiate imm OUTPUT 719 Initiate Attribute Summary Synchronization Required yes Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Characteristics Ignored unless INIT CONT is OFF in single sweep operation Forces the process to exit idle state in SCPI trigger model and the trigger system to initiate and complete one full trigger cycle m Ensures that changes to the analyzer s state are incorporated in the collection and presentation of new measurement results See Synchronization in the GPIB Programmer s Guide Equivalent to the Single hardkey when in single sweep mode 205 Command Reference INPut 1 2 COUPling command query
434. ut channel for the command to affect has no channel specific affect for this command if AUTO is ON it affects all installed input channels Note Time operations do not function when the instrument mode is scalar When the measurement is zoomed a local oscillator signal is mixed with the measurement data and time data is not baseband Time gating is not available in digital demod Span determines time sample spacing and the number of frequency points determines the maximum record size meaning points not seconds As the main time record length increases more and more time samples are required When the number of samples exceeds the maximum time record size either the sample rate may remain the same and the main length be limited or the sample rate may be reduced allowing main length to grow If AUTO is OFF the sample rate and thus span is not changed to accommodate long main time lengths If AUTO is ON the sample rate and thus span is adjusted to acquire the most time points possible without exceeding the maximum time points allowed by the number of frequency points set with SWEep POINts 358 Command Reference SENSe SWEepI1 2I TIME SPAN command query Specifies the time record length also known as main time length Command Syntax SENSe SWEep 1 2 TIME SPAN lt param gt param number unit lxstep l bound number areal number NRf data limits see description
435. ut the energy at any of the tones is not concentrated at a particular point in time making it useful for measuring some dispersive networks Random noise yields a fast linear estimate of the system under test Because it is not periodic in the time record random noise requires windowing usually the Hanning window The bandwidth of the random noise is set so that most of the energy in the source signal is within the measured span PCH selects periodic chirp as the source output type The signal has a low peak to rms ratio useful for network measurements USER selects a user defined source signal stored in one of the six data registers DI D6 The particular data register is selected with the SOUR FUNC USER FEED command The data must be in SDF format Data for arbitrary source signals may have been time domain traces that were saved earlier created with commercial software such as PC Matlab or defined with a BASIC program 378 Command Reference SOURce FUNCtion USER FEED command query Selects one of six data registers containing user defined source signals Command Syntax SOURce FUNCtion USER FEED lt string gt lt string gt DI TD2ZUTrD3TDATl D5 T D6 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 SOUR FUNCTION USER FEED D3 OUTPUT 719 source func user feed DI Query Syntax SOURce FUNCtion USER FEED Return Format STRING Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State D1
436. uter and press Enter The Remote indicator near the LocallSetup hardkey should light up This indicates that the analyzer is in remote control GPIB Interface Capabilities GPIB Interface Capabilities The Agilent 89400A Series analyzers have the following interface capabilities as defined by the IEEE 488 1 standard SH1 full Source handshake capability AH1 full Acceptor handshake capability T6 basic Talker Serial Poll no Talk Only unaddress if MLA TEO no Extended Talker capability L4 basic Listener no Listen Only unaddress if MTA LEO no Extended Listener capability SR1 full Service Request capability RL1 full Remote Local capability PP0 no Parallel Poll capability PP1 Parallel Poll capability DC1 full Device Clear capability DT1 full Device Trigger capability C1 System Controller capability C2 send IFC and take charge Controller capability C3 send REN Controller capability C4 respond to SRQ C6 send IFC receive control pass control parallel poll pass control to self C10 send IFC receive control pass control parallel poll 012 send IF messages receive control pass control E2 tri state drivers only when an Instrument BASIC program is running only when an Instrument BASIC program is not running General Status Register Model General Status Register Model Overview The general status register model sh
437. w type The same is true for Vpk Because the ratio of peak rms varies for different signal types the peak value changes when the analyzer maintains the rms value If a new rms value would require a peak value outside the limits of the source voltage the level is set to the limit Limits are 5 Vpk and include offset as well as level If no units are entered with the number dBm are assumed Source Output Level Limits 89410 or 89441 89441 SOUR RF 0 SOUR RF 1 value limits 110 dBm 24 dBm 40 dBm 23 dBm 0 Vpk 5 013 Vpk see following text 383 Command Reference For the Agilent 89441A you can set the source output level as high as 23 dBm However the output level for the Agilent 89441A is specified only to 13 dBm Source performance is not specified beyond 13 dBm For additional details see the specifications shipped with the Agilent 89441A Installation amp Verification Guide Notes It is good practice to specify the source level before the source is turned on When the source is turned on the output voltage level is whatever value was active when it was turned off The active value may be large enough to damage sensitive devices At turn on and preset the level is 10 dBm 100 mV Changing instrument mode does not turn the source off nor change the source output value 384 Command Reference SOURce VOLTage LEVel 1MMediate OFFSet command query Specifies the source output dc offset in volts Co
438. ware pacing 435 numbe 35 parity type 436 poll 10 service assistance by phone i service request 9 Service Request 580 8 10 39 41 enable genera ing 9 initiating 580 10 19 signal source 378 eypresses 440 single sweep 204 single frequency measurement SEE manual sweep skew waterfall 168 settling bit simulating sockets programing example 475 source arbitrary 378 379 chip 378 DC offset 385 filter on off 246 frequency 376 function 378 impedance 247 level 383 noise 378 offset frequency 377 on off 248 repeat on off 382 signal type 378 sine 378 trigger 456 trip clearing 387 type 378 units 386 user defined 378 SOURce description 25 SOURce FREQuency CW 376 SOURce FREQuency OFFSet 377 SOURce FUNCtion SHAPe 378 SOURce FUNCtion USER FEED 379 SOURce RF 381 SOURce USER REPeat 382 SOURce VOLTagel LEVel IMMediate AMPLitude 383 SOURce VOLTagel LEVEL IMMediate OFFSet 385 SOURce VOLTagel LEVel UNIT VOLTage 386 SOURce VOLTage PROTection CLEar 387 spacing log lin 161 span 341 digital demod MaxSpan SymbolRate 216 217 full 342 limits 315 341 setting automatic 358 versus time record length 358 speaker control SFE beeper spectrogram color map 141 color skew 140 colors 139 display control 357 enhance 140 in progress status bit 20 loading 234 map selection 141 number of traces 144 state on off 142 storing data 245 threshold 143 trace selection 101 s
439. ware status They represent the current state of the instrument Bits in a condition register are not latched or buffered They are updated in real time When the condition monitored by a particular bit becomes true the bit is set to 1 When the condition becomes false the bit is reset to 0 Condition registers are read only Transition Registers Transition registers control the reporting of condition changes to the event registers They specify which types of changes in the condition register set corresponding bits in the event register Transition registers are read write Transition register bits may be configured to signal positive changes negative changes or both Positive changes in the state of a condition bit 0 to 1 are reported to the event register if the corresponding positive transition bit is set to 1 Negative changes in the state of a condition bit 1 to 0 are reported to the event register if the corresponding negative transition bit is set to 1 If you set both transition bits to 1 positive and negative changes are reported to the corresponding event bit Transition registers are not affected by CLS clear status or queries They are set to default values when power is turned on and after receiving RST Some registers have a fixed setting if there are no commands to access a particular transition register This fixed setting along with dependent values are specified in the GPIB Command Reference Event Register Even
440. wer spectral density TIMEI or TIME2 main time GTIMEI or GTIME2 gated time ACORRI or ACORR2 auto correlation ISPEC1 or ISPEC2 instantaneous spectrum If vector modulation analysis option AYA is installed measurement data choices include MEASTIME measured time MEASSPEC measured spectrum REFTIME reference time REFSPEC reference spectrum MAGERR magnitude error PHASEERR phase error ERRTIME error time ERRSPEC error spectrum If the second input channel is installed option AY7 measurement data choices include FRES frequency response COH coherence XPOWER cross spectrum XCORR cross correlation Data registers D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Math constants K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 Math functions F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 jo Operations CONJ MAG PHASE REAL IMAG SQRT FFT IFFT In exp Math operators XC cross correlation see examples 111 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH SELect command query Specifies a user defined math function to be displayed on the specified trace Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH SELect F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Calculate Math Sel F5 OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE3 MATH SELECT F2 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 MATH SELect Return Format CHAR Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State trace 1 is D iss 2 SCPI Compliance ins
441. xample in the documentation for TRAC DATA Note CALC DATA cannot be used to transfer trace data to the analyzer see TRAC DATA Related Commands To load a trace into the analyzer from a mass storage device use MMEM LOAD TRAC To store trace data in a data register use TRACE DATA To specify whether the data transferred is in ASCII or REAL format use FORMAT DATA To determine how many points are in the trace use CALC DATA HEAD POIN 53 Command Reference CALCulate 1 2 3 4 DATA HEADer POINts query Returns the number of points in the data returned with the CALC DATA query Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 DATA HEADer POINts Example Statements OUTPUT 719 calculate data header poin OUTPUT 719 Calc Data Head Points Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description The display s X axis is divided into discrete points The CALC DATA HEAD POIN query returns the number of points on the X axis 54 Command Reference CALCulatel 1 2 3 4 FEED command query Selects the measurement data to be displayed Command Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 FEED lt string gt lt string gt see table Example Statements OUTPUT 719 CALCULATE4 FEED XFR POW 1 OUTPUT 719 calc2 feed XTIM VOLT 2 Query Syntax CALCulate 1 2 3 4 FEED Return Format STRING Attribute Sum
442. y Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Frequency Enable register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Frequency Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of enable registers in register sets 403 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt query Reads and clears the Questionable Frequency Event register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable FREQuency EVENt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 status ques freq event OUTPUT 719 Stat Questionable Freq Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Questionable Frequency Event register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number Note The Questionable Frequency Event register is automatically cleared after it is read by this query See Questio
443. y or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS The math function definitions can also be transferred between the analyzer and a controller with the LAN file transfer utility FTP option UG7 229 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD PROGram command Loads an Instrument BASIC program into the analyzer from a file on the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax MMEMory LOAD PROGram lt msus gt lt filespec gt lt msus gt RAM INVRAM IINT IEXT lt filespec gt ASCII characters see MMEM NAME for filename restrictions Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Mmem Load Prog myprog OUTPUT 719 MMEMORY LOAD PROG RAM prog1 Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command loads an Instrument BASIC program into the program buffer previously selected with the PROG NAME command Only one program may be loaded at a time there is only one program buffer To load an Instrument BASIC program directly from the controller use PROG SEL DEF If msus is not included in the syntax the currently selected mass storage unit disk is assumed To query or change the currently selected msus use MMEM MSIS 230 Command Reference MMEMory LOAD STATe command Loads an instrument state into the analyzer from the mass storage unit specified msus Command Syntax lt number gt lt filena
444. ynchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description This command corresponds to the symbol rate softkey For more information on digital demodulation see online help press the Help key on the front panel then press the softkey of interest and the concepts discussion in the Operator s Guide Note In the digital demodulation instrument mode the maximum span is limited by the MaxSpan SymbolRate ratio For a given symbol rate this ratio limits the maximum span to conserve memory usage For all demod types except FSK this ratio is 15 625 and cannot be changed For the FSK demod type the ratio may be changed to values between 16 and 100 but larger values use more memory See MEM MALL MEAS MSSR 315 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod TIME command query Specifies how much demodulated data is displayed Command Syntax lt param gt lt number gt lt unit gt lt step gt lt bound gt Example Statements Query Syntax Return Format Attribute Summary Description SENSe DDEMod TIME lt param gt n lt number gt lt unit gt l lt step gt lt bound gt areal number data limits depends on configuration n SYM UPIDOWN MAXIMIN OUTPUT 719 SENS DDEMOD TIME 1 56e2 OUTPUT 719 ddem time 2e3 SENSe DDEMod TIME Real Option AYA vector modulation analysis Synchroniza
445. yntax OPC Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description Some commands are processed sequentially by the analyzer A sequential command holds off the processing of subsequent commands until it has been completely processed However some commands do not hold off the processing of subsequent commands These commands are called overlapped commands See Synchronization in the Programmer s Guide When OPC returns true given measurement configuration and measurement initiating command Waterfall Averaging is RMS or TIME Averaging is CONT or EXP Sweep Command AVG off Spectrogram FAST AVG off FAST AVG on FAST AVG off FAST AVG on first scan is Start ABOR complete Current AVG NUM AVGS Current AVG NUM AVGS irst scan is or Off from paused complete Current AVG Start AVG NUM AVGs first displayed scan after Current AVG NUM AVGS CONT from AVG Continuous complete Start ABOR Waterfall Waterfall Spectrogram full Spectrogram full p g CONT Waterfall 2 On from paused Spectrogram full Current AVG Start AVG NUM AVGs Waterfall Spectrogram full CONT from AVG complete INIT first scan is first scan is first scan is first scan is first scan is Single either INIT IMM complete complete complete complete complete i
446. yntax SENSe DDEMod LCODe GROup lt number gt lt step gt lt bound gt number areal number NRf data limits 1 32 lt step gt i UPIDOWN bound MAXIMIN Example Statements OUTPUT 719 Sense Ddem Lcode Gro 1 OUTPUT 719 DDEM LCODE GRO 1 Query Syntax SENSe DDEMod LCODe GROup Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Option 73 Digital Wideband CDMA analysis W CDMA or bro Digital ARIB 1 0 1 2 W CDMA analysis or 080 Digital 3GPP W CDMA analysis Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance instrument specific Description When DDEM LCOD MODE GROUP is selected this command sets the long code group that the analyzer searches through to determine which long code to use to demodulate W CDMA signals The range of valid long code groups depend on the W CDMA format selected with the SENSe DDEM SEL command The following table shows the W CDMA formats associated valid long code group values and required analyzer option W CDMA Format DDEM SEL Commad Valid Long Code Groups Required Option trial 1998 TFOR 2105 B73 ARIB 1 0 1 2 ATFOR 1 to 32 B79 3GPP G3FOR 0 to 63 080 299 Command Reference SENSe DDEMod LCODe MODE command query Determines how the analyzer detects the long code for W CDMA measurements Command Syntax SENSe DDEMod LCODe MODE CODE GROup Example Statements OUTPUT 719 ddemod lcod mode GROUP O
447. yntax STATus QUEStionable ENABle Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not affected by Preset SCPI Compliance confirmed Description To set a single bit in the Questionable Status Enable register to 1 send the bit s decimal weight with this command To set more than one bit to 1 send the sum of the decimal weights of all the bits The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number All bits are initialized to 0 when the analyzer is turned on However the current bit setting is not modified by the RST command See Questionable Status Register Set for a definition of bits in the register set See General Status Register Model for information about the role of enable registers in register sets 400 Command Reference STATus QUEStionable EVENt query Reads and clears the Questionable Status Event register Query Syntax STATus QUEStionable EVENt Example Statements OUTPUT 719 STAT QUESTIONABLE EVEN OUTPUT 719 status ques Return Format Integer Attribute Summary Synchronization Required no Preset State not applicable SCPI Compliance confirmed Description This query returns the sum of the decimal weights of all bits currently set to 1 in the Questionable Status Event register The decimal weight of a bit is 2 where n is the bit number Note The Questionable Status Event register is automatically cleared after it is read by
448. ypes of layers that may exist in a sequence Each layer is shown with a dotted line used to divide the upward and downward traverses through the layer The different traverses are reference in describing the operation of each layer IDLE State On receipt of either RST or ABORt the trigger subsystem shall enter the IDLE state Receiving the IEEE 488 2 dcas message may also cause a transition to IDLE Devices which cannot process commands when not in IDLE must enter IDLE when dcas is received to meet the IEEE 488 2 requirements for device clear The downward traverse from IDLE state trigger system initiated is affected by either the INITiate IMMediate command or by setting INITiate CONTinuous to ON xRST or ABORI or pon INIT IMM or ON Exiting the IDLE stat causes the pending operation flag associated with the initiated action to be set true Entering the IDLE state causes the pending operation flag to be set false 26 Initiated Once the trigger system is initiated from the IDLE state it passes through the initiated state immediately making the downward traverse to the wait for ARM state The upward traverse is dependent on the setting of CONTinuous If CONTinuous is set to OFF the upward trasition to IDLE is made Otherwise the downward traverse to the wait for ARM state is made and the trigger sequence remains initiated v The initiated state

Agilent 89440A Vector Signal Analyser user manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents